XL600 Service Manual (110V)

Service Manual
XL600
AUTOMATED CLINICAL BIOCHEMISTRY ANALYSER
ERBA DIAGNOSTICS MANNHEIM GmbH
ERBA Diagnostics Mannheim GmbH

Friedrichsring 4, 68161 Mannheim mail: tech.support@ transasia.co.in
Germany
Document No: XL6 /110 /VER 271106

XL-600 SERVICE MANUAL
Contents
1 INTRODUCTION & SPECIFICATIONS

1.1 INTRODUCTION
1.2 FEATURES
1.3 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
1.4 COMPUTER SPECIFICATIONS AND SET-UP
1.5 BARCODE SPECIFICATIONS
2 PRINCIPLE OF ANALYSIS
2.1 MEASUREMENT AND PHOTOMETRY
2.2 SEQUENCE OF OPERATION
3 FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION
3.1 INSTRUMENT AND ACCESSORIES LAYOUT
3.2 SERVICE MENU SOFTWARE LAYOUT AND FUNCTION
4 PREINSTALLATION CHECK
4.1 ANALYSER DIMENSIONS
4.2 ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS
4.3 SITE REQUIREMENT
4.4 FLOOR REQUIREMENTS
4.5 XL-300 & 600 W OODEN CARTOON DIMENSIONS & W EIGHTS
5 INSTALLATION
5.1 INSPECTION AND ACCESSORIES CHECKLIST
5.2 UNPACKING THE ANALYSER
5.3 INSTALLING THE ANALYSER
5.4 PREPARING THE ANALYSER (CONNECTING EXTERNAL ACCESSORIES, AND PERIPHERAL DEVICES)
5.5 COMPUTER SETTINGS
5.6 SOFTWARE INSTALLATION
5.7 POWERING UP THE ANALYSER
5.8 VERIFYING PROPER MECHANICAL FUNCTIONS
5.9 VERIFYING PROPER HYDRAULICS FUNCTIONS
5.10 TEMPERATURE VERIFICATION PROCEDURE.
5.11 PHOTOMETER VERIFICATION PROCEDURE.
5.12 ANALYTICAL CHECK PROCEDURE
6 RELOCATION
6.1 TOOLS AND MATERIALS REQUIRED FOR PACKING THE ANALYSER
6.2 UNISTALLING AND DECONTAMINATING THE SYSTEM
6.3 PACKING THE ANALYSER
6.4 CERTIFICATE OF DECONTAMINATION
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 Contents: page 1

7 ELECTRONICS CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION

7.1 BLOCK DIAGRAM
7.2 XLADC PCB
7.3 XLROBO PCB
7.4 OPTO PCB
7.5 STEP ARM PCB
7.6 STEP TRAY PCB
7.7 AC DRIVE PCB
7.8 DC DRIVE PCB
7.9 LAMP SUPPLY PCB
7.10 RS 232 ISOLATOR PCB
7.11 LLS (LIQUID LEVEL SENSING) PCB
7.12 DISTRIBUTION PCB
8 ELECTRICAL DESCRIPTION
FUSE RATING
XL 600 W IRING BLOCK DIAGRAM
(WDXL001) INPUT MAINS POWER DISTRIBUTION

(WDXL002) ISE W IRING DIAGRAM
(WDXL003) REAGENT COOLING W IRING DIAGRAM)
(WDXL004) MAINS TRANSFORMER TX 1 POWER DISTRIBUTION
(WDXL006) 5V SMPS W IRING DIAGRAM
(WDXL007) PC INTERFACE COMMUNICATION DIAGRAM
(WDXL008) FWR (FULL W AVE RECTIFER) STEPPER MOTORS POWER SUPPLY
(WDXL009) 12V LAMP POWER SUPPLY W IRING DIAGRAM
(WDXL010) DC DRIVE CARD W IRING CONNECTIONS
(WDXL0011) AC DRIVE CARD W IRING CONNECTIONS
(WDXL0012) (1 OF 5) PCB HOUSING & ADC PCB W IRING CONNECTION

(2 OF 5) ROBO PCB W IRING DIAGRAM
(3 OF 5) OPTO PCB W IRING DIAGRAM
(4 OF 5) STEP ARM PCB W IRING DIAGRAM
(5 OF 5) STEP TRAY PCB W IRING DIAGRAM
(WDXL0013) XL RS LS PCB ( LIQUID LEVEL SENSING PCB) W IRING CONNECTION

(WDXL0014) CNDS PCB W IRING CONNECTION
(WDXL0015) DI W ATER PRESSURE TANK W IRING DIAGRAM
( WDXL016) REAR PANEL ASSY & W ASTE MOUNTING BRACKET LED W IRING
(WDXL 017) TRANSDUCER UNIT ASSY W IRING DIAGRAM
(WDXL 018) REAGENT TRAY PELTIER W IRING DIAGRAM
9 MECHANICAL DESCRIPTION
9.1 SAMPLE, REAGENT 1 AND REAGENT 2 ARM ASSEMBLY
9.2 SAMPLE, REAGENT 1 AND REAGENT 2 DILUTOR ASSEMBLY
9.3 CUVETTE RINSING UNIT ASSEMBLY
9.4 CUVETTE MIXING ( STIRRER) ASSEMBLY
9.5 SAMPLE TRANSPORT (ASP) ASSEMBLY
9.6 REAGENT TRANSPORT ASSEMBLY
9.7 REACTION TRANSPORT ( RCT) ASSEMBLY
9.8 PRESSURE TANK (VESSEL) ASSEMBLY
9.9 LEVEL SENSING PLATFORM ASSEMBLY

10 HYDRAULIC DESCRIPTION
10.1 HYDRAULICS SYSTEM OPERATION
10.2 HYDRAULICS DIAGRAM
10.3 CUVETTE RINSING UNIT
11 ELECTRONIC CALIBRATION ADJUSTMENTS AND VERIFICATION

PROCEDURE
11.1 TEMPERATURE CALIBRATION AND VERIFICATION PROCEDURE PROCEDURE
11.2 PRESSURE SENSOR CALIBRATION AND VERIFICATION PROCEDURE
11.3 ADC PCB TESTING PROCEDURE
11.4 ROBO PCB TESTING PROCEDURE
11.5 OPTO PCB TESTING PROCEDURE
11.6 STEP ARM PCB TESTING PROCEDURE
11.7 STEP TRAY PCB TESTING PROCEDURE
11.8 CHECK LIST FOR CHECKING AC DRIVE PCB
11.9 TESTING OF DC DRIVE PCB
11.10 LAMP POWER SUPPLY ADJUSTMENT AND VERIFICATION PROCEDURE.
11.11 TESTING OF ISO PCB
11.12 TESTING OF BARCODE POWER SUPPLY PCB (BRPS)
11.13 ISE POWER SUPPLY VERIFICATION.
11.14 LIQUID LEVEL SENSING PCB ADJUSTMENT AND VERIFICATION PROCEDURE.
11.15 LOAD CELL PCB ADJUSTMENT AND VERIFICATION PROCEDURE.
11.16 TESTING OF BACK PLAIN (BKPL) PCB
12 ELECTRICAL ADJUSTMENTS AND VERIFICATION PROCEDURE

12.1 AC VOLTAGE VERIFICATION PROCEDURE
12.2 PCB VOLTAGE VERIFICATIONS
13 MECHANICAL ALIGNMENTS AND VERIFICATION PROCEDURE

13.1 MECHANICAL CENTRING OF ALL ASSEMBLIES
13.2 SOFTWARE CALIBRATION OF ARM ASSEMBLIES
13.3 SAMPLE ARM ASSEMBLY ALIGNMENT
13.4 REAGENT 1 ARM ASSEMBLY ALIGNMENT
13.5 REAGENT 2 ARM ASSEMBLY ALIGNMENT
13.6 STIRRER ARM ASSEMBLY A LIGNMENT
13.7 LAUNDRY ARM ASSEMBLY ALIGNMENT
13.8 SAMPLE TRANSPORT ASSEMBLY ALIGNMENT
13.9 REAGENT TRANSPORT ASSEMBLY ALIGNMENT
13.10 REACTION TRANSPORT ASSEMBLY ALIGNMENT
13.11 BARCODE ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE
14 HYDRAULIC CALIBRATION AND ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE

14.1 PRESSURE TANK ADJUSTMENT PROCEDURE
14.2 LAUNDRY FLOW ADJUSTMENT PROCEDURE
14.3 R1,R2 & SAMPLE PROBE DISPENSE VERIFICATION

15 MAINTENANCE
15.1 CLEANING THE EXTERNAL SURFACES
15.2 SAMPLE, REAGENT 1 AND REAGENT 2 PROBES
15.3 SAMPLE, REAGENT 1 AND REAGENT 2 SYRINGE
15.4 BARCODE READER
15.5 SAMPLE TRANSPORT
15.6 REAGENT TRANSPORT
15.7 CUVETTE REACTION TRANSPORT
15.8 INDIVIDUAL CUVETTES
15.10 STIRRER UNIT
15.11 DEIONISED W ATER,W ASTE, BIO HAZARDOUS W ASTE & DETERGENT CANS.
15.12 TROLLEY, COMPUTER, KEYBOARD, AND PRINTER
15.13 ANALYSER FANS
15.14 OPTICS
16 PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE
16.1 SERVICING A CUSTOMER SITE
16.2 MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE
16.3 USER DAILY & WEEKLY MAINTENANCE LOG
16.4 SERVICE TECHNICIAN QUARTERLY MAINTENANCE LOG
16.5 SERVICE TECHNICIAN ANNUAL MAINTENANCE LOG
16.6 SPARES REPLACEMENT SCHEDULE
17 REPLACEMENT PROCEDURE
17.1 FUSE REPLACEMENT
17.2 LAMP REPLACEMENT
17.3 SAMPLE, REAGENT 1 AND REAGENT 2 PROBE REPLACEMENT
17.4 SAMPLE, REAGENT 1 AND REAGENT 2 SYRINGE REPLACEMENT
18 TROUBLESHOOTING
18.1 RESULTS
18.2 OPTICAL SYSTEM
18.3 POWER ON & INITIALISATION ERROR
18.4 SAMPLE ARM SYSTEM
18.5 REAGENT 1 & 2 ARM SYSTEM
18. 7 SAMPLE TRANSPORT
18.9 REACTION TRANSPORT
18.10 HYDRAULICS SYSTEM
18.11 SIRRER SYSTEM
18.12 BARCODE SYSTEM
.
19 ERROR CODES LIST

20 ISE MODULE
20.1 ISE MODULE MEASUREMENT, FEATURES AND BENEFITS
20.3 ISE MEASUREMENT THEORY
20.4 ELECTRODES
20.6 ERROR CODES LIST
20.7 REAGENT CONSUMPTION
20.8 ACCEPTABLE CALIBRATION RANGES
20.9 ISE MODULE MECHANICAL ASSEMBLY
21 ACCESSORIES, SPARES AND CONSUMABLES SHORT LIST

21.1 ESSENTIAL SPARES SUGGESTED TO BE STOCKED BY THE CUSTOMER
21.2 FAST MOVING SPARES AND CONSUMABLES
21.3 STAT SERVICE KIT
22 FORMS, FORMATS AND CERTIFICATES

22.1 W ARRANTY CLAIM FORM
22.2 TECHNICAL ASSISTANCE FORMAT
23 HOST COMMUNICATION PROTOCOLS

SAFETY SUMMARY
The XL-600 is designed to operate safely. When you operate the system in a safe
environment, in accordance with the guidelines and procedures stipulated in this
manual, and there are no known operating hazards
When a special condition exists you will see a WARNING, BIO HAZARDOUS,
CAUTION or NOTE symbol in this service manual. The following information explains
these symbols.
Explaining Warnings
WARNING INDICATES A HAZARDOUS CONDITION THAT IS ASSOCIATED WITH USING THE ANALYSER
BIO HAZARD INDICATES A CONDITION INVOLVING INFECTIOUS BIOLOGICAL AGENTS
CAUTION INDICATES AN ACTION OR CONDITION THAT CAN LEAD TO EQUIPMENT DAMAGE OR LOSS OF
DATA
INDICATES AN IMPORTANT GENERAL RULE THAT IS ASSOCIATED WITH OPERATING THE

NOTE ANALYSER AN ACTION OR CONDITION THAT CAN LEAD TO EQUIPMENT DAMAGE OR LOSS OF
DATA

Abbreviations used
ASP SAMPLE ROTATING ASSEMBLY

ASSY COMPLETE ASSEMBLY
BAR BARCODE
CRU CUVETTE RINSING UNIT
DET DETERGENT
STIR STIRRER (Same as mixing unit)
MIX MIXER (Same as stirring unit)
PCB / Pcb PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD
R/T ROTATE
R1PP REAGENT 1 PIPPETING PUMP (DILUTOR SYRINGE ASSY)
R1PT REAGENT 1 PIPPETING ASSEMBLY
R2PP REAGENT 2 PIPPETING PUMP (DILUTOR SYRINGE ASSY)
R2PT REAGENT 2 PIPPETING ASSEMBLY
RCT REACTION TRAY
RGT REAGENT TRAY
RSLS REAGENT LEVEL SENSING
SMPS SWITCH MODE POWER SUPPLY
SPP SAMPLE PIPPETING PUMP (DILUTOR SYRINGE ASSY)
SPT SAMPLE PIPPETING ASSEMBLY
BRPS BARCODE POWER SUPPLY
SW SWITCH
U/D UP / DOWN
V VOLTS
V ac \ V AC AC Voltage
V dc \ V DC Voltage DC
PM Preventive Maintenance
LED Light Emitting Diode
w.r.t With Respective To (with reference to)
Conn Connector
FRC Flat Ribbon Cable (Flat cable used for carrying data)
Ltr \ Ltrs Litres
Tx \ TX Transformer
Ma Mille amps
PM Preventive Maintenance
WGPT WEIGH BRIDGE PLATFORM ( Level sensing platform)
ISO Pcb ISOLATOR board
FTB1 TERM INAL BLOCK FUSE (Fuse Box)
TB TERMINAL BLOCK (Connector)
OPTO OPTICAL

INTRODUCTION & SPECIFICATIONS
Introduction &
Specifications
1 Introduction & Specifications
This section consists of the following
1.1 INTRODUCTION
1.2 FEATURES
1.4 COMPUTER SPECIFICATIONS AND SET-UP
1.5 BARCODE SPECIFICATIONS
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 Page No . 1

- 1
1.1 Introduction
Introduction &
Specifications
This manual imparts a technical understanding of Transasia's, fully automated XL- 600 analyser. It is meant
to compliment the XL-600 operators Manual. If the reader encounters areas that are not fully explained,
Please refer to the operator's manual.
This manual does not intend to teach troubleshooting skills. It is designed to provide a competent service
engineer trained on the XL-600, with the necessary information required to maintain the XL-600 analyser.
Certain sections of this manual, are subject to change. New revisions of these documents will be sent as
Engineering change records / Technical bulletins to all authorised distributors of XL-600.
If you come across any discrepancies or required corrections, your feed back on the same to us would be
highly appreciated.
Optimum performance of the analyser is guaranteed only by the use of genuine Transasia supplied parts.
Transasia will not be responsible for failures associated with the use of unauthorised parts or un authorised
modifications carried out by the distributor or customer.
In case of problems beyond the scope of the service engineer, Transasia is available for assistance and at
the following
ERBA DIAGNOSTICS MANNHEIM

FREDRICH 4
ADDRESS + MANNHEIM 68161
GERMANY
PHONE ) +91- 22 - 2857 4040

+91 - 22 - 2857 5050
FAX 2 +91- 22- 28575689

+91- 22- 28573030
E- M A I L * tech.support @ transasia.co.in
»
Monday to Saturday
TIMINGS 9 AM to 5 PM
IST
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 Page No . 1 -

2
XL 600
The XL-600, designed with the needs of modern clinical laboratories in mind, it easily fits into any laboratory
environment. The XL - 600 analyser is a fully automated, random access, time optimised, patient sequential,
Introduction &
Specifications
discrete, computerised chemistry analyser.
Once programmed, it is a true walk-away system. The analyser features user-friendly operation with minimum
operator intervention. It is a highly sophisticated system and therefore it is of utmost importance that the
operator and service personnel read the instructions carefully and becomes familiar with the operation theory.
The working unit consist of a state of the art photometer and sophisticated robotics combined with an
Operating Console and Data processing unit. This unit is connected by an RS 232 bi directional interface To
the Analyser PC, the work schedule transferred from the Analyser PC to the analyser, and after executing the
schedule as per the programmed sequence, the photometric results are then transferred back to the Analyser
PC where the results are processed, stored and then reported.
The robotics consist of a Sample arm, Reagent 1 arm, a Reagent 2 arm, Stirrer assembly, Cuvette Rinsing
Unit, Sample tray, Reagent tray, Reaction tray and three Digital Dilutor’s one each for sample,Reagent 1&2.
The sample tray consist of two Sample Disks, one for loading routine and stat patient samples with a total of
50 positions and the other for loading the following (2 Blanks, 8 Controls, 2 blanks, 2 ISE, and 20 Calibrators).
Routine samples can be loaded as primary tubes or sample cups.
Both reagents and samples have a Barcode identification system. Bar coded sample tubes provides positive
sample identification and minimises risk of human related errors and biological hazards. Additionally the
analyser is accompanied with a competitive 'Touch Screen' colour monitor (optional).
Some of the Salient technical features of the system are listed below
1. 7 stage, triple probe cuvette Wash Station

2. On board Bio-Hazard and regular waste management.
3. 2 position Teflon coated mixer (stirrer)
4. 2 Reagent capability
5. 60 position hard glass moulded cuvettes.
6. 50 position bar-coded reagent carousel capable of accommodating 20ml, 50 ml Reagent bottles and
7ml regent tubes. On board reagent cooling is provided by a solid state, state of the art Peltier cooling
system.
7. 50 positions bar-coded sample tray, with a detachable Standard tray for standard &Controls.
(Possibility to pre programme and use up to 10 sample trays)
8. Throughput of up to 600 tests/hour. (360 test/hour photometric and 240 test/hour ISE)
9. Primary tube sampling with bar code identification
10. Permanent hard glass moulded cuvettes
11. Economical 200 ul per test reagent consumption.
12. Low de-ionised water requirement of 8 to 9 Lts/hour.
13. Low reagent requirement up to 200ul/test.
14. Twelve-wavelength diffraction grating.
The XL - 600 Sample tray ...flexibility and convenience

The specially designed “Twin layered” sample disk of XL-600 provides unmatched flexibility and convenience;
the routine rack has positions to accommodate up to 50 routine samples. The standard rack has 20
standards, 2 blanks and 8 controls and 2 ISE positions.
A 32 position stat sample tray is also provided of stat samples, this stat tray fits directly onto the existing
sample tray by replacing the standard tray. ( Please note : Stat samples can also be loaded on the sample
tray in positions 39 to 50.
The sample tray can accommodates standard tube sizes of 5, 7 or 10 ml & sample cups.
The XL - 600 reagent tray offers a wide choice of on-board bottles

The XL-600 offers up to 50 single reagent bottles can be loaded at any time. All reagents are refrigerated to
ensure extended stability. The wide choice of on board reagents eliminates the need for sample splitting and
cuts down the turn around time of reporting.
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 Page No . 1

- 3
The XL - 600 economy ...quick returns without compromise

The XL - 600 uses permanent hard glass cuvettes, thereby eliminating recurring costs of disposable cuvettes.
Reagents requirement of just 200 ul/test, maximises the number of tests per rack. Deionised water
Introduction &
Specifications
requirement of just 8 litres/hour saves pre-installation costs of an on line de-ioniser plant.
The XL-600 bar code positive identification

The bar-coded reagents and sample identification minimises programming time. Bar coded sample tubes
provides positive sample identification and minimises risk of biological hazards.
The XL-600 optical system ....ensures reliability of results

The XL-600 uses a high resolution, flat field, optically corrected diffraction grating to ensure high degree of
photometric accuracy. The user can select 12 available wavelengths, from 340 nm - 750 nm to cover the
entire clinical chemistry application range.
The long life quartz halogen light source and the photodiode array complete the photometric system of the
XL-600.
OTHER FEATURES OF XL-600 :

Unique soft start and stop of all mechanical assemblies, ensures smooth operation.
Software routines provide the user with all functions to run the analyser.
The user-friendly software, that continuously provides and prompts the operator assistance.
A Sample, R1 & R2 probe vertical obstruction detection (VOD) system, detects obstructions there by
protecting the needles from potential damage.
Dual probe liquid level detection ensures accurate level detection.
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 Page No . 1 -

4
1.2 Features
The analyser has the following unique hardware and software features:
Introduction &
Specifications
• Open system with 98 parameters open for programming
• Unique “soft start” and “soft stop” mechanisms for all mechanical assemblies
including reagent and sample probes, and various rotors, ensure perfect alignments
and noise-free operation of all the assemblies
• A vertical obstruction detection (VOD) system detects mechanical obstructions and
protects the sample and reagent probes from damage
• Dual probe conductance detection method provides accurate liquid level detection
• Connection to Local Area Networking (LAN) system (optional)
• Direct potentiometric measurement of Na/K/Cl ions using (optional) ISE Module
• Throughput of up to 600 Tests/hour (with optional ISE) and 360 Tests/hour for
routine biochemistry tests
• One click maintenance procedures
• 60 Permanent hard glass cuvettes
• 50 position Sample Tray, to accommodate primary tubes (5, 7 or 10 ml) and sample
cups
• Minimum reaction volume of just 250 µl
• De-ionized water requirement of approximately 9 Liters/hour
• Holographic diffraction grating with 12 selectable wavelengths for monochromatic
and dichromatic measurements
• Storage for 99 test parameters in memory
• Possibility to place multiple reagent bottles for the same test
• Dirty cuvette skipping
• Programmable positioning of sample and reagent probes.
• Multiple best fitting curves for non-linear multipoint calibration
• 9999 reaction time courses are available
• Programmable test icon location and test execution sequence
• Multiple report formats are available
• Offline result entry
• Multiple formulas to create your own calculation items
• Easy patient programming
• Log of offline and online errors is maintained
• Alarms for water or detergent shortage
• Automatic transferring of remaining tests to pending list in case of sample or reagent
short errors
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 Page No . 1
- 5
1.3 Technical Specifications

Introduction &
Specifications
System Type Open, Automated, Discrete, Random access, Patient

Prioritized, Clinical Chemistry Analyzer
Analysis Speed 600 (with ISE) or 360 Biochemistry tests per hour
Display Resolution 800 x 600
Number of tests on board Maximum 50 + 3 ISE options
Assay Modes 1-Point, 2-Point, Rate-A and Rate-B
Calibration Linear (two point and multipoint), Factorized, and Non-
linear multipoint
Sample (Tubes/Cups) Primary tubes of 5, 7 or 10 ml & sample cups
Sample Disk 50 routine patient samples
Outer ring 20 positions for standards/STAT, 2 blanks, 8 controls & 2
Inner ring ISE solutions (optional)
Stat Sampling Total 25 positions (E1-E20 standard positions on
standard tray & E46-E50 on sample disk outer ring)
Bar-code Reader (Optional) For samples as well as reagents
Reagent Disk Cooled reagent disk with 50 positions
Outer ring 25 even numbered positions for 20/ bottles
Inner ring 25 odd numbered positions for 50/20ml bottles
Sample Volume (µl) 3-60 (adjustable in 0.1 µl step)
Reagent Volume (µl) R1: 75—300
R2: 0 or 10—300 (adjustable in 1 µl step)
Reaction Volume (µl) 250 (maximum reaction volume = 660 µl)
Programmable Parameters 95 photometric tests, 10 calculation items, serum indices,
3 ISE (optional) tests Na, K, Cl.
Reagent Bottles 50 ml, 20 ml, and 5 ml tube adaptors
Photometry Optics Mono- and bi-chromatic measurement using holographic
diffraction grating
12 Wavelengths: 340, 376, 415, 450, 480, 505, 546, 570,
600, 660, 700 & 750 nm
Absorbance Range 0 – 3.2
Light Source Pre-aligned water cooled Halogen lamp (12V/20W)
Reaction Disk 60 permanent hard glass cuvettes
Auxiliary Data 10,000 results
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 Page No . 1 -

6
Introduction &
Specifications
Mains Supply 220 ± 5 V AC (or 110 ± 3 V AC, optional),
1100 VA, 50/60 Hz
Interface RS-232 C port for Bi-directional Communication
Dimensions
Analyzer 840 (W) x 610 (D) x 1100 (H) mm
Trolley 700 (W) x 670 (D) x 940 (H) mm
Floor Space 7.7 x 4.2 feet
Approximate Weight 150 kg (main unit with CPU)
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 Page No . 1

- 7
1.4 Computer Specifications and Setup

Introduction &
Specifications
Minimum Computer Processor : Intel Pentium IV , 1.6 Ghz

Requirements
Memory ; 256 MB SD RAM
Hard Disk : 40 GB or higher
Floppy drive : 1.44 MB
CD-ROM : 52 X
Monitor : 15 inches Colour
Keyboard : Standard
Mouse : Standard
I/O Interface : 2 X RS 232 ports
Operating system : Windows 98
Epson LX-800 dot matrix printer [Continuous

stationary printer]
COMPUTER SETUP
CMOS Setup
STANDARD CMOS FEATURES
1.Enter Date and Time

2.IDE Primary Master : Press Enter , the next screen will appear.
Select AUTO for both IDE Primary Master and IDE Access
Mode.
3. IDE Primary Slave : Select NONE
4. IDE Secondary Master : Press Enter , the next screen will appear. Select
AUTO for both IDE Secondary Master and IDE
Access Mode.
5.DRIVE A : Select 1.44MB ,3.5”
6.Drive B : Select None
7.Flopy3 mode support : Select Disabled
8.Video : Select EGA/VGA
9.Halt On : Select ALL,BUT KEYBOARD
ADVANCED BIOS FEATURES
1. First Boot Device : Select HDD

2. Second Boot Device : Select CD-ROM
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 Page No . 1 -

8
3. Third Boot Device : Select FDD

4. Boot other Device : Select No
Introduction &
Specifications
5. Swap Floppy Disc : Select Disabled
6. Security Options : Select Setup
ADVANCED CHIPSET FEATURES
1. CPU clock speed : Select x8
INTEGRATED PERIPHERALS
1.USB Controller : Select Enabled

2. USB Keyboard support : Select BIOS
3.USB Mouse support : Select OS
4. AC97 Audio : Select Enabled
5.Power On function : Select KB98
6.Onboard Serial Port1 : Select 3F8/IRQ4
7. Onboard Serial Port2/IR : Select 2F8/IRQ3
8. Onboard IR Function : Select Disabled
9. Onboard Parallel Port : Select 378/IRQ7
10.Parallel port mode : Select ECP+EPP
11.EPP Mode select : Select EPP1.9
12.ECP Mode DMA : Select 3
13.Game Port address : Select 201
14.Midi port address : Select 330
15.Midi port IRQ : Select 10
POWER MANAGEMENT SETUP
1.ACPI Suspend type : Select S3

2.USB Device wakeup from S3 : Enabled
3.Wake up by PCI/LAN : Enabled
4.Power On by ring : Enabled
4.Force Update ECSD : Auto
5. Allocate IRQ to VGA : Enabled
6. Allocate IRQ to USB : Enabled
PASSWORD
Do not set any passwords for User or Operator
Save the values and exit. If there are any changes from above menu , use default values.
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 Page No . 1

- 9
SOFTWARE SETUP
Introduction &
Specifications
1. Partition the Hard Disk Drive into two drives C and D each of approximately 20GB.
2. Install Windows 98 in drive C
3. Install printer driver
4. Delete all temp files
5. Install XL Application software in Drive C
6. Create the database in drive D
7. Run the software and test all the features
8. After complete testing clean the database
9. Shut down the system through Windows SHUT DOWN menu. Ensure that the power is
switched off only after proper system down.
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 Page No . 1 -

10
1.5 Barcode Specifications
Specifications
Introduction &
Specifications
Type of Sample Codes read by the analyser
NOTE: Sample Bar Code: Minimum 6 digits & Maximum 10 digits in length, User
defined
2/5 Interleaved
Code 39
Code 128
EAN 128
EAN/UPC
Coda bar
Pharma Code
1. Scan Resolution
0.25mm (Minimum width of the thin line)
2. Paper requirement
Non-Glossy
Non-smudgy
3. Label sticking
Refer to the following drawings FSPXL170, FSXPL169, FSPS2857, FSXPL140 and

FSXPL139
4. Print Quality
Clear thin line

No smearing or smudging
Reagent Bar Code: 18 digits, Format (UCC 128)
D01, D02, D03 Company Code

D04, D05 Test Number
D06 Bottle Type (1=20ml, 2=50ml)
D07 Reagent Number (1=Reagent 1, 2=Reagent 2)
D08 Least significant digit of expiry year (0-9)
D09, D10 Week of the expiry year
D11, D12, D13 Lot Number
D14, D15, D16, D17 Serial Number
D18 Checksum (Least significant digit of the sum of digits
D01 to D17)
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 Page No . 1

- 11
Introduction & XL-600 SERVICE MANUAL
Specifications
10/03/03
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 Page No . 1 -

12
Introduction &
Specifications
10/03/03
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 Page No . 1

- 13
Introduction & XL-600 SERVICE MANUAL
Specifications
Jitendra 29/01/02
29/01/02
29/01/02
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 Page No . 1 -

14
Introduction &
Specifications
10/03/03
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 Page No . 1

- 15
Appr. By:
TRANSASIA BIO-MEDICALS LTD.
Introduction &
Specifications
MUMBAI DRG. NO. -
MODEL : XL - 600 / 300 Issue No. 01

DESCRIPTION : BARCODE LABEL POSITION ON 20 ml BOTTLE Issue Dt. 02/08/03
27
FIGURE 3
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 Page No . 1 -

16
PRINCIPAL OF ANALYSIS
Principal of
Analysis
2. Principle of Analysis

Ref: XL6 /110 / VER 271106 Page No . 2

- 1
The XL-600 analyzer is an automated clinical biochemistry analyser based on the principal of photometry, it
measures light transmittance at various wavelengths
White light as we see it, is actually composed of several colors. This becomes evident, when we pass a beam
of white light trough a prism. If the light emerging from the prism on the opposite side were allowed to fall on a
Principal of
screen, we would see a wide spectrum of colors, beginning with red on the top and ending with violet at the
Analysis
bottom. The colors visible in between are in the order of, indigo, blue, green, yellow, and orange.
Visible white light
Red
Orange
Yellow
Green
Blue
Prism Indigo
Violet
Incident or white light contains the entire spectrum, objects that appear colored, absorb light at a particular
wavelength and reflect others, thus giving different colors. That is color is a function of its wavelength
Light having a wavelength of less than 400 nm is termed Ultraviolet, where as light having a wavelength
greater than 800 nm is described as Infrared, both ultraviolet and infrared lights are invisible to the human
eyes. Light corresponding to wavelengths between 400 nm and 800 nm is visible to the human eye and is
termed as Visible light.
Holographic Grating
Incident white light
Light slit
Spectrum
Photodiode Array
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 Page No . 2 -

2
Principals of Absorption Photometry
Beer’s Law
If Light is allowed to pass trough a colored solution, the solution will absorb some light while the rest of it will
be transmitted. The amount of light absorbed is proportional to the nature, concentration and color of the
solution. (Light absorbed Concentration of the solution).
Lambert’s Law
Principal of
Analysis
The light absorbed by the colored solution is directly proportional to the light path of the color solution
(diameter of the cuvette): that is if the cuvette diameter is doubled, the light absorbed will be doubled.
Cuvette diameter
Incident light Transmitted light

(Io) (Ie)
`
-
…
Photo sensor Meter
Light Absorbed
By the colored solution
Since the total incident light = light absorbed + light transmitted, it follows that:
Absorbed light
1
Transmitted light
Therefore as the absorbed light (Absorbance) increases, the transmitted light will decrease
As we increase the concentration of the coloured solution, the light absorbed increases, and we find that the
transmittance varies inversely and logarithmically with concentration.
1
Absorbance (Absorbed light) = Log
Transmittance
Absorbance (Absorbed light)

100 1
= Log *
100 Transmittance
Absorbance (Absorbed light)

100
= Log
% Transmittance
Absorbance (Absorbed light) = Log 100 – Log % Transmittance
Ref: XL6 /110 / VER 271106 Page No . 2

- 3
Absorbance (Absorbed light) = 2 – Log10 % Transmittance
Using the above formula, for different Percentage of transmittance we obtain the following Absorbance’s
Percentage Transmittance Absorbance

Principal of
Analysis
100 0.000
50 0.301
25 0.602
12.5 0.903
The study of the correlation between the concentration of a colored liquid the intensity of its color and the
amount of light absorbed by the colored solution is termed as COLORIMETRY.
USEFUL INFORMATION
Per Cent T Absorbance Absolute Error Per Cent

Relative Error
10 1.000
11 0.959 0.041 4.1
45 0.347
46 0.337 0.001 2.9
90 0.046
91 0.041 0.005 10.9
95 0.022
96 0.018 0.004 8.2
The relative error is minimal at an absorbance of 0.434 (36.8 %T). Consequently, methods should be
designed such that readings fall near the center of the scale, preferably within an absorbance of
approximately 0.1 and 0.7 (20 and 80%T).
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 Page No . 2 -

4
Concave Holographic Grating
Focusing lens assembly
Principal of
Analysis
Detector (Photodiode array)
Halogen Lamp assembly
Reaction Table
XL PHOTOMETRIC SYSTEM
Ref: XL6 /110 / VER 271106 Page No . 2

- 5
The instrument works on the principle of light photometry and a combination of robotics and
hydraulics that are computer controlled to obtain a high degree of precision and accuracy.
Principal of
Analysis
The sample under test is pipetted into the cuvette along with the reagent, This reaction is then read
at defined time intervals of 10 seconds to obtain their optical densities.
The entire operation can be divided into the following sequence.
1. Getting ready for Sampling
2. cuvette rinsing (cleaning)
3. Reagent 1 Addition
4. Sample addition
5. Reagent 2 Addition ( optional)
4. Reading
5. Reporting
6. Removal/ emptying of old biohazard reaction waste from the cuvette
Getting ready for Sampling:

Once the workload is scheduled in the computer, and the START PATIENT run key is clicked, all
mechanical assemblies and sub assemblies gets initialized (come to their respective HOME
positions). The CRU starts the cuvette rinsing process.
The washing assembly consists of 7 nozzles (each of the first four nossels consist of 3 hollow
probes, one for dispensing and the other two for aspirating) their operation is described below:
Nozzle 1 – Aspirates the bio hazardous waste and dispenses cleaning solution.
Nozzle 2 - Aspirates the cuvette contents, and dispenses deionised water
Nozzle 6 - Aspirates the the cuvette contents.
Nozzle7 - Dries the reaction cuvette
Cuvette number 1 is positioned under the first laundry probe where, its previous contents are
emptied into the Bio Hazardous waste container, and cleaning solution is dispensed.
Cuvette number 1, now advances by a single position and positions its self below the second
laundry probe, where its contents are emptied into the regular waste container, and deionised water
is dispensed.
Cuvette number 1, now advances by a single position and positions its self below the third laundry
probe, where its contents are emptied into the regular waste container, and deionised water is
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 Page No . 2 -

6
dispensed.
Cuvette number 1, now advances by a single position and positions its self below the fourth laundry
dispensed.
Cuvette number 1, now advances by a single position and positions its self below the fifth laundry
dispensed.
Cuvette number 1, now advances by a single position, in this position no work is done.
Principal of
Analysis
Cuvette number 1 now rotates to the offset position, pauses a vial and then positions its self in the
light path, where the cuvette blank reading (Water Reading) is measured.
Cuvette number 1 now rotates to the offset position, pauses a vial and then positions its self below
the sixth laundry probe, where its contents are emptied into the regular waste container.
Cuvette number 1 now rotates to the offset position, pauses a vial and then positions its self below
the seventh laundry probe, where its contents are emptied completely into the regular waste
container, by the drier probe.
Cuvette number 1 now rotates to the offset position, pauses a vial and then positions its self in the
reset position, in this position no work is done.
Cuvette number 1 now rotates to the offset position, where the sampling operation starts.
Reagent 1 addition:
Reagent1 probe rinses its self both internally and externally, by activating both the R1PT & R1PP
CKD valves, of both the trough, and Reagent 1 dilutor syringe.
The reagent tray then rotates and positions the requested reagent at the Reagent 1 pickup position.
The Reagent 1 probe then rotates, and positions its self over the reagent bottle, starts moving
down, the Reagent 1 probe liquid level sensing is now active, it continues to move down until it
senses the presence of reagent. Once the presence of liquid is sensed, it moves down a little
further into the reagent by another 5mm and then stops.
The reagent 1 Syringe moves down and aspirates the defined volume of reagent for that particular
reagent.
The reagent probe then moves up, rotates and places its self over cuvette number 1, and partially
moves down over the cuvette.
Reagent 1 syringe plunger then moves up, and stops when it reaches the home position, thereby
dispensing its entire reagent contents into the cuvette.
The Reagent 1 probe then moves to the drain position where it rinses the probe internally by
activating the R1PP CKD valve,
The Reagent 1 probe then moves to the trough / home position where it washes the probe both
internally and externally by activating both R1PT & R1PP CKD valves, of both the trough and
Reagent 1 dilutor syringe.
.
Sample addition:
The reaction tray rotates and places cuvette 1 at the sample probe dispense position
Sample probe rinses its self both internally and externally, by activating both the SPT & SPP CKD
valves, of both the trough and Sample dilutor syringe.
The sample tray then rotates and positions the requested sample number, at the sample pickup
position.
The sample probe then rotates, and positions its self over the sample cup, starts moving down, the
sample probe liquid level sensing is now active, it continues to move down until it senses the
presence of liquid. Once the presence of liquid is sensed, it moves down further into the sample by
another few millimeters and then stops.
The sample Syringe moves down and aspirates the defined volume of sample for that particular
Ref: XL6 /110 / VER 271106 Page No . 2

- 7
sample.
The sample probe then moves up, rotates and places its self over cuvette number 1.
Sample syringe plunger then moves up, and stops when it reaches the home position, thereby
dispensing its contents into the cuvette.
Principal of
Analysis
The sample probe then moves to the drain position where it rinses the probe internally by activating
the SPP CKD valve,
The sample probe then moves to the trough / home position where it washes the probe both
internally and externally by activating both SPT & SPP CKD valves, of both the trough and sample
dilutor syringe.
In the next rotation, the reaction tray rotates to the offset position, where the stirrer will perform a
mixing cycle.
Once the Sample is added into the cuvette, the reaction starts. Whenever the RCT rotates by one
turn, all 60 cuvettes pass under the light beam and optical densities if all these 60 cuvettes are
measured for the defined wavelengths.
Reagent 2 addition:
If there is a reagent 2 additions required, then after 13 Reaction tray cycles Reagent 2 is added in
the same sequence as R1 addition.
In the next rotation the stirrers will perform a mixing cycle.
Reporting:
The optical densities are measured for each test every time the RCT rotates and the cuvette
passes the light path (The cycle time for a complete rotation is 10 seconds) that is every 10
seconds the optical densities are measured for a particular cuvette, these readings are then plotted
in the time course graph.
After 51 rotations where in every rotation a reading is recorded and the reaction is completed, the
washing process of the cuvette starts,
The complete reaction graph for every cuvette, is plotted and after co relating the data from
Calibration and Parameter menus, the final result is calculated and displayed.
Cleaning process
After the final reading, the cuvette comes under the CRU for cleaning and the entire cycle starts
again.
The Complete operating cycle can be described as follows.

The reaction disk consists of 60 reaction cuvettes arranged in circular mode.
The reaction disc is maintained at 37º C with the help of a dry incubation, the entire disk rotates in a
counter clockwise direction, advancing 1 position in 10 every seconds.
Each reaction tray cycle has two positions a reset and offset position.
The first result is printed out in 8.5 minutes after sampling. ( 10 seconds a cycle X 51 cuvette
`
readings = 510 seconds of incubation and simultaneous cuvette readings)
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 Page No . 2 -

8
The measurement flow is as per the figure given below:
Principal of
Analysis
MEASUREMENT FLOW CHART:
TIME POSITION TIME IN POSITION ACTION
MIN.
IN MIN NO. ACTION NO.
0:10 1 REAGENT 1 (R1) 5:10 31

ADDITION
0:20 2 SAMPLE ADDITION 5:20 32
0:30 3 STIRRER MIXER 1 5:30 33
0:40 4 5:40 34
0:50 5 5:50 35
1:00 6 6:00 36
1:10 7 6:10 37
1:20 8 6:20 38
1:30 9 6:30 39
1:40 10 6:40 40
1:50 11 6:50 41
2:00 12 7:00 42
2:10 13 REAGENT 2 ADDITION 7:10 43
2:20 14 STIRRER MIXER 1 & 2 7:20 44
2:30 15 7:30 45
2:40 16 7:40 46
2:50 17 7:50 47
3:00 18 8:00 48
3:10 19 8:10 49
3:20 20 8:20 50
3:30 21 8:30 51
3:40 22 8:40 52 BIO HAZARDOUS SUCTION +
DETERGENT
3:50 23 8:50 53 SUCTION + DI WATER
4:30 27 9:30 57
4:40 28 9:40 58 WATER BLANK READ
4:50 29 9:50 59 WATER SUCTION
5:00 30 10:00 60 DRIER
Ref: XL6 /110 / VER 271106 Page No . 2

- 9
FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION
Description
3. Functional Description
Functional
This section consists of the following.
3.1 INSTRUMENT AND ACCESSORIES LAYOUT

Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 Page No. 3- 1

XL-600 SERVICE MANUAL 3.1 INSTRUMENT AND ACCESSORIES LAYOUT
STIRRER ASSEMBLY
R1 ARM ASSEMBLY
REAGENT COOLING FAN DUCT
R2 ARM ASSEMBLY
CUVETTE RINSING UNIT
REAGENT TRAY ASSEMBLY
REACTION TRAY
CHASSIS
PHOTOMETER
Description
Functional
ISE MODULE
SAMPLE ARM ASSEMBLY BARCODE READER
SAMPLE TRAY ASSEMBLY
DILUTOR ASSEMBLIES
CASTING
PRESSURE REGULATOR
24 VOLTS SMPS REAGENT COOLING
ISOLATOR BOARD PRESSURE VESSEL / TANK
5 VOLTS SMPS PRESSURE GAUGE
TRANSFORMER 2
TRANSFORMER 3
TRANSFORMER 1
LAMP POWER SUPPLY
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 Page No. 3- 2

PCB CARD CAGE
FUSE BOX
ANALYSER INTERNALVIEW_- LEFT SIDE
ISOLATOR
BOARD
Description
Functional
24 V SMPS 5 V SMPS FUSE BOX
TX 2 TX 3 TX 1
PRE
ANALYSER PRESSURE
INTERNAL VIEW - RIGHT SIDE
DILUTOR ASSY
DILUTOR ASSY
R2 PT\SPT CKD WATER CKD
R1PT CKD STIR CKD OVERFLOW

CKD
PRESSURE
SENSOR DAMPER
PRESSURE KNF WATER

TANK DRAIN TAP PUMP
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 P a g e N o . 3- 3

Description
Functional
ANALYSER INTERNAL VIEW – REAR SIDE
LAUNDRY MANIFOLD
REAGENT PELTIERS
COOLING FAN
ELECTRICAL
HYDRAULICS CONNECTIONS
CONNECTIONS
DC DRIVE BOARD
RSLS BOARD
ANALYSER INTERNAL REAR SIDE VIEW
WASTE PUMP
BIO HAZARDOUS AC DRIVE BOARD

WASTE PUMP
TOP TRAY DRAIN
LAMP POWER TRANSFORMERS

KNF DEIONISED SUPPLY COOLING
WATER
PRE
PRESSURE
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 P a g e N o . 3- 4

Left Side View
Power Switch: to switch ON/OFF the power.
Description
Functional
Left Side View
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 P a g e N o . 3- 5

Rear View (Hydraulic Connector & PC Connector)
Fig.shows the rear view of the Analyser
RS232C connector.
Connection for DI water for cuvette rinsing.
Connection for waste

Description
Functional
Connection for Bio hazardous waste
Connection for detergent solution.
RS 232 Computer Connector
ISE COVER POWER SUPPLY
FLUID LEVEL SENSOR
RS232
NUMBER PLATE
DI. WASH
WATER BIO- WASTE
SOLUTION HAZARDS
WASTE
Rear View
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 P a g e N o . 3- 6

Top View with the Flap Open
Description
Functional
Sample Tray Reagent Tray
Top View with Flap Open.
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 P a g e N o . 3- 7

To Enter the Service Mode press “ Service “ Button on the Main Screen.
To quit the Service mode press the go back key on the menu.
NOTE Only Authorized Technical Service Personnel should operate the Service Menu
Description
Functional
NOTE - VERY IMPORTANT:
If there is any problem, or if an error has occurred that is relating to

an RCT rotation, then the analyzer will not be able to communicate
with the PC, and all further actions will be stopped, the application
software will display the message “Instrument not responding”
message for all further commands.
Reagent 1 arm
1) Initialization: - This command will bring R1 arm at home position (trough position)
2) Up: - If R1 arm is down at trough position, or in reagent tray, this command will l bring R1
arm at up-home position, till the up opto doesn’t cut.
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 P a g e N o . 3- 8

3) Down: - this command can be used to check down movement of R1 arm. First
give<initialize> command then give<To reagent inner> or <To Reagent outer> command, &
then give <Down> command. The R1 arm’ll go down until the bottom of the reagent bottle.
While going down if it senses liquid level in between, it’ll stop at that level. If liquid is not
there in reagent bottle, then it’ll go down but displays
726 –R1PT down error due to reagent absent.
4) Step: - Step action shows the complete run cycle of R1 arm
Description
Functional
first give initialize command. Click on <step>. Then select the
destination<To reagent inner> or <To reagent outer>
Keep giving step command continuously to perform the run cycle.
1) 1st step command: - R1 arm will go to reagent inner/outer position.
2) 2nd step command: - R1 arm will go down in the reagent bottle
3) 3rd step command: - R1 arm will aspirate the liquid.
4) 4th step command: - R1 arm will go up in the reagent bottle.
5) 5th step command: - R1 arm will go to cuvette.
6) 6th step command: - R1 arm will dispense the liquid.
7) 7th step command: - R1 arm will come back to drain.
8) 8th step command: - R1 syringe valve will be ON.
9) 9th step command: - R1 syringe valve will be OFF.
10) 10th step command: - R1 arm will come back to trough position.
11) 11th step command: - R1 trough valve will become ON.
12) 12th step command: - R1 trough valve will become OFF.
5) RCT offset: - For R1 arm alignment RCT should be at offset condition.

This command will first initialize RCT tray, then align RCT for R1 probe.
6) Align R1 inner: - This command will first initializes RGT tray, & align reagent
position 1 for R1 arm calibration.
7) Align R1 outer: - This command will first initializes RGT tray, & align reagent
8) Default calibration: - This command will reset the calibrated data to its default data.
Reagent 2 arm
1) Initialization: - This command will bring R2 arm at home position (trough position)
2) Up: - If R2 arm is down at trough position, or in reagent tray, this command’ll bring R1 arm
at up-home position, till the up opto doesn’t cut.
3) Down: - this command can be used to check down movement of R2 arm. First
give<initialize> command then give<To reagent inner> or <To Reagent outer> command, &
then give <Down> command. The R1 arm’ll go down until the bottom of the reagent bottle.
While going down if it senses liquid level in between, it’ll stop at that level. If liquid is not
there in reagent bottle, then it’ll go down but displays
926 –R1PT down error due to reagent absent.
4) Step: - Step action shows the complete run cycle of R2 arm

First give initialize command. Then Click on <step>. Then select the
destination<To reagent inner> or <To reagent outer>
1) 1st step command: - R2 arm will go to reagent inner/outer position.
2) 2nd step command: - R2 arm will go down in the reagent bottle
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 P a g e N o . 3- 9

3) 3rd step command: - R2 arm will aspirate the liquid.

4) 4th step command: - R2 arm will go up in the reagent bottle.
5) 5th step command: - R2 arm will go to cuvette.
6) 6th step command: - R2 arm will dispense the liquid.
7) 7th step command: - R2 arm will come back to drain.
8) 8th step command: - R2 syringe valve will be ON.
9) 9th step command: - R2 syringe valve will be OFF.
10) 10th step command: - R2 arm will come back to trough position.
11) 11th step command: - R2 trough valve will become ON.
12) 12th step command: - R2 trough valve will become OFF.
Description
Functional
5) RCT Home: - For R2 arm alignment RCT should be at Home(initialization) position.

6) Align R2 inner: - This command will first initializes RGT tray, & align reagent
7) Align R2 outer: - This command will first initializes RGT tray, & align reagent
8) Default calibration: - This command will reset the calibrated data to its default data
Sample arm
7) Initialization: - This command will bring sample arm at home position (trough position)
8) Up: - If SPT arm is down at trough position, or in sample tray, this command’ll bring R1 arm
at up-home position, till the up opto doesn’t cut.
9) Down: - This command can be used to check down movement of sample arm. First
give<initialize> command then give<To sample/standard inner> or
<To sample/standard outer> command, & then give <Down> command. The sample
arm will go down until the bottom of the standard cup. While going down if it senses
liquid level in between, it’ll stop at that level. If liquid is not there in cup, then it’ll go
down but displays” 926 –R1PT down error due to reagent absent.”
Sample arm will not go down completely.It goes down up to the standard cup steps.
10) Step: - Step action shows the complete run cycle of sample arm
First give initialize command. Then Click on <step>. Then select the
Destination <To sample/standard inner> or <To sample/standard outer>
Source can be <sample to cuvette> or<sample to ISE>
1) 1st step command: - Sample arm will go to sample/standard inner/outer position.
2) 2nd step command: - Sample arm will go down in the sample/standard inner/outer
position.
3) 3rd step command: - Sample arm will aspirate the liquid.
4) 4th step command: - sample arm will go up.
5) 5th step command: - sample arm will go to cuvette or ISE.
6) 6th step command: - sample arm will dispense the liquid.
7) 7th step command: - sample arm will come back to drain.
8) 8th step command: - sample syringe valve will be ON.
9) 9th step command: - sample syringe valve will be OFF.
10) 10th step command: - sample arm will come back to trough position.
11) 11th step command: - sample trough valve will become ON.
12) 12th step command: - sample trough valve will become OFF.
11) RCT Home: - For sample arm alignment at cuvette side RCT should be at
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 P a g e N o . 3 - 10

Home(initialization) position.
12) Sample outer: - This command will first initializes Sample tray, & align Sample
position 1 for Sample arm calibration.
7) Sample inner: - Before giving this command, sample tray should be initialize by
giving <Sample outer> command & then give this command. This command
can be used for sample arm calibration at inner position.
8) Default calibration: - This command will reset the calibrated data to its default data.
Description
Functional
PC Communication
This command will check the communication between PC & Analyzer. Select the
communication
port 1,2 or 3,4 & click on check communication.
If communication is OK, then pc will display “communication with instrument OK.”
If communication is not OK, then pc displays “Instrument not responding”. If this happens then
check the continuity of communication wire or check whether RCT has been initialized or not.
Syringes
In this, there are 3 syringes on screen. Select any one of them.

All the following commands are available for that particular Syringe.
1) Valve on
2) Valve off
3) Syringe up
4) Syringe down
5) Initialize.
SPT & R2pt syringe have fixed steps to go down.

However, for R1 syringe down movement, we can change the steps from combo box.
Stirrers
1) Initialization: - During initialization stirrer performs rotation as well as up/down movement.

2) Down: - for this action, RCT should be at offset condition & it should be steady. First, give
<RCT Offset> command, then give<Rotate to cuvette_1> or< Rotate to cuvette_2>
command.
& Give Down command.( if RCT is rotating then don’t give the down command.)
3) Up:- If stirrer is down then it’ll go to up home position.
4) Rotate To cuvette_1: - First give <initialize> command. Then give <Rotate To cuvette_1>
stirrer will rotate to cuvette 1 of RCT.
5) Rotate To cuvette_2: - First give <initialize> command. Then give <Rotate To cuvette_2>
stirrer will rotate to cuvette 2 of RCT.
6) On: - Stirrer stirring action starts.
7) Off: - Stirrer stirring action stops.
8) Calibrate: - This option is not valid for stirrer.
9) Step :- For this function first initialize the stirrer,then click on <step>. Select Destination
<Rotate to cuvette_1> or < Rotate to cuvette_2>.
Then start giving step command.for each step command it’ll perform one action
Step 1: stirrer initialization takes place.
Step 2: - if selected destination is cuvette_1,then stirrer will rotate to cuvette_1
position.
Step 3: - RCT will rotate for its offset position.(Caution :- always give next step
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 P a g e N o . 3 - 11

command after RCT has completed its rotation.)

Step 4: - stirrer will go down in the cuvette_1.
Step 5: - Stirrer stirring action starts.
Step 6: - Stirrer stirring action stops.
Step 7: - Stirrer comes up.
Step 8: - RCT initializes.
Step 9: - Stirrer will rotate to trough position.
10) Link: - First initialize stirrers, and then click on <link>. Select destination <Rotate to
cuvette_1> or < Rotate to cuvette_2>. Stirrer will continuously perform the stirring
Description
Functional
action for selected destination. If RCT is not at offset position, then stirrer will not go
down in cuvette It will rotate to cuvette_1 or 2,remain up & stirs & come back to
trough.
Sample tray
1) Initialize: - Sample tray disturbs it’s home position & rotates again to achieve the home
position.
2) Rotate 50: - sample tray will take one complete rotation.
3) Rotate 1 :- Sample tray will rotate one sample position.
4) Link: - Sample tray will rotate continuously, If there is any problem in ASP opto setting then
rotation will stop.
5) Pulse: - Sample tray will rotate for the one short clock pulse. This can be used to check opto
alignment of the tray.
6) Samp Barcode scan: - This command is used to scan all 50 barcode tubes.
7) Beam on: - Sample barcode scanner beam will become on for scanner alignment purpose.
8)Beam off: - If scanner beam is on, this command will turn off the beam.
9)Read single barcode: - This can be used to check the barcode label quality. Bring any
Barcode
tube in front of the beam using rotate 1 & pulse command & give this<Read single
barcode> command. It will read the barcode for 50 times.
Reagent tray
1) Initialize: - Reagent tray disturbs it’s home position & rotates again to achieve the home
position.
2) Rotate 50: - Reagent tray will take one complete rotation.
3) Rotate 1 :- Reagent tray will rotate one sample position.
4) Link: - c tray will rotate continuously, If there is any problem in RGT opto setting then
rotation will stop.
5) Pulse: - Reagent tray will rotate for the one short clock pulse. This can be used to check
opto
alignment of the tray.
6) Samp Barcode scan: - This command is used to scan all 50 barcode tubes.
7) Beam on: - Reagent barcode scanner beam will become on for scanner alignment purpose.
8)Beam off: - If scanner beam is on, this command will turn off the beam.
9) Read single barcode: - This can be used to check the barcode label quality. Bring any
Barcode
tube in front of the beam using rotate 1 & pulse command & give this<Read single
barcode> command. It will read the barcode for 50 times.
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 P a g e N o . 3 - 12

PREINSTALLATION
4
4 . Preinstallation
Preinstallation
This section deals with the pre installation requirements for the XL 600 biochemistry
analyser.
It lists the following
4.1 ANALYSER DIMENSIONS

4.2 ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS
4.5 XL-300 & 600 W OODEN CARTOON DIMENSIONS & W EIGHTS
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 Page No.4-1

L-600 SERVICE MANUAL
4.1 Analyser Dimensions
Note : All dimensions are in mm.

Preinstallation
XL - 600 Top view

1116
840 671
XL - 600 Front view XL - 600 RH. Side view
XL-600 FRONT & SIDE VIEW
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 Page No.4-2

PREINSTALLATION
Preinstallation
ISE
COVER POWER SUPPLY
SERIAL NO. PLATE

775
CAN CONNECTOR
40 760 40
XL - 600 Rear view
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 Page No.4-3

Preinstallation L-600 SERVICE MANUAL
570
XL-300 TOP VIEW
758
183
895 SR. NO.

972
790 CAN CONNECTOR POWER SUPPLY
XL - 300 Front view XL-300 R. H. S. VIEW XL-300 BACK VIEW
XL-300 EXTERNAL DIMENSIONS
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 Page No.4-4

PREINSTALLATION
4.2 ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENT
.
NOTE Failure to properly ground the XL 600 bypasses important safety
features and may result in an electrical hazard.
A proper grounding is highly essential for safety and proper functioning of the analyser.
Preinstallation
VOLTAGE AND GROUND REQUIREMENTS
With the help of a Voltmeter Measure the following AC Voltages on the mains socket
Test points Expected voltages
Phase and Neutral 220/110 Volts (+/- 5%)
Phase and Ground 220/110 Volts (+/- 5%)
Neutral and Ground Not more than 5 Volts
Voltage & frequency Single-phase continuous stabilized AC 220/110 volts ±

10V, 50/60Hz .The XL 600 comes equipped with a
three-pin power cord. The type of cord and plug
depends on the source voltage for the system. .
Grounding It is absolutely necessary that a perfect earthing must

be provided at the power source with all applicable local
requirement (Only a certified grounded, 3 pin power
plug should be used.)
Plug points
Four 5 amp sockets must be available near the
analyzer.
(Four sockets are required, one each for the analyser,

computer monitor and printer.
It is recommended that two extra sockets be provided
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 Page No.4-5

near the analyzer, for use by a measuring equipment or

engineering tool if required while servicing (Example
Oscilloscope, Soldering iron etc.).
Heavy-duty electrical devices like Air conditioners,

refrigerator's, ovens etc. should not be operated on the
same electrical lines as the Analyzer.
Preinstallation
Failure to properly ground the XL 600 bypasses important safety

NOTE features and may result In permanent damage to the analyzer that may
void the warranty it is absolutely necessary to ensure proper grounding.
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 Page No.4-6

PREINSTALLATION
The proper location is an important consideration; a poor location can lead to malfunction of
the analyzer. Please follow the following environmental and electrical suggestions to ensure
the accuracy and precision of the analyzer,
NOTE: This will also ensure a high level of operator and technical service personal working
comfort and safety.
ENVIROMENTAL REQUIREMENTS
Preinstallation
VERIFYING PROPER ROOM TEMPERATURE
Measure the room temperature at different corners of the Laboratory, the reccomended
temperature is 20 to 26 degrees celcus non condensing.
There should not be a variations of more than 5 degrees in Room temperature per hour.
VERIFYING PROPER VENTILATION
Make shure there is at least 0.25 meters of space between the wall and the instrument on all
three sides, to enable proper ventilation. There should not be any Stationary items or other
objects in the vinicity that hinder proper access to the analyser.
There should be no direct draft of air from the airconditioning system on to the Analyser.
VERIFYING DUST FREE ENVIROMENT
Verify and ensure a dust free enviroment to the analyser, this is a small but very important
concideration when installing the analyser.
EXTERNAL INTERFERENCES
Heavy-duty electrical devices like Air conditioners, refrigerator's, ovens, centrifuges etc.
should not be operated on the same electrical lines as the Analyzer or in the close vicinity of
the analyzer.
The room should be free of vibrations from heavy-duty devices like Centrifuges and
Compressors.
The room should be free from strong magnetic fields caused by other medical equipment,
like CT Scans, MRI etc.
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 Page No.4-7

VERIFYING PROPER ROOM LIGHTING
There should be sufficent room lighting, the lighting should be even, and there should be no
shadow areas, this problem can be eliminated by the use of multiple light source from
diagonally opposite directions.
This will enable efficent operator use, and will give a clear visable access to the internal
components of the analyser during operation and technical serviceing.
Preinstallation
5
0 Bottle stand
0
Computer, Printer 7
5 & 0
7 XL-600 Monitor
0
0 Analyser
800 150
Min
1 200
0 Min
0
0 Front
Units: mm
Min 200 895 Min : Minimum
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 Page No.4-8

PREINSTALLATION
4.5 : XL-300 & 600 WOODEN CARTOON DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS
XL- 300 WOODEN CARTOON DIMENSIONS & WEIGHT :

LENGTH = 104 to 106 CENTIMETERS
WIGHT = 84 to 86 CENTIMETERS
HEIGHT) = 138 CENTIMETERS
NETT WEIGHT: 165.00 Kilos
GROSS WEIGHT: 195.00 Kilos
Preinstallation
XL- 600 WOODEN CARTOON DIMENSIONS & WEIGHT :
LENGTH = 104 to 106 CENTIMETERS

WIGHT = 84 to 86 CENTIMETERS
HEIGHT) = 138 CENTIMETERS
NETT WEIGHT: 210.00 Kilos
GROSS WEIGHT: 238.00 Kilos
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 Page No.4-9

INSTALLATION
5 . Installation
5
This section deals with the installation of the XL 600 biochemistry analyser.
Only a trained service representative should install the Analyser. Contact your local service
NOTE representative for installation and relocation of the instrument.
Problems resulting from the installation and relocation of the Analyser by anyone other than
a authorised service representative, will not be covered under warranty.
Installation
5.1 INSPECTION AND ACCESSORIES CHECKLIST
5.4 PREPARING THE ANALYSER (CONNECTING EXTERNAL ACCESSORIES, AND PERIPHERAL DEVICES)
5.9 VERIFYING PROPER HYDRAULICS FUNCTIONS
5.10 TEMPERATURE VERIFICATION PROCEDURE.
5.11 PHOTOMETER VERIFICATION PROCEDURE.
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271104 P a g e N o . 5- 1

XL 600 SERVICE MANUAL
5.1 INSPECTIONS AND ACCESSORIES CHECK LIST

The Analyser is fully inspected before leaving the factory and carefully packed to withstand shocks in transit.
On receiving the analyser, check the package externally; make sure that there is no external visible damage to
the shipping container.
If there is damage please make a note of it, if possible photograph it and inform Transasia immediately.
Verify with the invoice, if all the boxes have arrived.
Accessories check list
Transasia reserves the right to change without notice the accessories supplied with the
NOTE
XL-600
OPERATOR MANUAL 1
SOFTWARE CD 1
TRANSDUCER UNIT ASSY – WATER AND WASTE LEVEL SENSING PLATFORM 1
Installation
20 Litres CAN . FOR DI WATER 1

20 Litres CAN . FOR WASTE 1
BIO HAZARD WASTE CAN - 10 Litres 1
DETERGENT CAN - 10 Litres. 1
CUVETTES ( 60 Nos. within the machine + 5 Nos extra) 1
REAGENT TRAY ASSY 1
REAGENT TRAY COVER 1
SAMPLE (ROTATING) TRAY ASSY DISC (1-50) WITH STANDARD PLATE 1
MAINS UNIT TO COMPUTER INTRFACE CABLE 1
POWER CHORD ( 15 A, 2 PIN TOP) 1
PVC SUPPORT FOR 20 ML REAGENT BOTTLES 25
SAMPLE CUPS 500
REAGENT BOTTLE (20 ml.) WITH CAPS 25
REAGENT BOTTLE (50 ml.) WITH CAPS 25
REAGENT BOTTLE (20 ml.) WITH CAPS AND BARCODE LABELS 25
REAGENT BOTTLE (50 ml.) WITH CAPS AND BARCODE LABELS 25
TEST TUBES (5 ml) WITH BARCODE LABELS 5
TEST TUBE ADAPTORS 100
5ML REAGENT BOTTLE ADAPTORS 25
Dia 4 X 6 Polyurethane Tube ( for connecting the DI Water can) – 1000 mm 1
Tubing for connecting the BioHazardus waste can 1
Tubing for connecting the waste can 1
Tubing for connecting The detergent can 1
PERSONAL COMPUTER WITH MAINS CORD (OPTIONAL) 1
KEYBOARD (OPTIONAL) 1
MOUSE (OPTIONAL) 1
15” MONITOR WITH MAINS CORD (OPTIONAL) 1
EPSON LX-300 PRINTER WITH MAINS CORD AND COMMUNICATION CABLE 1
(OPTIONAL)
COMPUTER TROLLEY (OPTIONAL) 25
INTERFACE CABLE 500
POWER CORD (15 A, 3 PIN TOP, 3 metres.) 50
PVC BOTTLE SUPPORT FOR REAGENT 50
SAMPLE CUPS 50
REAGENT BOTTLE (20 ml.) 50
REAGENT BOTTLE (50 ml.) 2
ADAPTER FOR SAMPLE CUPS / TUBES 1
ADAPTER FOR SAMPLE CUPS 1
(WITH 25 ADAPTORS FOR 20 ml BOTTLES 1
REAGENT TRAY COVER 1
SAMPLE (ROTATING) TRAY ASSY 51-100) (OPTIONAL) 1

EMERGENCY SAMPLE TRAY STANDARD PLATE 1
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 Page No.5-2

INSTALLATION
SAMPLE TRAY STANDARD PLATE 1

REAGENT & SAMPLE BAR CODE LABLES 1
P. M. KIT CONTAINING: 1
CUVETTE DRIER 2
CRU F1 TUBING’S 1
CRU WASTE TUBING 1
PHOTOMETER LAMP ASSEMBLY 2
FUSES 1
LAUNDRY PROBE CLEANER 1
PLASTIC TOOL BOX 1
UNIT UNPACKING INSTRUCTION SHEET 1
UNIT INSTALLATION INSTRUCTION SHEET 1
BARCODE STICKER DETAILS (7 Sheets) 1
Installation
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271104 P a g e N o . 5- 3

CAUTION Unpack the Analyser carefully; otherwise you can damage accurately adjusted
optical and electronic assemblies
The Analyser should be unpacked only under the supervision of a Transasia

NOTE
factory trained Engineer
The XL 600 is fully tested before shipment and is packed carefully to prevent any shipping damage. It is
responsibility of customer to inspect all cartons upon arrival and notify the carrier of any apparent damage.
XL 600 is shipped in one wooden carton box, and an additional 1 or 2 carboard boxes ; one contains the
main unit and other has computer trolley and the accessories
Installation
The main unit and accessories are packed in separate cartons. Reagents and other additional accessories
may be packed in another carton. The representative is responsible for unpacking, installing and initial
setting up of the Analyser:
Remove the Nuts and Bolts that hold the side panels of the analyser and accessories box, carefully remove
each of the side panels.
The instrument is shipped, mounted on “Z” brackets, the “Z” bracket and the
CAUTION footrest support the entire weight of the instrument.
Cautiously open the bolts of the “ Z ” bracket to prevent any personal injury.
Unwrap the plastic protective sheet, from the analyser

The instrument is bolted down to the wooden pallet on four sides with the help of “ Z “ brackets,
remove these bolts carefully with the help of a spanner, and carefully slide out the “ Z “ brackets
one at a time.
Rotate the footrests upwards, in order to enable the analyser to rest on all four Castors.
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 Page No.5-4

INSTALLATION
Installation
“ Z” Brackets
XL- 300 with base pallet and wood cartoon

Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271104 P a g e N o . 5- 5
Nuts
Top panel
Analyser
Side Panel
Installation
“ Z ” Bracket
Pallet Base
Washers
XL- 600 with base pallet and wood cartoon
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 Page No.5-6

INSTALLATION
Gently lift or slide the analyser out of the wooden pallet, and place it on the floor.
Wheel the analyser to the installation site, after position it, rotate the foot rests downwards, in order to enable
the analyser to rest on the footrest only (the castors should be in mid air).
After installing the analyser at he final required position, rotate downwards the
footrest, the entire load of the instrument should be borne by the foot rest (The
castors of the analyser should be in mid air).
NOTE The analyser should be properly levelled, preferably using a sprit level to ensure:
1) Proper, and efficient drainage of condensed water within the reagent tray well.
2) Proper, and efficient drainage for various other drain line liquids ( as many of the
drainages provided within the analyser are of the natural Drain type).
3) To obtain accurate reagent bottle dead volumes.
Installation
Gently lift the top dome of the analyser and gently slide the Sample arm upwards, making sure you do not
damage the Sample probe, once you have reached the top most position, rotate it and position it over the
trough. Remove the protective material and any debris, from within the sample tray well.
Gently slide the Reagent 1 arm upwards, making sure you do not damage the probe, once you have
reached the top most position, rotate it and position it over the trough.
Gently slide the Reagent 2 arm upwards, making sure you do not damage the probe, once you have
reached the top most position, rotate it and position it over the trough. Remove the protective material and
any debris, from within the reagent tray well.
Gently slide the Mixer arm upwards, making sure you do not damage the paddles, once you have reached the
top most position, rotate it and position it over the trough. Remove the protective material.
Gently slide the CRU arm upwards to the top most position, making sure you do not damage the probes, and
remove the protective material and clean debris.
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271104 P a g e N o . 5- 7

To avoid a shock hazard, ground the Analyser, Computer, Printer and Monitor
WARNING using a 3 pin grounded electric outlet.
Do not use an adapter, as it could cause a loose contact and improper
grounding.
Confirm that all cuvettes have been fitted properly into their respective slots on the
reaction tray and none of them are jutting out.
Installation
Confirm that all cuvettes have been fitted properly into their respective slots on the reaction
NOTE tray and none of them are jutting out.
When removing or placing the cuvettes into their slots, make sure that you grip them
NOTE by their sides and top end, never let the fingers or any sharp. Objects come in contact
with the optical area.
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 Page No.5-8

INSTALLATION
Installing the Sample tray, Reagent tray and Cuvette reaction tray.
Unpack the Sample tray from the accessories

box
Hold the sample tray with your right hand
Gently place the sample tray into the
sample tray well
Installation
Make sure that the index pin on the Sample
Transport, slides into the index hole provided
on the sample tray.
Place the calibration tray in position, and make
sure that the index pin on the Sample
transport slides into the index hole provided
on the Calibration tray
Unpack the Reagent tray from the accessories

box
Hold the Reagent tray with your right hand as
shown.
Gently place the Reagent tray into the reagent

tray well
Make sure that the index pin on the Reagent

transport slides into the index hole provided
on the Reagent tray.
Place the Reagent tray lid over the Reagent Tray. Make sure that the index pin on the Reagent transport
slides into the index hole provided on the Reagent tray.
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271104 P a g e N o . 5- 9

Installing the Waste can, Bio hazardous waste can, Water can and Cleaning Solution can
Please refer to figure 4.30 before carrying out this installation procedure
Unpack the Liquid Level Sensing Platform from the accessories box; place it behind the analyser as shown in
Floor requirements, chapter 3.5 (there is a label on the Liquid Level Sensing Platform that says “ANALYSER
SIDE” when installing the platform, make sure that this label faces the analyser)
Connect the cable of the Liquid Level Sensing Platform to the D 9 connector located on the back panel of the
instrument located, besides the mains socket. As shown in figure 4.30
From the accessory box remove the 20 litres Deionised water can, 20 litres Waste can, 10 litres Bio hazardous
waste can and the10 litres Cleaning solution can, and place them on to their respective labelled slots, on the
Liquid Level Sensing Platform.
Fill the Deionised Water can with 20 litres of fresh deionised water.
Remove the tubing’s from the accessory box. Connect one end of the 1 meter. (4 x 6 mm ) Polyurethane tube
to the analyser outlet marked WATER, and connect the other end into the Water can nozzle.
Installation
Now connect the large diameter silicon tube to the analyser outlet marked WASTE, and connect the other end
of the tubing into the 20-litre Waste can nozzle.
Connect the (4 x 6 mm) 1 meter length, silicone tube to the analyser outlet marked BIO HAZARDOUS WASRE,
and connect the other end to the 10 litre Bio hazardous waste can nozzle,
Connect the (2 x 4 mm) 1 meter length, silicone tube to the analyser outlet marked DETERGENT, and connect
the other end to the 10 litre Cleaning solution can (make sure that the White Teflon weight provided at the end
of the tube, touches the bottom of the Detergent can)
Fill 10 litres of working cleaning solution into the Cleaning solution Can, (to prepare Working Cleaning solution:
Add 1 bottle of XL WASH KIT (Part no REKT910 4x50 ml ) to 10 litres of Deionised water.)
.
NOTE Take care that all the above-mentioned tubes reach their respective containers without
any sharp bends or obstructions.
The waste consist of a natural drain, it is very important that the large silicon waste tube
from the rear of the analyser to the Waste can, be slanting downwards, there should not
y bends, and should slant in the downwards direction (If not, then this could cause a
NOTE back flow of waste solution, out of the SPT, R1PT, R2PT or STIRRER troughs, which
would cause splutter all over the top of the analyser. Or could result in noisy un
required, big gargling sounds being created by the waste lines.
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 P a g e N o . 5 - 10

INSTALLATION
Deionised Water can, Detergent can, Bio hazardous waste can

and
Waste can, connections
Installation
Water Detergent Bio Hazardous Waste
Waste
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271104 P a g e N o . 5- 11

Figure: 5.30
5.4 PREPARING THE ANALYSER ( CONNECTING PERIPHERAL DEVICES )
Place the computer, keyboard, mouse and monitor on a trolley / table.

Connecting the mouse, keyboard and monitor to the computer as mentioned in the Computer manual, which is
enclosed within the computer box.
For further assistance on installing the computer system you could contact your local Computer distributor, the
list of Distributors / Service centres, worldwide is mentioned in the computer manual.
Unpack the serial inter face cable from the accessories box, and connect the D9 connector to the serial port 1 of
the computer. Connect the other end to the RS 232 connector, located on rear panel of the instrument, as
shown in figure 5.40
Installation
Figure: 5.40
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 P a g e N o . 5 - 12

INSTALLATION
NOTE If the computer is shipped with the analyser, it comes factory set and no changes to the
setting are required, at the time of installation.
NOTE Changes to the computer setting other than those that have been factory set or
recommended, could cause severe analyser malfunctioning.
IMPORTANT In the computer settings, the keyboard setting & regional language settings has
to be set only to the United States format.
NOTE There should not be any screen saver or other programmes and Software packages like
games etc. loaded onto the Computer as these could severely restrain the existing
Installation
resources of the computer.
To prevent the XL-600 PC from getting infected by a virus it is recommended that no

NOTE additional software package should be loaded and the use of the floppy drive should be
restricted only to patient result and test back up only after verifying that the floppy disc
are free from virus.
Power on the computer and verify proper function, please verify, and make sure that the computer has the
following settings.
1. In the computer settings, the keyboard setting & regional language settings has to be only set to United
States 101.
2. There should be no screen saver or games loaded.
If the computer is supplied with the analyzer, then the XL-600 software comes pre loaded, also
NOTE
the computer settings are factory set and no changes to the computer settings are required.
Minimum Computer Processor : Intel Pentium IV , 1.6 Ghz ( NOTE this is the
Requirements MINIMUM LEVEL recommended)
Memory ; 256 MB SD RAM
Hard Disk : 40 GB
Floppy drive : 1.44 MB
CD-ROM : 52 X
Monitor : 15 inches Colour
Keyboard : Standard
Mouse : Standard
I/O Interface : 2 X RS 232 ports
Operating system : Windows 98or XP
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271104 P a g e N o . 5- 13

COMPUTER CMOS SETUP
STANDARD CMOS FEATURES
1.Enter Date and Time

2.IDE Primary Master : Press Enter , the next screen will appear.
Select AUTO for both IDE Primary Master and IDE Access Mode.
3. IDE Primary Slave : Select NONE
4. IDE Secondary Master : Press Enter , the next screen will appear. Select
AUTO for both IDE Secondary Master and IDE
Access Mode.
5.DRIVE A : Select 1.44MB ,3.5”
6.Drive B : Select None
7.Flopy3 mode support : Select Disabled
8.Video : Select EGA/VGA
9.Halt On : Select ALL,BUT KEYBOARD
Installation
ADVANCED BIOS FEATURES
1. First Boot Device : Select HDD

2. Second Boot Device : Select CD-ROM
3. Third Boot Device : Select FDD
4. Boot other Device : Select No
5. Swap Floppy Disc : Select Disabled
6. Security Options : Select Setup
ADVANCED CHIPSET FEATURES
1. CPU clock speed : Select x8
INTEGRATED PERIPHERALS
1.USB Controller : Select Enabled

2. USB Keyboard support : Select BIOS
3.USB Mouse support : Select OS
4. AC97 Audio : Select Enabled
5.Power On function : Select KB98
6.Onboard Serial Port1 : Select 3F8/IRQ4
7. Onboard Serial Port2/IR : Select 2F8/IRQ3
8. Onboard IR Function : Select Disabled
9. Onboard Parallel Port : Select 378/IRQ7
10.Parallel port mode : Select ECP+EPP
11.EPP Mode select : Select EPP1.9
12.ECP Mode DMA : Select 3
13.Game Port address : Select 201
14.Midi port address : Select 330
15.Midi port IRQ : Select 10
POWER MANAGEMENT SETUP
1.ACPI Suspend type : Select S3

2.USB Device wakeup from S3 : Enabled
3.Wake up by PCI/LAN : Enabled
4.Power On by ring : Enabled
4.Force Update ECSD : Auto
5. Allocate IRQ to VGA : Enabled
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 P a g e N o . 5 - 14

INSTALLATION
6. Allocate IRQ to USB : Enabled
PASSWORD
Do not set any passwords for User or Operator
Save the values and exit. If there are any changes from above menu , use default values.
SOFTWARE SETUP
1. Partition the Hard Disk Drive into two drives C and D each of approximately 20GB.
2. Install Windows 98 in drive C
3. Install printer driver
4. Delete all temp files
5. Install XL Application software in Drive C
6. Create the database in drive D
7. Run the software and test all the features
Installation
8. After complete testing clean the database
9. Shut down the system through Windows SHUT DOWN menu. Ensure that the power is switched off only
after proper system down.
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271104 P a g e N o . 5- 15

Prerequisites before XL installation

Verify whether XL software is installed on the computer. If yes then exit from the XL software application ( XL
software application should not be open). Take a back up of C:\ windows \ system \ xl.mdb
Un installation Procedure
Uninstall the existing XL software programme as follows.
Click on the MY COMPUTER icon.
Click on the CONTROL PANEL icon.
Double click on the ADD \ REMOVE icon.
Select by clicking the XL programme from list in the box.
Click on the ADD \ REMOVE button.
A message “Are you sure that you want to remove XL (version number) & all its components?” is displayed.
Click on the YES button.
A message “Remove all shared components” is displayed.
Click on the REMOVE ALL button.
Installation
Click on the OK button.

A message “Un installation procedure completed” is displayed at the end.
Go to the DESK TOP screen, and right click on the XL programme icon.
Click on DELETE.
Click on the YES button.
Delete all temp files before installation.
Installation process
Insert the XL software CD into the CD drive.
Click START- menu and select run option.
This will open a run panel. Click browse and double click on XL (version).
Select set up file and click open. Click OK. Welcome message will be displayed, click OK.
Then click on the computer Icon. If version conflict message is displayed, click on NO TO ALL.
Installation procedure is then completed.
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 P a g e N o . 5 - 16

INSTALLATION
Voltage & frequency Single-phase continuous stabilized AC 220/110 volts ± 10V, 50/60
Hz .The XL 600 comes equipped with a three-pin power cord. The
type of cord and plug depends on the source voltage for the
system.
If extreme and sudden Voltage fluctuations exists then the use of
an On line Un interrupted power supply is strongly recommended.
Grounding Perfect earthing must be provided at the power source with all
applicable local requirements (a grounded, 3 pin power plug only
should be used.)
Plug points
Four 5 amp sockets must be available near the analyser.
(Four sockets are required, one each for the analyser, computer
monitor and printer.
Installation
It is recommended that two extra sockets be provided near the
analyser, for use by a measuring equipment or engineering tool if
required while servicing (Example Oscilloscope, Soldering iron
etc.).
Heavy-duty electrical devices like Air conditioners, refrigerator's,

ovens etc. should not be operated on the same electrical lines as
the Analyser.
Failure to properly ground the XL 600 bypasses important safety features and may
NOTE result in an electrical hazard.
VERIFYING LINE VOLTAGE
With the help of a Voltmeter Measure the following AC Voltages on the mains socket
Phase and Neutral 110 Volts (+/- 10%)
Phase and Ground 110 Volts (+/- 10%)
The 3 pin power chord plugs shipped with the analyser, computer, printer and monitor may
NOTE not be compatible with the local electrical sockets of some Countries, please to have these
procured from the local market prior to the installation
Before powering ON the analyser verify and confirm that all ISE electrodes have been
NOTE properly installed, their walls are flush against each other with the rubber “O” rings in
place
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271104 P a g e N o . 5- 17

Locate and pull open, in the direction towards you, the rear ISE door (this door is held in place with the help of
magnetic force),
Locate and connect, the 2 pin power connector to the ISE power supply PCB
The Analyser is shipped with the 2-pin power connector, to the ISE power supply PCB
disconnected.
NOTE This is done in order to prevent accidentally powering on the ISE module without the
Electrodes connected.
Before powering up the analyser, fit all ISE electrodes, connect ISE CAL A bottle and tubes,
only after doing so, connect the 2-pin power connector to the ISE power supply PCB
After carrying out the above-mentioned electric verifications, connect the power chord to the analyzer, computer
and monitor
Locate, and power ON the rear power switch on the back panel of the analyser, and confirm that the reagent
Installation
cooling fan has started rotating, also touch and physically verify the cooling of the reagent tray, also verify from
the sound, that the ISE pumps have started priming.
Locate, and power ON the switch on the right side of the analyser, verify that the system initialises, and home
all the assemblies.
Power on the computer system, on the desktop menu screen, double click on the XL 600 icon,
Verify that the analyser initialises its self, and home all assemblies.
Please note after installing the XL software, and you activate the software by double clicking on the XL Icon,
only the first time you are obligated, to enter the username and password, please enter the same username and
password, as mentioned on the CD cover of the application software.
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 P a g e N o . 5 - 18

INSTALLATION
VERIFY LIGHT BEAM ALIGNMENT
ACTION REMARKS/ OBSERVATIONS
Switch ON the machine and Initialise RCT assy. through the

Service Check menu.
Remove the CRU unit thumbscrew, lift up the laundry unit and In the initialised or reset position the
gently remove the cuvette, which is the path of the light beam. following are the positions of the cuvettes.
Insert the Light beam, centring gauge (Part No. FSPS2723 Probe1 - cuvette position 60
that is supplied in the accessories box) in place of the cuvette, Probe2 - cuvette position 59
making sure it touches the wall of the cuvette housing on all Probe3 - cuvette position 58
sides. Probe4 - cuvette position 57
Probe5 - cuvette position 56
Installation
Not used - cuvette position 55
Light path - cuvette position 54
Suction probe - cuvette position 53
Drier probe - cuvette position 52
Loosen the 3 allen screws located at the centre of the RCT Light beam should fall on the centre of the
cuvette table, adjust its position such that the light beam falls mark on the calibration plate
on the centre black coloured mark on the calibration plate.
Tighten the mounting screws. NOTE: Take care that the centring is not
disturbed while tightening the RCT cuvette
table mounting screws.
Gently put back the cuvette in its position, and fit the laundry
back in place.
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271104 P a g e N o . 5- 19

VERIFY PROPER LAUNDRY ALIGNMENT
Initialise the system, through the Service Check menu. In the initialised or reset position the following
are the positions of the cuvettes.
Installation
Disconnect the CRU up/down motor connector. Verify that all laundry probes are in the centre
Gently slide the Laundry vertical shaft/pillar, downwards into the of their respective cuvettes, and that the
cuvettes. cuvette drier (Teflon) is in the centre of the
cuvette.
To centre the laundry assembly, loosen the four allen mounting
screws on which the laundry vertical shaft/pillar is mounted.
If required you can also center the laundry assembly,by

adjusting the position by the four allen screws on which the
entire laundry assembly is mounted on the analyser casting.
To adjust the circular angle of the laundry assembly, locate the

small allen screw that is embedded inside the laundry vertical
shaft/pillar top end
To center the individual laundry probes in their respective

cuvettes, loosen the white delrin screw caps located at the top
of the probes.
Verify that the cuvette drier, and suction probes touch the 1) Verify that after the cuvette drier and
bottom of the cuvette , suction probe goes down into the cuvette, the
Select SERVICE CHECK >CRU & REACTION spring loaded probe, moves up by about
TRAY>CUVETTE RINSING UNIT > INITIALISE>DOWN> 2mm.
To adjust the vertical distance travelled by the laundry, loosen ( NOTE THIS IS VERY IMPORTANT)
and adjust, the CRU-DOWN (lower opto) sensor. 2) Verify that the remaining five laundry
probes also touch the bottom of the cuvette
slightly (NOTE: this is not very important.)
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 P a g e N o . 5 - 20

INSTALLATION
VERIFY SAMPLE ARM ALIGNMENT
NOTE : The sample arm is aligned with the RCT in the reset position.
NOTE : The sample arm alignment is done with respect to the sample cuvette only, and only a verification
is done at the other positions.
Initialise the system, through the Service Check menu.
With the help of a pipette or syringe, pipette 300 to 500 ul of tap

water (As tap water has ions for conduction, Do not use
deionised or distilled water) into cuvette number 50 and 42.
Place a sample cup filled with tap water in positions number 1,

S1, & B1on the sample tray.
Installation
1. Select SERVICE CHECK >SAMPLE ARM > INITIALISE Sample probe mean distance between the
>TROUGH TO SAMPLE OUTER>SAMPLE TO dispense needle and sensor needle to be at
CUVETTE>DOWN> the centre of the respective cuvette
The Sample probes moves down until it senses the present of
liquid in the cuvette and then stops. NOTE: Take care that the centring is not
NOTE: the probe has two needles (1.Dispense needle that is disturbed while tightening the Allen screw.
hollow & 2. Sensor needle).
Verify that the hollow dispense needle is in the Mean (centre) distance
centre of the cuvette,
2. Adjust the sample probe as follows.
Lift and remove the probe plastic cover and locate the Allen
screw, on the top end of the arm shaft. Sens
Slightly loosen this Allen screw, and rotate the top plate of the or
Dispense
arm, so as to position the mean distance between the Needle
dispense needle and sensor needle, to be in the centre of the
cuvette. When doing this, make sure that, only the
horizontal top plate rotates and the main vertical shaft is
stationary Cuvette wall
Tighten the Allen screw.
Verify proper centring by repeating steps 1 to 2
Select INITIALISE >SAMPLE OUTTER>DOWN Verify that the dispense needle is at the
The Sample probes moves down until it senses the present of centre of the sample (Outer), cup number1
liquid in cup number 1, and then stops.
Select INITIALISE >STANDARD OUTER>DOWN Verify that the dispense needle is at the
centre of the standard (outer) cup number S1
Select INITIALISE >STANDARD INNER>DOWN Verify that the dispense needle is at the
centre of the standard (inner) cup number
B1.
Select INITIALISE >SAMPLE OUTER>SAMPLE TO Verify that the dispense needle is at the
CUVETTE>CUVETTE TO DRAIN centre of the SPT drain.
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271104 P a g e N o . 5- 21

Select INITIALISE > SAMPLE OUTER>SAMPLE TO Verify that the mean distance between the
CUVETTE>CUVETTE TO DRAIN>DRAIN TO TROUGH dispense needle and sensor needle is at the
centre of the SPT trough.
Select INITIALISE >SAMPLE OUTER >SAMPLE TO ISE Verify that the dispense needle is at the
centre of the ISE sample port.
To align the probe to the ISE sample port,

loosen the four allen screws of the ISE
assembly and move the entire ISE assembly
in the direction required, once properly
positioned, tighten the four allen screws.
Select INITIALISE > TROUGH TO DILUTION CUVETTE Verify that the dispense probe is at the
centre of the Dilution. Cuvette number 42.
Installation
Select INITIALISE > DILUTION CUVETTE TO CUVETTE Verify that the probe is at the centre of both
the cuvettes number 42 and 50
VERIFYING PROPER SAMPLE ARM FUNCTION
Initialise the system, trough the service Check menu, Select SERVICE CHECK >SAMPLE ARM > INITIALISE
>LINK>TROUGH TO SAMPLE OUTER>SAMPLE TO CUVETTE.
The sample arm will move over Sample cup number 1, go down till it senses the liquid. The syringe plunger
moves down, aspirating sample from the cup, the arm then moves to the dispense cuvette position (cuvette
number 50), goes down into the cuvette till it senses liquid Stops and then move to the drain position, where the
contents of the probe is discarded,
The analyser does this multiple times till the STOP button is clicked, the sample cup is empty, or an error has
occurred.
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 P a g e N o . 5 - 22

INSTALLATION
VERIFY REAGENT 2 ARM ALINGMENT
NOTE : The Reagent 1 arm is aligned with the RCT in the offset position.
NOTE : The Reagent 1 arm alignment is done with respect to cuvette No 52 only, and only a
verification is done at the other positions.
To rotate the RCT tray to the offset position, select SERVICE

CHECK>CRU & REACTION TRAY>REACTION
TRAY>NITIALISE >OFFSET>
Place a large 50 ml reagent bottle filled with tap water in position
Installation
number 1 on the reagent tray (use only tap water as it has ions
for conduction, Do not use deionised or distilled water)
Now go to “SERVICE CHECK > REAGENT 1 ARM
1. Select INITIALISE >TO REAGENT OUTER>REAGENT TO Verify that the Reagent probe dispense
CUVETTE needle, is at the centre of cuvette number
The Reagent1 probes moves over to cuvette number 52. 52.
NOTE: the probe has two needles (1.Dispense needle that is
hollow & 2. Sensor needle). NOTE: Take care that the centring is not
Verify that the hollow dispense needle is in the disturbed while tightening the Allen screw.
2. Adjust the Reagent 1 probe as follows.
Lift and remove the probe plastic cover and locate the Allen Sensor
screw, on the top end of the arm shaft. needle
Slightly loosen this Allen screw, and rotate the top plate of the Dispense
arm, so as to position the dispense needle in the centre of the Needle
stationary
Tighten the Allen screw. Cuvette wall
Click ALIGN REAGENT INNER Button Verify that the probe is at the centre of the
Select INITIALISE >REAGENT INNER >DOWN reagent bottle at position number 1 on the
The Reagent 1 probe will move down into the reagent bottle reagent tray.
number1, until it senses liquid.
Click ALIGN REAGENT OUTTER Button

Select INITIALISE >REAGENT OUTTER >DOWN
The Reagent 1 probe will move down into the reagent bottle
Select INITIALISE >REAGENT INNER> REAGENT TO Verify that the probe is at the centre of the
CUVETTE>CUVETTE TO DRAIN R1PT drain.
Select INITIALISE > REAGENT INNER> REAGENT TO Verify that the probe is at the centre of the
CUVETTE>CUVETTE TO DRAIN> DRAIN TO TROUGH R1PT trough.
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271104 P a g e N o . 5- 23

VERIFYING PROPER REAGENT 1 ARM FUNCTION
Initialise the system, trough the service Check menu,

To rotate the RCT tray to the offset position, select SERVICE CHECK>CRU & REACTION TRAY>REACTION
Select SERVICE CHECK >REAGENT 1 ARM > INITIALISE >LINK>REAGENT INNER>REAGENT TO

CUVETTE.
The Reagent arm will move over Reagent bottle number 1, go down till it senses the liquid. The syringe plunger
moves down, aspirating reagent from the bottle, the arm then moves to the dispense cuvette position (cuvette
number 52), pauses and then moves to the drain position, where the contents of the probe is discarded,
The analyser does this multiple times till the STOP button is clicked, the reagent bottle is empty , or an error has
occurred.
Installation
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 P a g e N o . 5 - 24

INSTALLATION
VERIFY REAGENT 2 ARM ALINGMENT
NOTE : The Reagent 2 arm is aligned with the RCT in the reset position.

Place a large 50 ml reagent bottle filled with tap water in
position number 1, and a small 20 ml reagent bottle, filled with
tap water in position number 4, on the reagent tray (use only
tap water as it has ions for conduction, Do not use deionised
or distilled water)
Installation
1. Select INITIALISE >TO REAGENT Verify that the Reagent probe dispense
2. INNER>REAGENT TO CUVETTE R2 needle, is at the centre of cuvette (R2)
The Reagent2 probes moves over to cuvette number 39. number 39.
Verify that the hollow dispense needle is in the disturbed while tightening the Allen screw.
arm, so as to position the dispense needle in the centre of the Needle
stationary
3. Verify proper centring by repeating steps 1 to 2
Select INITIALISE >REAGENT INNER >DOWN NOTE : The Reagent 2 arm verification on
The Reagent 2 probe will move down into the reagent bottle the reagent tray, is done only for Reagent
number45, until it senses liquid. inner at position number 45.
Verify that the probe is at the centre of the

reagent bottle at position number 45 on the
reagent tray.
CUVETTE R2> R2 CUVETTE TO DRAIN R2PT drain.
CUVETTE R2 > R2 CUVETTE TO DRAIN> DRAIN TO R2PT trough.
TROUGH
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271104 P a g e N o . 5- 25

To rotate the RCT tray to the reset position, select SERVICE CHECK>CRU & REACTION TRAY>REACTION
TRAY>NITIALISE >RESET>

CUVETTE (R2).
The Reagent arm will move over Reagent bottle number 45, go down till it senses the liquid. The syringe
plunger moves down, aspirating reagent from the bottle, the arm then moves to the dispense cuvette position
(cuvette number 39), pauses and then moves to the drain position, where the contents of the probe is
discarded,
The analyser does this multiple times till the STOP button is clicked, the reagent bottle is empty, or an error has
occurred.
VERIFY STIRRER ARM ALINGMENT

Installation
NOTE : The Stirrer arm is aligned with the RCT in the offset position.
NOTE : The Stirrer arm alignment is done with respect to cuvette No 39 for stirrer paddle No1, and cuvette
No 50 for stirrer paddle No 2 and with the paddles rotating, only verification is done at the other positions.
To rotate the RCT tray to the offset position, “SERVICE

CHECK> STIRRERS > Click on RCT OFFSET button.
1. Select INITIALISE >ROTATE TO CUVETTE 1> DOWN>

The Stirrer paddle No 1 goes into cuvette No 50 & Stirrer 2 Verify that Stirrer 1 is at the centre of the
goes into the spare hole on 5 piece top cuvette No 50 & Stirrer 2 is at centre of
Select UP> spare hole on 5 piece top
Stirrer
Paddle shaft
Cuvette wall
1. Select INITIALISE > ROTATE TO CUVETTE 2> DOWN> Verify that the stirrer 1 is at the centre of
cuvette No 39 & Stirrer2 is at the centre of
Select the ON button to start the Stirrer paddle motors.
cuvette No 50
2. Adjust the Stirrer paddles as follows.
Lift and remove the Stirrer arm plastic cover and locate the
NOTE: Make sure that the stirrer paddles
Allen screw, on the top end of the arm shaft.
do not touch the walls and the bottom of the
Slightly loosen this Allen screw, and rotate the top plate of
cuvette.
the arm, so as to position the paddle No 1 in the centre of
cuvette no 39 and paddle No 2 in the centre of No 50.,
NOTE: Take care that the centring is not
When doing this, make sure that, only the horizontal top
disturbed while tightening the Allen screw.
plate rotates and the main vertical shaft is stationary
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 P a g e N o . 5 - 26

INSTALLATION
Stirrer
Paddle shaft
Cuvette wall
Installation
VERIFY SAMPLE TRAY ALINGMENT
The X – axis is aligned using the Sample arm alignment procedure.
The Y – axis is aligned using the Sample Tray alignment procedure.
Y-axis
X-axis
ACTION Sample cup No 1 REMARKS/ OBSERVATIONS

SERVICE CHECK >SAMPLE ARM > ALIGN SAMPLE
OUTTER.
Place a sample cup filled with tap water in sample positions

number 1 on the sample tray and positions S1, & B1 on the
standard tray. (As tap water has ions for conduction, Do not
use deionised or distilled water)
1. Select SERVICE CHECK >SAMPLE ARM > INITIALISE Sample probe dispense needle, is at the
>SAMPLE OUTER> DOWN> centre of sample cup No 1.
liquid in the Cup No 1 and then stops.
Verify that the dispense needle is in the centre
of the cuvette,
2. Select SERVICE CHECK > INITIALISE>

Adjust the sample tray as follows. NOTE: Take care that the centring is not
3. Lift and remove the sample tray, locate the 3 Phillips disturbed while tightening the Phillips screws.
screw, on the centre shaft.
4. Slightly loosen the three Phillips screws, and slowly rotate
the top plate of the shaft, in the direction in which the
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271104 P a g e N o . 5- 27

correction is required, when doing this, make sure that, only

the horizontal top plate rotates and the main vertical shaft is
stationary
Tighten the Phillips screw.
Place the sample tray back in position
VERIFY REAGENT TRAY ALIGNMENT
NOTE : The Reagent tray is aligned with reference to Reagent bottle number1, and Reagent 1 arm
Probe only.
The Y – axis is aligned using the Reagent 1 arm alignment procedure.
The X – axis is aligned using the Reagent Tray alignment procedure.
Y-axis
Installation
X-axis
Reagent bottle No 1
Place a Large 50 ml Reagent bottle filled with tap water in

Positions number 1 on the reagent tray (As tap water has ions
. Select SERVICE CHECK >REAGENT 1 ARM > ALIGN RGT

INNER button.
1. Select SERVICE CHECK >REAGENT 1 ARM >
INITIALISE >REAGENT INNER> DOWN>
The Reagent probes moves down until it senses the present
of liquid in the BOTTLE No 1 and then stops.
Verify that the dispense needle is in the

centre of the Reagent bottle.

Adjust the Reagent tray as follows.
3. Lift and remove the Reagent tray, locate the 3 Allen screw, NOTE: Take care that the centring is not
on the centre shaft as shown in figure 9.1 disturbed while tightening the Allen screws.
4. Slightly loosen the three Allen screws, and slowly rotate
the horizontal top end rotates and the main vertical shaft is
stationary
Place the Reagent tray back in position
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 P a g e N o . 5 - 28

INSTALLATION
Figure 9.1
Reagent tray
Installation
3 Allen screws
Centre Shaft
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271104 P a g e N o . 5- 29

5.9 VERIFYING PROPER HYDRAULICS FUNCTION
LOAD CELL VERIFICATION PROCEDURE
ACTION OBSERVATIONS / RESULT

Place the 20 Ltr. Can with only 2 Ltrs. of water in it on the “DI The buzzer should turn ON and the LED marked
water” tray. “Water” should blink.
Apply slight pressure on the can. The buzzer should turn OFF and the LED marked
“Water” should go OFF.
Place a 10 Ltrs can with only 1.5 Ltrs of water in it, on the “ The buzzer should turn ON and the LED marked “DET”
Cleaning soln” tray should blink.
Apply slight pressure on the can. The buzzer should turn OFF and the LED marked “Det”
should go OFF.
Installation
Place the 10Ltr. can with only 7.5 Ltrs. of water in it on the “Haz. The buzzer should turn ON and the LED marked “Haz
Waste” tray. Waste” should blink.
Remove about 0.5 Ltrs. of water from the can. The buzzer should turn OFF and LED marked “Haz.
Waste” should go OFF.
Place the 20 Ltr. can with only 17.5 Ltrs. of water in it on the The buzzer should turn ON and the LED marked
“Waste” tray. “Waste” should blink.
Remove about 1 Ltr. of water from the can. The buzzer should turn OFF and the LED marked
“Waste” should go OFF.
CKD VALVES VERIFICATION PROCEDURE
ACTION OBSERVATIONS
Locate and the pressure on the pressure gauge Pressure gauge should be between 0.8 and 0.9 bar.
Go to the Service check menu, click on the pump Observe a small fountain of water in R1PT, R2PT/SPT &
and trough valves button, Switch ON the CKD Stirrer troughs.
valves for R1PT, R2PT , SPT & STIRR, one after
the other.
Switch ON all the switches together and keep the Verify that the water flow should be smooth and there
hydraulic assembly ON for some time, till the entire should be no leakages and that the pressure gauge does
water line is primed and free of trapped air bubbles. not fluctuate.
LAUNDRY FLOW ADJUSTMENT PROCEDURE
ACTION OBSERVATIONS
CLEANING SOLUTION FLOW ADJUSTMENT

PROCEDURE
Go to service check menu, and initiate a cuvette Monitor the flow of cleaning solution from the
rinse cycle. cleaning solution can to the DET pump, trough the
tubing’s to the first laundry probe, and into the first
cuvette,
To regulate the detergent flow, remove the right side

panel and locate the black coloured, flow regulator on
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 P a g e N o . 5 - 30

INSTALLATION
the top of the detergent pump,

Adjust it in order to enable the detergent flow into the
first cuvette, to fill up to 3\4 of the total volume of the
cuvette.
Verify that there is no spillage of detergent from any
of the cuvettes.
Observe this carefully for multiple rinse cycles.
ACTION
OBSERVATION
DEIONISED WATER FLOW VERIFICATION
PROCEDURE
Go to service check menu, and initiate a cuvette rinse Monitor the flow of deionised water from the DI water
cycle. can, to the pump , to the pressure vessel, and trough
the tubing’s into the cuvettes, under laundry probes
2, 3, 4 & 5; also verify a proper drain from all the
Installation
cuvette.
To regulate the deionised water flow open the rear

panel ISE door, locate the flow regulator, this
regulator is connected in line with the deionised water
tubing to the laundry system.
Adjust it, so that at the time of rinsing, the deionised
water flow into the second, third, fourth and fifth
cuvette, located under the second, third, fourth and
fifth laundry probe fills to 3\4 the total volume of the
cuvette.
Verify that there is no spillage of deionised water

from any of the cuvettes.
VERIFY PROPER PROBE DISPENSE
SAMPLE
From the SERVICE CHECK menu select SAMPLE ARM, click on INITIALIZE , click on SAMPLE OUTER, click
on SAMPLE TO CUVETTE, click on CUVETTE TO DRAIN, CLICK on the GO BACK button.
From the SERVICE CHECK menu select SYRINGES then select SAMPLE SYRINGE, click on INITIALIZE and
click on the VALVE ON.
Check and confirm that a clear uninterrupted straight jet of water emerges from the probe, that is free of any
trapped air bubbles. Do this till the entire tubing and probe is completely primed and free of air bubbles.
REAGENT 1
From the SERVICE CHECK menu select REAGENT 1 ARM, click on INITIALIZE , click on REAGENT OUTER,
click on REAGENT TO CUVETTE, click on CUVETTE TO DRAIN, CLICK on the GO BACK button.
From the SERVICE CHECK menu select SYRINGES then select REAGENT 1 SYRINGE, click on INITIALIZE
and click on the VALVE ON.
trapped air bubbles. Do this till the entire tubing and probe is completely primed and free of air bubbles
REAGENT 2
From the SERVICE CHECK menu select REAGENT 2 ARM, click on INITIALIZE, click on REAGENT OUTER,
click on REAGENT TO CUVETTE (R2) , click on (R2) CUVETTE TO DRAIN, CLICK on the GO BACK button.
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271104 P a g e N o . 5- 31

Check and confirm that a clear uninterrupted straight jet of water emerges from the probe that is free of any
Installation
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 P a g e N o . 5 - 32

INSTALLATION
5.10 TEMPERATURE VERIFICATION PROCEDURE
REAGENT TEMPERATURE VERIFICATION PROCEDURE
Fill a 20 ML reagent bottle, place it on the reagent tray, cover the reagent tray with the reagent tray cover, wait
for about an hour, till the temperature has stabilised,
Insert a sensitive thermal measuring device, into the reagent bottle and measure the temperature,
Go to the SERVICE CHECK menu and click on the TEMPERATURE button, and verify the temperature of the
reagent tray, displayed on the screen, the temperature displayed should be approximately 12 to 15 degrees
lower than the ambient room temperature.
The measured temperature and the displayed temperatures should approximately match.
REACTION TEMPERATURE VERIFICATION PROCEDURE
Reaction tray temperature should be measured only after the analyser has reached thermal
NOTE stability by having completed a warm up time of at least 30 minutes
Installation
After having reached thermal stability, introduce a sensitive thermal measuring into a cuvette filled with liquid,
make sure that the measuring device is completely inserted into the liquid wait for about 15 minutes and note
down the reading, it should be 37 degrees +/- 0.3 degrees
Go to the SERVICE CHECK menu and click on the TEMPERATURE button, and verify the temperature of the
Reaction tray, displayed on the screen, the temperature displayed should be approximately 12 to 15 degrees
lower than the ambient room temperature.
The measured temperature and the displayed temperatures should approximately match.
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271104 P a g e N o . 5- 33

5.11 PHOTOMETER VERIFICATION PROCEDURE
Photometer check procedure should be carried out only after the analyser and the lamp has
NOTE reached thermal stability after having completed a warm up time of at least 30 minutes
In the SERVICE CHECK menu, click on the PHOTOMETER button, and the below screen will be displayed
Click on the AUTO SPAN SET button and then click on the START button, the analyser will automatically start a
cuvette rinse and prepare a fresh clean cuvette, fill it with deionised water and place it in the light path, and will
automatically check the transmitted light from this from this cuvette, and adjust the gain of each wavelength of
the photometer, to obtain an acceptable signal level for processing of individual wavelengths.
Installation
Gain indicators
Gain box
Verify that the gains indicators show green and that none of them should show red. Also the gain values
displayed in the Gain Box for a 340 nm Wavelength should be between, 70 to 125.
Click on the STOP button , click on the MANUAL SPAN SET button, click on the START button , then select
individual detector wavelengths by clicking on them and note down the gain values
The displayed gain values in the Gain box for 505 to 660 nm Wavelength should be between 70 to 240
Go to MAINTENANCE / CUVETTE RINSE, and perform a Cuvette rinse cycle.

Check and verify proper cuvette blank readings for all wavelengths in PREVIOUS DATA / CUVETTE BLANK.
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 P a g e N o . 5 - 34

INSTALLATION
ABSORBANCE TEST PROCEDURE (OPTIONAL)
A solution of Potassium Dichromate is used to test the precision of the reagent and sample pipetting
Preparation of Solution A
Make up a 8.826 g/l solution of Potassium Dichromate as follows.
Dilute 0.8826 grams of Potassium Dichromate in 100 ml of de-ionised water.

This solution will be used as a sample for the sample precision test.
Preparation of Solution B
Make up a 1 in 60 dilution of Solution A as follows:
Add 59 ml of de-ionised water to 1 ml of Solution A, to make 60 ml of Solution B.

Decant this into a reagent bottle for use in the reagent precision test
Installation
METHOD
Sample Absorbance test

Use Solution A as a sample with de-ionised water as reagent
A factor of 1000 is used.
Reagent Absorbance test

Use Solution B as a Reagent and de-ionised water as sample
A factor of 1000 is used.
Twenty replicates for each test should be used to facilitate meaningful and statistical analysis of the results.
A Coefficient of Variation of < 1% for the reagent test and < 0.5% for the sample test should be regarded as
requirement and should be met.
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271104 P a g e N o . 5- 35

CLINICAL TEST CHECK PROCEDURE
Date:
Instrument Sr No:
END POINT TEST FIXED TIME TEST KINETIC TEST
GLU / CHO CRE / BUN GOT / GPT

Installation

MEAN MEAN MEAN
SD SD SD
CV% CV% CV%
NOTE: % CV should not Exceed 3 %
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 P a g e N o . 5- 36

RELOCATION
6
6. Relocation
This section provides instructions for decontaminating, draining out the analyser, disconnecting peripherial
devices and packing the analyser securely for transportation, and is intended for use by only a Transasia Bio-
medicals trained Field Service Engineer.

6.2 UNINSTALLING AND DECONTAMINATING THE SYSTEM
6.3 PACKING THE ANALYSER
Relocation
Only a trained service representative should carry out the relocation of the
NOTE analyzer.
Problems resulting from the relocation of the Analyzer by anyone other than a
service representative will not be covered under warranty.
Besides the various decontamination procedures listed out, under chapter 6.2,
NOTE “UNINSTALLING AND DECONTAMINATING THE SYSTEM “.
Other procedures listed out by local, State or National law/ authorities, should also
be carried out, all bio hazardous items must also be disposed off in accordance
with these regulations.
Voltages present in the XL-600 can produce severe electrical shocks. Place the
WARNING analyzer and the computer in the OFF ( 0 ) position and disconnect all line
chords before attempting any maintenance procedure.
Pack the Analyzer carefully; otherwise you can damage accurately adjusted
CAUTION optical and electronic assemblies
Any Analyser/Analyser spares being shipped back, that has had Bio hazardous
NOTE material run on it, must be decontaminated, and the decontamination certificate that
has been included under chapter 6.4 “ CERTIFICATE OF DECONTAMINATION”, must
be filled , duly signed, and attached with the shipping documents.
Various Bio hazardous contaminated parts exists in a analyser that has been used,
BIOHAZARD proper precaution should be taken to protect one self when relocating the analyser ,
as well as the decontamination procedures should be properly carried out as per the
recommended procedures listed under chapter 6.2 “ UNINSTALLING AND
DECONTAMINATING THE SYSTEM “.
BIOHAZARD The Sample probe comes directly in contact with human sera and is highly
biohazardus, please take the necessary precaution to protect yourself when carrying
out this procedure.
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 Page No.6-1

When carrying out this procedure, sufficient precaution should be taken to

BIOHAZARD protect your self from potential injury or infection.
To prevent contaminating yourself and others, treat all human sera as potentially
Biohazards.
1. Base pallet with ‘ Z ” bracket and xl-600/300 standard wooden box.

2. Cardboard boxes for the accessories.
3. Protective Packing material like a bubble sheet, or foam.
4. “ Z “ brackets with nuts, bolts and washers.
5. XL-600 standard tool kit.
6. Sodium hypo chloride
7. Disposable paper tissues.
Relocation
8. Gloves.
9. 5.25% SODIUM HYPO CHLORIDE (BLEACH SOLUTION)
10. Four black stopper caps and a white semi transparent big cap required for the analyzer rear outlet
nozzles
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 P a g e N o . 6- 2

RELOCATION
6.2 UNINSTALLING AND DECONTAMINATING THE SYSTEM
1. From the Service Check menu perform a cuvette rinse cycle by clicking on the CUVETTE RINSE button, and
then clicking on the YES button.
.
2. Take a printout or a backup on a floppy, of the error log, do this by clicking on the PREVIOUS DATA button,
then clicking on the RUN RECORD button, then click on the all data field then click on the SAVE ERRORS
button, select the location where you require the data to be stored, and click the OK button.
4. Remove and discard, all Sample cups and Reagent bottles old and new (DO NOT SHIP THEM BACK WITH
THE ANALYSER)
5. Remove the Cleaning solution and DI water cans, along with their external associated tubing’s and discard
them in regulation with the local law (DO NOT SHIP THEM BACK WITH THE ANALYSER).
6. Drain the system as follows, Click on the SERVICE CHECK button, click on the CUVETTE RINSE button,
and perform an entire cuvette rinse, repeat this cuvette rinse cycle multiple times till all the water from the
Pressure Vessel and associated tubes have been drained out.
7. .To drain the ISE system, click on the SERVICE CHECK button, click on the ISE UNIT button, and perform a
Relocation
clean cycle followed by multiple PURGE cycles (approximately 15 cycles).
Remove the Cal a bottle and discard its contents, perform multiple PURGE cycles (approximately 15 cycles).
Remove the electrodes, dry them and pack them in their respective original boxes that were supplied with them.
Place the electrodes in the accessories box.
8. Remove the Hydraulics side panel of the analyzer and locate the drain nut and tube, place the drain tube into
a shallow container and open the drain nut, and allow the entire contents of the pressure vessel to drain out.
After completing the draining procedure DO NOT FORGET TO CLOSE THE DRAIN NUT
9. Put the Black stopper caps onto the Biohazards waste, cleaning solution and Deionised water outlet nozzles
and the white semi transparent big cap onto the waste outlet nozzle that is located on the rear of the analyzer.
10. Turn off the power to the Analyser, computer, monitor and printer.
11. Remove the Waste and Bio Hazardous waste cans, and discard them in regulation with the local law (DO
NOT SHIP THEM BACK WITH THE ANALYSER).
12. Turn off the power to the Analyser, computer, monitor and printer.
13 . Disconnect all external cables and peripheral devices.
Wipe the Trolley, Monitor, Computer and Keyboard external surface with a non abrasive cleaner, or a use a soft
lint free clot moistened with a 0.5% dilution of a 5.25% Sodium Hypochloride (Bleach) solution to clean and
decontaminate the trolley,computer, monitor and printer external surface.
But before using it, make sure that you test it on a small section of the trolley and Computer, wait till it dries, see
the results, only if you are satisfied that there is no damage or change of colour to plastic parts, then proceed to
clean the entire Computer and Trolley with this cleaning solution.
NOTE Make shure that\ no solution falls or seeps into the Computer, Monitor, Printer, or
Keyboard
14. Adequately pack all the cables, Power chord, and peripheral devices into the accessories box.
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 Page No.6-3

Do not ship any accessories that have been in contact with Bio Hazardous fluids.
NOTE
Due to possible spillage, the sample tray comes in contact with body fluids,
BIOHAZARD
Biohazards.
Take the necessary precautions to protect your self from contamination and personal
injury.
15 Lift and remove the Sample and reagent tray carousel, with the help of a soft brush and a lint free clot
moistened in a 0.5 % dilution of a 5.25 % Sodium hypo chloride (bleach) solution clean and decontaminate the
Sample and reagent tray, also remove all debris and spillage from the wells of the Sample and Reagent trays,
dry and pack them individually, and appropriately into cardboard boxes.
Relocation
The Cuvettes comes directly in contact with human sera and is highly Biohazardus,
BIOHAZARD please take the necessary precaution to protect yourself when carrying out this
procedure.
16. Locate the thumb screws on top of the reaction tray, unscrew and gently lift the reaction tray cover, below
the cover locate the three Allen screws, unscrew and lift the reaction tray, place it on a table.
Remove each individual cuvette from their slots, making sure they do not get scratched, place them in a bowl
containing a warm laboratory detergent (Recommended is a 2% solution of Extran).
Rinse the cuvettes thoroughly with DI water, dry them and place them in their original boxes that were supplied
with them.
Clean the empty Reaction tray and incubation well with the help of a soft brush and lint free clot soaked in a
diluted solution of 15% dilution of a 5.25% sodium Hypo chloride, dried them and fit the reaction tray with the
cover back in place.
17. Remove the Sample , Reagent 1, and Reagent 2 Probes and place them into a beaker or test tube filled
with a mild Sodium hypochloride or extran solution, the level of the solution should be such that only the lower
two centimeters of the probe is in contact with the solution ( no liquid at any time should come in contact with
the probe sensor wires embedded withen the probe upper half, if it does happen please rinse the probe in
deionised water and thoroughly dry it before refitting )
The sample probe system comprises of two metal cocentric probes that are used for liquid level sensing. In
order to clean this probe from the outside, soak a tissue paper in 5.0% dilution of a 5.25% Sodium
Hypochloride (Bleach) , and wrap it around the probes upper end, then gently slide the tissue paper down
towards the tip and out of the probe, repeat this cycle numerous times until you are satisfied that the probe is
thoroughly cleaned . Make sure that this cleaning procedure is done only in one direction that is from top to
down and not in the reverse. Repeate the same procedure with deinoised water,
in order to clean the sample probe internally, gently with the help of a syringe flush the probe first with a
5.0% dilution of a 5.25% Sodium Hypochloride (Bleach) and then flush it multiple times with deionised water.
Dry and adequately pack the probes with sufficient protection, in separate boxes.
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 P a g e N o . 6- 4

RELOCATION
Figure showing the Sample/Reagent1/Reagent2
Probe tip immersed in sodium Hypochloride solution
NOTE When replacing the cuvettes back into their slots, make sure that you grip them by their
Relocation
sides and top end.
Never let the fingers or any sharp object come in contact with the optical area.
18. Rotate the Sample, Reagent1 and Reagent 2 arm and lower them into the Sample and reagent tray, wells.
19. To decontaminate, the Stirrer paddles, soak a tissue paper in 5.0% dilution of a 5.25% Sodium Hypochloride
(Bleach) , and wrap it around the probes upper end, then gently slide the tissue paper down towards the tip and
out of the probe, repeat this cycle numerous times until you are satisfied that the probe is thoroughly cleaned .
Make sure that this cleaning procedure is done only in one direction that is from top to down and not in the
reverse. Repeate the same procedure with deinoised water,
20. Rotate the Stirrer arm, and lower them into the Sample and reagent tray, wells.
The Cuvette rinsing unit suction probes comes directly in contact with human sera
BIOHAZARD and is highly Biohazardus, please take the necessary precaution to protect yourself
when carrying out this procedure.
Unscrew the metal thumbscrew Located above the cuvette rinsing unit plate lift the cuvette-rinsing unit upwards
And place it in a shallow tray.
Clean individual probes with the help of a lint free tissue moistened with a 0.5% dilution of a 5.25% Sodium
hypo chloride, rinse thoroughly with deionised water and dry.
When refitting the Cuvette rinsing unit make sure that the suction probes go
NOTE directly in the center of the cuvette slot, and they do not touch the walls
Refit the Cuvette rinsing unit and place a buffer packing material between the top plate of the rinsing unit and
the top plate of the analyzer.
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 Page No.6-5

6.3 PACKING THE ANALYZER
Do not ship any accessories the main analyzer box, all accessories should be
NOTE
shipped separately in the accessories box.
Pack the Analyzer carefully; otherwise you can damage accurately adjusted optical and
CAUTION electronic assemblies
13. Wrap the plastic protective sheet, around the entire analyzer.
CAUTION
Lift or slide the analyzer onto the wooden pallet by holding the base plate of the analyzer,
lifting the analyzer by its side panels can damage the analyzer.
Place the base pallet just besides the right side (hydraulics side) of the analyzer,
Make sure the pallet is positioned correctly, that is the analyzer will finally rest on the
NOTE
Relocation
pallet, with the front of the analyzer facing the side marked front on the pallet
Gently lift the hydraulics side of the analyzer (as it is the lighter side) and slide the wooden pallet below the
side castors of the analyzer, when doing this a foot should be placed on the one or slide of the pallet to
prevent it from lifting gently slide the analyzer onto the wooden pallet and position it, rotate the foot rests
downwards, in order to enable the analyzer to rest on the foot rest only and the castors are in mid air, make
sure that all four foot rests are adjusted to about the same height
Carefully slide in the “ Z “ brackets one at a time, making sure that they fit into the groove provided on the
footrest, bolt down the “Z” brackets onto the wooden pallet, as shown in figure 6.1.
The instrument must be shipped with the Castors in mid air; the “Z” bracket and the
CAUTION footrest should support the entire weight of the instrument.
Cautiously fit the “ Z ” bracket to prevent any personal injury.
Fit the side panels of the wooden box and make sure that the following markings are clearly indicated on the
wooden box
Indication as to which side is the top and which is the bottom of the analyzer,
Fragile indication
Do not tumble
Do not stack on top this box
Protect from sunlight and rain
Precession instrument
Copy of the certificate of decontamination
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 P a g e N o . 6- 6

RELOCATION
Nuts
Top panel
Analyser
Side Panel
Front panel
Relocation
“ Z ”bracket
Pallet Base
Washers
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 Page No.6-7

Figure 6.1
CERTIFICATE OF DECONTAMINATION
TO WHOMSOEVER IT MAY CONCERN, THIS ANALYZER ALONG WITH ITS RELATED ACCESSORIES HAS BEEN INSPECTED
AND DECONTAMINATED IN ACCORDANCE TO THE STIPULATED PROCEDURES LISTED OUT IN THE SERVICE MANUAL,
UNDER CHAPTER “6.2 UNINSTALLING AND DECONTAMINATING THE SYSTEM” AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH LOCAL
AND STATE LAWS.
INSTRUMENT MODEL:
SERIAL NUMBER:
DISTRIBUTORS NAME:
DISTRIBUTORS ADDRESS:
Relocation
CITY: COUNTRY:
CUSTOMERS NAME:
CUSTOMERS ADDRESS:
CITY: COUNTRY:
PROCEDURES CARRIED OUT BY: SIGNATURE

DATE
ELECTRONIC CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
7
7 Electronic Circuit Description
This section deals with the electronic circuits and their functions; it gives an overview regarding the general
aspect of the PCB assembly, its electronic description and the possible errors and faults, which can occur due
to malfunction in the component for that assembly.
It provides the complete reference for the service personnel for diagnosis.
The section consists of the following.
Electronic Circuit
description
7.1 BLOCK DIAGRAM
7.2 XLADC PCB
7.3 XLROBO PCB
7.4 OPTO PCB
7.5 STEP ARM PCB
7.6 STEP TRAY PCB
7.7 AC DRIVE PCB
7.8 DC DRIVE PCB
7.9 LAMP SUPPLY PCB
7.10 RS 232 ISOLATOR PCB
7.11 LLS (LIQUID LEVEL SENSING) PCB
7.12 DISTRIBUTION PCB
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 Page No. 7 - 1

Electronic Circuit XL600 SERVICE MANUAL
description
This page is intentionally kept blank
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 Page No. 7 - 2

7.1 BLOCK DIAGRAM
Electronic Circuit
description
Syringe
Valves
Figure 4.1 : Block Diagram
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 Page No. 7 - 3

XL600 SERVICE MANUAL
COMPLETE PCB HOUSING
XLADC BOARD
ROBO BOARD
Electronic Circuit
description
CARD CAGE
STEP TRAY BOARD
STEP ARM BOARD
OPTO BOARD
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 Page No. 7 - 4

7.2 XLADC PCB
XLADC PCB assembly controls the various functions of the analyzer by using the embedded software on
board. It is the major component, which is responsible for synchronization and control of all assemblies and
peripherals motor, calculations, check photometric gains, temperature control validation, data storage, and
data transmission through RS 232.
Electronic Description
CPU PCB ASSY. is having micro controller 89C251B with 64K memory EPROM & 64K memory RAM.
The power 89C251B micro controller is acting as a master with clock of (OSC) 11.5 MHz. The program is
stored in 64K EPROM (IC 27C256). Data is stored in 64K static RAM (IC 62C256) which has a battery back
up. The chip select signals are generated by 74HC32 and 74HC00 for memory address space.
IO space is decoded using GAL. Micro controller is used for generating baud rate for serial interface MAX
232 single supply level shifter to generate true RS232 level shifter.
Data Acquisition System is interfaced using amplifier in line with a multiplexer. The CMOS channel
multiplexer is used for multiplexing different analog inputs - photometer output , 5V , +12V , VPP , Lamp
Electronic Circuit
voltage , temperature signals, and ground.
description
The Temperature is controlled by micro controller 89C2051 which has RAM & ROM packaged into a 20
pin DIP , it monitors the temperature depending upon the input requirements by the machine.
The ISE module is controlled through the serial interface.

Adjustments and Test point: Refer to section 6.
Connectors: P1/P2 connected to the Backplate pcb BKP5
1) CN1 ( 10 PIN FRC) Temperature Control 2) CN2 (30 Pin FRC CONNECTOR) Photometer signals
Pin No. Signal Pin No. Signal Pin Signal Pin No. Signal
1 HEATER SENSOR 6 NC No.
2 - 15V 7 NC
3 COOLER SENSORE 8 NC Parameters Supplied on request
4 -15V 9 NC
5 NC 10 NC
3) CN4 ( 9 PIN D-Type CONNECTOR) Serial Comm. ISE module

Pin No. Signal Pin No. Signal
1 6 4) CN3 (2 pin Relimate) Reset Switch
2 7 Pin No. Signal
3 SUPPLIED ON 8 1 +5V
4 REQUEST 9 2 GND
5
5) CN5 ( 9 PIN D-Type CONNECTOR) Serial Comm. PC interface.

1 NC 6 NC
2 TXD 7 NC
3 RXD 8 NC
4 NC 9 NC
5 GND
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 Page No. 7 - 5

XL ADC PCB Block Diagram
ADDRESS DECODER
PID
ROM RAM
CONTROLLER MUX
COMPARATOR
PGA
AMP LATCH
AMPLIFIER
Electronic Circuit
OPTO CPU
description
SIGNALS 89C251 B
BUFFER
CPU
SUPERVISORY
ADC
CIRCUIT
POWER
SUPPLY
ISE - RS 232
± 15V , +5V ,GND
Parallel Data Bus

From XLROBO PCB.
PC - RS 232
RS232
XLADC PCB Assembly
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 Page No. 7 - 6

XLADC001 PCB Assembly Component Layout
Electronic Circuit
description
XLADC PCB NO.XLADC001

Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 Page No. 7 - 7
7.3 XL ROBO PCB
XLROBO PCB ASSY board receives the signals from XLADC board for robotics movements, identifies the
present condition of the robotics and accordingly gives commands / signals to the Motor control boards 1, 2
AC drive & DC Drive board for robotics movement.
XLROBO PCB ASSY is having micro controller 89C251B with 64K memory EPROM & 64K memory RAM.
The 89C251B micro controller acts as a master with a clock of (OSC) 11.5 MHz. The program is stored in
64K EPROM (IC 27C256). Data is stored in 64K static RAM (IC 62C256), which has a battery backed up.
The chip select signals are generated by 74HC32 and 74HC00 for memory address space.
It uses 32 bit IO for communicating to the peripheral controllers for the other assemblies. Micro controller is
used for generating baud rate for serial interface MAX 232 single supply level shifter to generate true
RS232 level shifter.
It contains a PAL for generating the error signals which are caused during malfunction of the particular
assembly It has RS232 inputs for the barcodes identification for Reagent table, Auto sampler unit ,ISE
Module and connectivity to Personal Computer. This Board has individual Controllers 89C55 for control of
SPT, R1PT , R2PT,ASP RCT ,RGT. Which communicate with the micro controller 89C251 using RS485
communication protocol.
Electronic Circuit
description
The controller’s 89C52 handles the motor signals and individual sensors signals.
The serial ports of the controllers for asp & RGT are used for bar code decoding of the reagent labels and
sample identification.
The ISE module is controlled through the serial interface.

4.3.3 Adjustments: No adjustment required on this board.
4.3.4 Connectors: P1/P2 connected to the Backplate pcb BKP5.
1) CNISECOM1 ( 9 PIN D-Type CONNECTOR) 3) CNASP BAR ( 9 PIN D-Type CONNECTOR)

Serial Comm. ISE module ASP Barcode sensor
Pin Signal Pin Signal Pin Signal Pin Signal
No. No. No. No.
1 6 1 GND 6 NC
2 7 2 TXD 7 NC
3 NOT USED 8 3 RXD 8 NC
4 9 4 NC 9 NC
5 5 NC
2) CNPCCOM 1( 9 PIN D-Type CONNECTOR) 4) CNRGT BAR ( 9 PIN D-Type CONNECTOR)

Serial Comm PC interface RGT Barcode sensor
Pin Signal Pin Signal Pin Signal Pin Signal
No. No. No. No.
1 6 1 GND 6 NC
2 7 2 TXD 7 NC
3 NOT USED 8 3 RXD 8 NC
4 9 4 NC 9 NC
5 5 NC
5) JCAPLLS (20 PIN FRC CONNECTOR)

Pin No. Signal Pin No. Signal Pin No. Signal Pin No. Signal
1 NC 6 VCC 11 RG1LLS 16 GND
2 NC 7 GND 12 RG1LLSAZ 17 NC
3 NC 8 SPTLLS 13 GND 18 NC
4 NC 9 SPTLLSAZ 14 RG2LLS 19 NC
5 GND 10 GND 15 RG2LLSAZ 20 NC
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 Page No. 7 - 8

6) DIN96_ABC/R_1 (96 PIN PCB Connector : CONNECTION DETAIL OF XLADC BKPL CONN)
Pin Signal Pin No. Signal Pin No. Signal
No.
A1 B1 C1
A2 B2 C2
A3 B3 C3
A4 B4 C4
A5 B5 C5 RCT SENSE 3
A8 B8 C8 SYS RESET
A9 GND B9 C9 GND
A10 B10 C10
A11 GND B11 C11
A12 B12 C12
A13 B13 C13
A14 B14 C14
A15 GND B15 C15
A16 B16 C16
A17 GND B17 C17
Electronic Circuit
A18 B18 C18
A19 GND B19 C19 XLROB0–ADC-D0
description
A20 B20 C20 D1
A21 B21 C21 D2
A22 B22 C22 D3
A23 B23 C23 D4
A24 B24 C24 D5
A25 B25 C25 D6
A26 B26 C26 D7
A27 B27 C27 INTR-PRL2
A28 B28 C28 PRL2-BUSY
A29 B29 C29 XLROBO ACK
A30 B30 C30 INTRT –251 ADC
A31 B31 C31
A32 5V B32 5V C32 5V
7) DIN96_ABC/R_2 (96 PIN PCB Connector )

Pin Signal Pin No. Signal Pin No. Signal
No.
A1 B1 C1
A2 B2 C2
A3 B3 C3
A4 B4 C4
A5 B5 C5
A6 B6 C6
A7 B7 C7
A8 B8 C8
A9 B9 C9
A10 B10 C10
A11 B11 C11
A12 B12 C12
A13 B13 C13
A14 B14 C14
A15 B15 C15
A16 B16 C16
A17 B17 C17
A18 B18 C18
A19 B19 C19
A20 B20 C20
A21 B21 C21
A22 B22 C22
A23 B23 C23
A24 B24 C24
A25 B25 C25
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 Page No. 7 - 9

A26 B26 C26

A27 B27 C27
A28 B28 C28
A29 B29 C29
A30 B30 + 15V C30
A31 B31 AGND C31
A32 B32 -15V C32
Electronic Circuit
description
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 P a g e N o . 7 - 10

ADDRESS DECODER
CPU
ROM RAM
LATCH
BUFFER RGT
BARCODE
Electronic Circuit
CPU
89C251 B
description
ERROR
PAL
RGT
CONTROLLER
ASP
BARCODE
ASP
CONTROLLER
Opto
JCAPLLS
Sensor SPT
signals CONTROLLER ISE
SERIAL PORT
R1PT
CONTROLLER
R2PT
± 15V , CONTROLLER
+ 5V PC
SERIAL PORT
GND RCT
CONTROLLER
XLROBO PCB Assembly
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 P a g e N o . 7 - 11

4.3.6 Assembly Diagram

Electronic Circuit
description
Figure 4.5 : XLROBO PCB NO.XLROBO001

Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 P a g e N o . 7 - 12
7.4 OPTO PCB
General Description
The opto sensor PCB is interface between the Motor control PCB and the XL ROBO PCB assembly. It
inputs all the opto sensor signals coming from all the mechanical assemblies, adjusts the voltage levels
compatible for input to the XLROBO and XLADC PCB assemblies for generating the final mechanical
control signals to the motor control board.
Basically it interprets the signals from various assemblies.
IT consists of array of Schmitt Trigger circuit (IC 7414)for adjusting the signal voltage level to optimum level
for identifying the correct digital output by the XLROBO PCB Assembly for generating the control signals to
the various assemblies through the motor control board.
Adjustments and Test point: Refer to section 6 .

Electronic Circuit
1) JDRIV (20 Pin FRC Connector )
description
1 SPT CKD 11 TAKASAGO2
2 VCC 12 NC
3 R1PT CKD 13 TAKASAGO1
4 VCC 14 GND
5 R2PTCKD 15 HEATER
6 VCC 16 GND
7 STIR CKD 17 KNF PUMP
8 VCC 18 GND
9 AIR CKD 19 NC
10 NC 20 GND
2) JTRAY (34 Pin FRC Connector)

Pin No. Signal Pin No. Signal Pin No. Signal
1 VCC 16 VCC 31 NC
2 GND 17 R1PP SN1 32 WASTE
OVERFLOW
3 RGT SN1 18 GND 33 NC
4 RGT SN2 19 VCC 34 NC
5 VCC 20 R2PP SN1
6 GND 21 GND
7 RCT SN1 22 VCC
8 RCT SN2 23 CRU SN1
9 VCC 24 GND
10 GND 25 VCC
11 ASP SN1 26 CRU SN2
12 ASP SN2 27 GND
13 VCC 28 VCC
14 SPP SN1 29 WATER LOW
15 GND 30 GND
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 P a g e N o . 7 - 13


A1 VPP (24 V) B1 VPP (24 V) C1 VPP (24 V)
A5 GND (24 V) B5 GND (24 V) C5 GND (24 V)
A9 B9 C9
A10 B10 C10
A19 B19 C19
A20 B20 C20
A21 B21 C21
A22 B22 C22
Electronic Circuit
A23 B23 C23

description
A24 B24 C24

A25 B25 C25
A26 B26 C26
A27 B27 C27
A28 B28 C28
A29 VCC (P 5V) B29 VCC (P 5V) C29 VCC (P 5V)
A31 GND B31 GND C31 GND

A1 ASP CL B1 SPTUDCL C1 R1PTUDCL
A2 ASP DR B2 SPTUDDR C2 R1PTUDDR
A3 B3 SPTRTCL C3 R1PTRTCL
A4 B4 SPTRTDR C4 R1PTRTDR
A5 R2PTUDCL B5 SPPSACL C5 R1PPRGCL
A6 R2PTUDDR B6 SPPSADR C6 R1PPRGDR
A7 R2PTRTCL B7 STIR RTCL C7
A8 R2PTRTDR B8 STIRRTDR C8
A9 R2PPRGCL B9 SPPEV C9 R1PPEV
A10 R2PPRGDR B10 RCTCL C10
A11 STIRUDCL B11 RCTDR C11 R1PTAX
A12 STIRUDDR B12 KNF PUMP C12 RGTCL
A13 R2PPEV B13 STIR CKD C13 RGTDR
A14 R2PT STIR B14 TAKASAGO1 C14
A15 WASTE B15 R1PTCKD C15 RCTHT
OVERFLOW
A16 CRUCL B16 SPTCKD C16
A17 CRU DR B17 R2PTCKD C17
A18 TAKASAGO2 B18 AIRCKD C18
A19 ASP STOP B19 SPT UDHM C19 R1PTUDHM
A20 ASP BASE B20 SPT RTCV C20 R1PTRTCV
A21 B21 SPTAX C21 R1PTAX
A22 B22 SPTRTTR C22 R1PTRTTR
A23 B23 SPTRTSM C23 WASTE
OVERFLOW
A24 B24 R2PPRGHM C24 RGT STOP
A25 B25 C25 RGT BASE
A26 R2PT RTCN B26 R1PPRGHM C26 RCT STOP
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 P a g e N o . 7 - 14

A27 R2PTUDHM B27 C27 RCT BASE

A28 R2PTRTTR B28 SPPRGHM C28
A29 R2PTRTBT B29 C29 STRAX
A30 CRU UP B30 C30 STRUP
A31 WATER FLOW B31 CRUDOWN C31 STR TR
A32 R2PTAX B32 C32 STR CV
Electronic Circuit
description
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 P a g e N o . 7 - 15

4.3.5 Block Diagram
R1PT
R2PT
OPTO SIGNALS SPT

TO MOTOR BOARD
0
STIR
SCHMITT TRIGGER ARRAY

Electronic Circuit
description
From Distribution Board
± 15V ,
+ 5V
GND
Control Signals from Pump 4, pump 3,
RGT Cool, Valve 1, valve2 ,valve 3
To AC Drive
To AC Drive
OPTO SENSOR PCB Assembly

.
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 P a g e N o . 7 - 16

OPTO PCB Assembly (XLOPTO001) Components Layout
Electronic Circuit
description
R e f : X L 6 / 1 1 0 / Figure
V E R 2 77.7
1 1 0:6OPTOSENSOR PCB NO. XL OPTO 00 P a g e N o . 7 - 17
7.5 STEP ARM PCB
General Description
Step arm board drives different robotics through stepper motors. It controls the following assemblies.
• SPT updown & horizontal rotating movement
• SPP movement
• R1PT updown & horizontal rotating movement

• R1PP movement
• R2PT updown & horizontal rotating movement

• R2PP movement
The incoming control signals from the XL ROBO board are interfaced through opto isolators to Stepper
motor decoder IC l26202 and the motors are driven by a set of Stepper motor driver
ICL297.Each section is having an array of the above for driving the particular assemblies.
Adjustments and Test point: No adjustment available on this board.

Electronic Circuit

description
1) SPTUD ( 4 Pin MOLEX Connector ) 4) R1PTSYR ( 4 Pin MOLEX

Pin No. Signal Connector )
1 29V pulse width Pin No. Signal
2 modulated (only 1 29V pulse width
3 during operation 2 modulated (only
4 of the motor) 3 during operation
4 of the motor)
2) SPTRT ( 4 Pin MOLEX Connector )
Pin No. Signal 5) R2PTUD ( 4 Pin MOLEX Connector )
4 of the motor)
3) SPTSYR ( 4 Pin MOLEX Connector )
Pin No. Signal 6) R2PTRT ( 4 Pin MOLEX Connector )
4 of the motor)
4) R1PTUD ( 4 Pin MOLEX Connector )
Pin No. Signal 8) R2PTSYR ( 4 Pin MOLEX Connector )
4 of the motor)
9) R1PTRT ( 4 Pin MOLEX Connector )
Pin No. Signal
1 29V pulse width
2 modulated (only
3 during operation
4 of the motor)
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 P a g e N o . 7 - 18


A9 B9 C9
A10 B10 C10
A19 B19 C19
A20 B20 C20
A21 B21 C21
A22 B22 C22
A23 B23 C23
Electronic Circuit
A24 B24 C24
description
A25 B25 C25
A26 B26 C26
A27 B27 C27
A28 B28 C28

OVERFLOW
OVERFLOW
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 P a g e N o . 7 - 19


STEP ARM PCB Block Diagram
RS-R2
485 SYRINGE
R2PTSYR
DRIVER + CONTROLLER
ROTATE R2PTRT
DRIVER + CONTROLLER
UPDOWN R2PTUD
DRIVER + CONTROLLER
Electronic Circuit
description
R1 R1PPSYR
SYRINGE
DRIVER + CONTROLLER
ROTATE R1PTRT
DRIVER + CONTROLLER
UPDOWN R1PTUD
DRIVER + CONTROLLER
SPT SPTSYR
SYRINGE
DRIVER + CONTROLLER
ROTATE SPTRT
± 15V , DRIVER + CONTROLLER
+ 5V
GND UPDOWN SPTUD
DRIVER + CONTROLLER
STEP ARM PCB Assembly
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 P a g e N o . 7 - 20

STEP ARM PCB Assembly (XLSTP100) Components Layout
Electronic Circuit
description
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 P a g e N o . 7 - 21

STEP ARM PCB NO. XLSTP 100
7.6 STEP TRAY PCB
4.6.1 General Description

Step Tray board drives different robotics through stepper motors. It controls the following assemblies.
• ASP movement; • RCT movement
• STIRRER updown / rotate movement • CRU up /down movement
• R1PT updown & horizontal rotating • Lee valves of the SPP, RIPP, R2PP
movement
• RGT movement positional movement of
the stirrer
4.6.2 Electronic Description

The incoming control signals from the XL ROBO board are interfaced through opto isolators to Stepper
motor decoder IC l26202 and the motors are driven by a set of Stepper motor driver
ICL297.Each section is having an array of the above for driving the particular assemblies.
4.6.3 Adjustments and Test point: No adjustments available on this board.

4.6.4 Connectors: P1/P2 connected to the Backplate pcb BKP5
1) ASP ( 4 Pin MOLEX Connector ) 7) LAMP ( 4 Pin MOLEX Connector )

Electronic Circuit

description
1 1
29V pulse width
2 2 Not used
modulated (only 3
3
4
during operation 4
of the motor)
8) RIPTSTIR ( 4 Pin MOLEX Connector )
2) STIRUD ( 4 Pin MOLEX Connector ) Pin No. Signal
Pin No. Signal 1 29V pulse width
1 29V pulse width 2 modulated (only
2 modulated (only 3
3 4
during operation
4
during operation of the motor)
of the motor)
9) R2PSTIR ( 4 Pin MOLEX Connector )
3) STIRRT ( 4 Pin MOLEX Connector ) Pin No. Signal
Pin No. Signal 1 29V pulse width
1 29V pulse width 2 modulated (only
2 modulated (only 3
3 4
during operation
4
during operation of the motor)
of the motor)
10) SPPEV ( 4 Pin MOLEX Connector )
4) RGT ( 4 Pin MOLEX Connector ) Pin No. Signal
Pin No. Signal 1
1 29V pulse width 2
2 modulated (only 3
3 4
4
during operation
of the motor) 11) R1PPEV ( 4 Pin MOLEX Connector )
Pin No. Signal
5) RCT ( 4 Pin MOLEX Connector ) 1
Pin No. Signal 2
1 29V pulse width 3
2 modulated (only 4
3
4
during operation
of the motor) 12) R2PPEV ( 4 Pin MOLEX Connector )
Pin No. Signal
1
2
3
4
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 P a g e N o . 7 - 22

6) CRUUD ( 4 Pin MOLEX Connector )

Pin No. Signal
1 29V pulse width
2 modulated (only
3
4
during operation
of the motor)

A9 B9 C9
A10 B10 C10
Electronic Circuit
description
A19 B19 C19
A20 B20 C20
A21 B21 C21
A22 B22 C22
A23 B23 C23
A24 B24 C24
A25 B25 C25
A26 B26 C26
A27 B27 C27
A28 B28 C28

OVERFLOW
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 P a g e N o . 7 - 23


OVERFLOW
Electronic Circuit
description
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 P a g e N o . 7 - 24

STEP TRAY PCB Block Diagram
ASP
STIR
RGT
Electronic Circuit
RCT
description
CRU
STEP TRAY PCB Block Diagram

Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 P a g e N o . 7 - 25
STEP TRAY PCB Assembly Components Layout

Electronic Circuit
description
STEP TRAY PCB Assembly (XLSTP200)
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 P a g e N o . 7 - 26

7. 7 AC DRIVE PCB
General Description
The AC DRIVE PCB Assembly drives the hydraulic section of the machine. It also distributes the power to
the different hydraulic assemblies like valves ,pumps. The units driven by the AC drive are as follows.
• R1PT CKD valve • TAKASAGO Valve 1
• R2PT CKD valve • TAKASAGO Valve 2
• SPT CKD valve • Water supply CKD valve.
• STIR CKD valve • VACC_PP
• AIRCKD valve • RCT HEATER SUPPLY
• 15V INPUT • 110/40V AC supply for valves
• 24 & 15 V SUPPLY • 230 volt input
It consists of power switch and relays which control the hydraulic section
Adjustments and Test point: Refer to section 6

Connectors:
1) CN1 ( 20 PIN FRC Connector )
Electronic Circuit
description
1 VCC 6 R2PTCKD 11 NC 16 HEATER
2 SPTCKD 7 VCC 12 TAKASAGO2 17 GND
3 VCC 8 STIRCKD 13 NC 18 KNFPUMP
4 R1PTCKD 9 VCC 14 TAKASAGO1 19 NC
5 VCC 10 AIRCKD 15 GND 20 GND
2) R1PTCKD ( 4 Pin MOLEX Connector ) 3) R2PTCKD ( 4 Pin MOLEX Connector ) 4) SPTCKD ( 4 Pin MOLEX Connector )
1 AC 110V COM 1 AC 110V COM 1 AC 110V COM
2 11O V AC 2 11O V AC 2 11O V AC
3 3 3
4 4 4
5) STIR CKD ( 4 Pin MOLEX Connector ) 6)AIRCKD ( 4 Pin MOLEX Connector ) 7) TAKA1 ( 4 Pin MOLEX Connector )
2 11O V AC 2 11O V AC 2 11O V AC
3 3 3
4 4 4
8) TAKA2 ( 4 Pin MOLEX Connector ) 9) WAT_CKD ( 4 Pin MOLEX Connector ) 10) VACC_PP ( 4 Pin MOLEX Connector )
2 11O V AC 2 11O V AC 2 11O V AC
3 3 3
4 4 4
11) HEATER ( 4 Pin MOLEX Connector ) 12) 110 / 40 V ( 4 Pin MOLEX Connector ) 13) 230V ( 4 Pin MOLEX Connector )
1 AC 40V COM 1 AC 40V COM 1
2 40V AC 2 40V AC 2
3 3 3 NOT USED
4 4 4
14) KNF_PP ( 4 Pin MOLEX Connector ) 15) 24/5V ( 4 Pin MOLEX Connector ) 16) 15V_VP ( 4 Pin MOLEX Connector )
1 1 GND 1 + 15V
2 2 GND 2 -15V
3 NOT USED 3 24V (INPUT) 3
4 4 5V (OUTPUT) 4
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 P a g e N o . 7 - 27

AC DRIVE PCB BLOCK DIAGRAM

Electronic Circuit
description
AC DRIVE BOARD
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 P a g e N o . 7 - 28

AC DRIVE PCB Component Lay Out
Electronic Circuit
description
AC DRIVE PCB NO. ACDRIV
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 P a g e N o . 7 - 29

7. 8 DC DRIVE PCB
General Description
The DC DRIVE PCB Assembly drives the hydraulic DETERGENT PUMP of the machine.
.It consists of power relays which supplies power to the pumps.
Adjustments and Test point: Refer to section 6
Connectors:
1) JDRIV ( 20 PIN FRC Connector )

1 VCC 6 R2PTCKD 11 NC 16 HEATER
2 SPTCKD 7 VCC 12 TAKASAGO2 17 GND
3 VCC 8 STIRCKD 13 NC 18 KNFPUMP
4 R1PTCKD 9 VCC 14 TAKASAGO1 19 NC
Electronic Circuit
5 VCC 10 AIRCKD 15 GND 20 GND

description
2JPOWER ( 4 Pin MOLEX Connector ) 3) JKNF60 ( 4 Pin MOLEX Connector )

1 GND 1
2 GND 2
3 24V 3 NOT USED
4 5V 4
4) JDETERGENT 5) JPUMP
( 4 Pin MOLEX Connector ) ( 4 Pin MOLEX Connector )
1 Pump Voltage 1
2 2 USED FOR
3 3 POWERING THE
4 4 FRONT PANEL LED
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 P a g e N o . 7 - 30

7. 9 LAMP POWER SUPPLY PCB
General Description
This is used for supplying the power to lamp and ±. 15V
It is an SMPS which inputs 110V and outputs stable supply of 12V / 20W as lamp power.
It also supplies ±. 15V as supply input to the back plane PCB.
Adjustments and Test point: No adjustment required
Connectors:

1 6 11 16
2 7 12 17
Electronic Circuit
3 8 13 18
4 9 14 19
description
5 10 15 20

1 1
2 2
3 3
4 4
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 P a g e N o . 7 - 31

LAMP POWER SUPPLY PCB block diagram (XLPOWER)
LAMP LAMP ~ 20V
XLADC
+ 15V ~ 20V
Electronic Circuit
description
AC DRV - 15V ~ 20V
XLADC +6V
LAMP POWER SUPPLY PCB
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 P a g e N o . 7 - 32

Lamp power supply PCB Component Layout
Electronic Circuit
description
LAMP POWER SUPPLY PCB
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 P a g e N o . 7 - 33

7.10 RS232 ISOLATOR PCB
General Description
This is used for isolating the system power signals and supplies from the computer interface
It consists of two sections one is the PC side and other is the equipment sideIt consists of bridge rectifiers
and associated filter circuits for each section.
Adjustments and Test point: No adjustemnts available
Connectors:
1) PC ( 9 PIN D-Type CONNECTOR) Serial Comm. PC interface.

1 NC 6 NC
Electronic Circuit
2 TXD 7 NC
3 RXD 8 NC
description
4 NC 9 NC
5 GND
2) XL ( 9 PIN D-Type CONNECTOR) Serial Comm. PC interface.

1 NC 6 NC
2 TXD 7 NC
3 RXD 8 NC
4 NC 9 NC
5 GND
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 P a g e N o . 7 - 34

RS 232 Isolator PCB Components Layout
Electronic Circuit
description
RS232isolator PCB NO.ISO232

Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 P a g e N o . 7 - 35
7.11 LIQUID LEVEL SENSING PCB
4.9.1 General Description

LLS PCB has basic function of detecting the liquid level sensing of reagents and samples.
4.9.2 Electronic Description

It consists of capacitive change detectors that convert the capacitance change occurring in the probes into
electrical signal and consequently plots the proportionate level as reagent levels on to the screen.
Adjustments and Test point: Refer to section . 6
Connectors:
1 NC 6 VCC 11 RG1LLS 16 GND
2 NC 7 GND 12 RG1LLSAZ 17 NC
Electronic Circuit
3 NC 8 SPTLLS 13 GND 18 NC
4 NC 9 SPTLLSAZ 14 RG2LLS 19 NC
description
5 GND 10 GND 15 RG2LLSAZ 20 NC

Pin No. Pin No. Signal
1 1
2 NOT USED 2 NOT USED
3 3
4 4
5) CN1 ( 3 Pin Connector )

Pin No. Signal
1 +15 V
2 GND
3 -15V
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 P a g e N o . 7 - 36

Electronic Circuit
description
LLS ( Liquid Level Sensing) PCB

Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 P a g e N o . 7 - 37
7.12 DISTRIBUTION BOARD PCB
General Description
This is distribution board for signals to RGT, RCT ASP sen3 PCB’s. and also to syringe motor opto
sensors.
It has no active electroinic components mounted. It has only connectors for various signal distribution.
Adjustments and Test point: No adjustemnts available
Connectors:
1) JTRAY (34 Pin FRC Connector )
1 VCC 16 VCC 31 NC
2 GND 17 R1PP SN1 32 WASTE
OVERFLOW
3 RGT SN1 18 GND 33 NC
4 RGT SN2 19 VCC 34 NC
Electronic Circuit
5 VCC 20 R2PP SN1

description
6 GND 21 GND
7 RCT SN1 22 VCC
8 RCT SN2 23 CRU SN1
9 VCC 24 GND
10 GND 25 VCC
11 ASP SN1 26 CRU SN2
12 ASP SN2 27 GND
13 VCC 28 VCC
14 SPP SN1 29 WATER LOW
15 GND 30 GND
2) Water ( 3 relimate Connector ) 3) Waste ( 3 relimate Connector )

Pin No. Pin No. Signal
1 1
2 Level detector 2 Level detector
3 3
5) CNTRAY ( 12 relimate Connector )

4) CNCRU ( 3 relimate Connector ) Pin No.
Pin No. 1
1 : To SEN3 4PIN RGT
2 To R/T 3pin CRU opto. 4
3 5
4 : To SEN3 4PIN RCT
5 To R/T 3pin CRU opto. 8
6 9
: To SEN3 4PIN ASP
12
4) CNPP ( 9 PIN relimate Connector )
Pin No.
1
2 TO SPP 3PIN SYRINGE
3
4
5 TO R1PP 3PIN SYRINGE
6
7
8 TO R2PP 3PIN SYRINGE
9
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 P a g e N o . 7 - 38

Distribution Board Components Layout
Electronic Circuit
description
Distribution PCB NO.XLDSB00
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 P a g e N o . 7 - 39

ELECTRICAL DESCRIPTION
8
8 Electrical description
FUSE RATING
XL 600 WIRING BLOCK DIAGRAM
(WDXL001) INPUT MAINS POWER DISTRIBUTION

(WDXL002) ISE WIRING DIAGRAM
(WDXL003) REAGENT COOLING WIRING DIAGRAM )
(WDXL006) 5V SMPS WIRING DIAGRAM
(WDXL007) PC INTERFACE COMMUNICATION DIAGRAM
(WDXL008) FWR (FULL WAVE RECTIFER) STEPPER MOTORS POWER SUPPLY
description
Electrical
(WDXL009) 12V LAMP POWER SUPPLY WIRING DIAGRAM
(WDXL010) DC DRIVE CARD WIRING CONNECTIONS
(WDXL0011) AC DRIVE CARD WIRING CONNECTIONS
(WDXL0012) (1 OF 5) PCB HOUSING & ADC PCB WIRING CONNECTION

(2 OF 5 ) ROBO PCB WIRING DIAGRAM
(3 OF 5) OPTO PCB WIRING DIAGRAM
(4 OF 5) STEP ARM PCB WIRING DIAGRAM
(5 OF 5) STEP TRAY PCB WIRING DIAGRAM
(WDXL0013) XL RS LS PCB ( LIQUID LEVEL SENSING PCB) WIRING CONNECTION

(WDXL0014) CNDS PCB WIRING CONNECTION
(WDXL0015) DI WATER PRESSURE TANK WIRING DIAGRAM
( WDXL016) REAR PANEL ASSY & WASTE MOUNTING BRACKET LED WIRING
(WDXL 017) TRANSDUCER UNIT ASSY WIRING DIAGRAM
(WDXL 018) REAGENT TRAY PELTIER WIRING DIAGRAM
Voltages present in the XL-600 can produce severe electrical shocks.

Place the Analyser and the computer in the OFF ( 0 ) position and
WARNING
disconnect all line chords before attempting any replacement
procedure.
Electrostatic sensitive components present on the PC boards in the

XL-600 require you to ground yourself even when the Analyser is in the
CAUTION OFF ( 0 ) position, otherwise damage to the Analyser electro-sensitive
components and PC boards can occur.
FUSE RATING
NUMBER- RATEING DESCRIPTION VOLTAGE

F1 – 630 mA COOLING FAN FOR LAMP P.S (TX1) 140 V AC
F2 – 5 A HEATER SUPPLY (TX1) 40 V AC
F3 – 1A CKD VALVES (TX1) 105 V AC
F4 – 1A 12 V LAMP POWER SUPPLY (TX2) 20 V AC
F6 – 5 A 12 V LAMP POWER SUPPLY (TX2) 20 V AC
F7 – 1.6 A 12 V LAMP POWER SUPPLY (TX2) 18 V AC
F8 – 6 A 24 V TO MOTORS (TX2) 24 V AC
F9 – 250 mA ISO 232 PCB ASSY (TX2) 8 V AC
F11 – 1A SECONDARY OF ISE TRANSFORMER 12 V AC
F12 – 1A PRIMARY OF ISE TRANSFORMER (TX3) 110 V AC
F13 – 500mA REAGENT COOLING SECTION 220 V AC
F14 – 5.15 A PRIMARY OF MAINS TX1 110 V AC
description
Electrical

F16 – 1.6 A 5 V SMPS 110 V AC
F17 – 630 mA KNF PUMP 220 V AC
F18 – 500 mA TO RSLS PCB 20 V AC
F20 – 1.6 A TO BARCODE PCB 12 V AC
F21– 630 mA To LOAD CELL PLATFORM 18 V AC
FWR
36 V DC I/P
(DRG. NO.WDXL008, E7) RED LED ASSY. ON FRONT PANEL
(ONLY FOR XL-600)
ISEPS DC DRIVE RED

CN1 J POWER LED
RED
1 1 XLDTPS 00 1 1 2 2
LED
J POWER
PCB
J PUMP
3 3 1 1 2 2
ASSY.
2 2 4 4 3 3
FSPCW317
1 1
2 2 4 4
ISEPS 1 2 3 4
CN2 1 2 3 4 DC DRIVE
+24 V 0V
PCB ASSY. DET
J DETERGENT
PUMP
2 2
1 1
FSPCW334
FSPCW319
3 3
20 PIN FRC
4 4
(DRG. NO. WDXL011, F2) FSPCW306

I/P +5 V DC H WASTE
J DETERGENT
2 2 PUMP
FROM AC. DRIVE
PCB ASSY. 1 1
DC DRIVE
FSPCW319
FROM 3 3
XL OPTO PCB & PARALLEL 4 4
WITH
AC DRIVE
PCB ASSY.
(DRG. NO. WDXL012, B6)
OLD DC DRIVE PCB WIRING DIAGRAM WDXL010

R1PT
AC DRIVE CKD
CN1
R1PT 1 1 1 1
R1PT
20 PIN FRC
CKD FSPCW342 V
2 2 2 2
FROM XL OPTO FSPFC306
CKD VALVE
CN1
PCB ASSY. R2PT,SPT
20 CORE FRC CABLE
(DRG. NO. WDXL012, B6) CKD
R2PT 1 1 1 1
FSPCW343 V R2PT/SPT
SPT 2 2 2 2
CKD VALVE
CKD
STIR
CKD
STIR 1 1 1 1 STIR
CKD
FSPCW344 V CKD VALVE
2 2 2 2
WATER
ASPIRATION CKD WATER
1 1 1 1
TAKA1 FSPCW399 V ASPIRATION
XL AC DRIVE 2 2 2 2 CKD VALVE
PCB ASSY. WATER
CKD
WATER 1 1 1 1
WATER
CKD
FSPCW345 V
2 2 2 2
CKD VALVE
AC DRIVE VACUUM
±15V DC PUMP
VACCUM 1 1 1 1 VACUUM
FROM LAMP 1 1 FSPCW348 P
POWER SUPPLY PUMP 2 2 2 2 PUMP
3 3
(DRG. NO. WDXL009, E6) FSPCW334 RCT
HEATER
1 1 1 1
HEATER FSPCW338 H RCT
2 2 2 2
AC DRIVE
HEATER
+24/5V DC
1 1
FROM 1 1
FWR (FULL WAVE RECTIFER) 4 4 FSPCW374
3 3 FROM MAINS
(DRG. NO. WDXL008, D7) FSPCW334 3 3
4 4
Tx1 SECONDARY
6 6 (DRG. NO. WDXL004, B8)
2 2
2 2
OUT PUT +5 v DC
TO
1. DC DRIVE PCB ASSY.
(DRG. NO. WDXL010, C1)
&
2.BKPL PCB ASSY.
NEW AC DRIVE CARD WIRING DIAGRAM WDXL011
R1PT
AC DRIVE CKD
CN1
R1PT 1 1 1 1
R1PT
20 PIN FRC
CKD FSPCW342 V
2 2 2 2
FROM XL OPTO FSPFC306
CKD VALVE
CN1
PCB ASSY. R2PT,SPT
20 CORE FRC CABLE
(DRG. NO. WDXL012, B6) CKD
R2PT 1 1 1 1
FSPCW343 V R2PT/SPT
SPT 2 2 2 2
CKD VALVE
CKD
STIR
CKD
STIR 1 1 1 1
STIR
CKD FSPCW344 V
2 2 2 2
CKD VALVE
1
TAK1 NC
XL AC DRIVE 2
PCB ASSY. WATER

CKD
WATER 1 1 1 1
WATER
CKD
FSPCW345 V
2 2 2 2 CKD VALVE
AC DRIVE VACCUM
±15V DC PUMP
VACCUM 1 1 1 1
FSPCW348 P VACCUM (WASTE)
FROM LAMP 1 1 PUMP 2 2 2 2 PUMP
POWER SUPPLY 3 3
(DRG. NO. WDXL009, E6) RCT
FSPCW334 HEATER
1 1 1 1
HEATER FSPCW338 H RCT (REACTION TRAY)
2 2 2 2 HEATER
AC DRIVE
+24/5V DC
1 1
FROM 1 1
FWR 4 4 FSPCW374
3 3 FROM MAINS
(DRG. NO. WDXL008, D7) FSPCW334 3 3
4 4
Tx1 SECONDARY
6 6 (DRG. NO. WDXL004, B8)
2 2
2 2
OUT PUT +5 v DC
TO
1. DC DRIVE PCB ASSY.
&
2.BKPL PCB ASSY.
OLD AC DRIVE CARD WIRING DIAGRAM WDXL011
FROM
ISE UNIT
(DRG. NO.WDXL002, D7)
DRG. NO. WDXL012

(SHEET 5 OF 5),
OF
FROM
ISO 232 PCB ASSY.
30 v (DRG. NO.WDXL007, B7)
FSPCW334
FROM
DRG. NO. WDXL012 DRG. NO. WDXL012

FWR
(SHEET 4 OF 5),
P-GND
XL PHOTOMETER
XL ADC PCB ASSY.

OF
BKPL PCB ASSY
+5 v P-VCC
(BACK PLANE)
FSPCW334
PCB ASSY.
FROM
AC DRIVE P-D GND
PCB ASSY.
(SHEET 3 OF 5),
(DRG. NO. WDXL011, F2)
+5 v VCC
OF
FSPCW334
FROM
+5V SMPS ASSY. GND
(DRG. NO. WDXL006, E7)
DRG. NO. WDXL012

+15 v
(SHEET 2 OF 5),
FSPCW334
OF
FROM A GND
LAMP POWER
SUPPLY
(DRG. NO. WDXL009, D6) -15 v
XL PCB HOUSING. ASSEMBLY.
PCB HOUSING & ADC PCB WIRING DIAGRAM WDXL012

SHEET 1 OF 5
ASP (SAMPLE) BAR CODE

SCANNER MODULE
(BARCODE POWER SUPPLY)

FSPCW370
FROM
Tx.1 CN3
(DRG. NO. WDXL004, D5)
XL BRPS01
PCB ASSY.
XL ROBO PCB ASSY.
FROM
BKPL PCB ASSY.
SLOT NO. 2
(DRG. NO.WDXL012 (SHEET 1 OF 5),
REAGENT BAR CODE

SCANNER MODULE
RSLS (LIQUID LEVEL SENSING) PCB

ASSY.
XL PCB HSG. ASSY.
ROBO PCB WIRING DIAGRAM WDXL012

SHEET 2 OF 5
TO TO
AC DRIVE CN 1 DC DRIVE
(DRG. NO. WDXL011, A2) (DRG. NO. WDXL010, D2)
XL OPTO PCB ASSY. TO

CNDS PCB ASSY.
FROM
BKPL PCB ASSY.
SLOT NO. 3
TO
R1PT OPTO
PCB'S ASSY
TO
R2PT OPTO
PCB'S ASSY
TO
SPT OPTO
PCB'S ASSY
TO
STIR OPTO
PCB'S ASSY
XL PCB HSG. ASSY.
OPTO PCB WIRING DIAGRAM WDXL012

SHEET 3 OF 5
XL STEP ARM PCB ASSY.
FROM
BKPL PCB ASSY.
SLOT NO. 4
STEP ARM PCB WIRING DIAGRAM WDXL012

XL PCB HSG. ASSY. SHEET 4 OF 5
XL STEP TRAY PCB ASSY.
FROM
BKPL PCB ASSY.
SLOT NO. 5
STEP TRAY PCB WIRING DIAGRAM WDXL012

SHEET 5 OF 5
XL PCB HSG. ASSY.
SPT R1PT R2PT

CN3 CN3 CN3 SPT
CN3
2 1 2 1 2 1
2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1
FSPCW364
1 1 SPT
SPT R1PT R2PT
PROBE
R1PT
ASSY.
CN3
XL 2 2
RSLS 001 FSPCW364
1 1 R1PT ALL WIRES AWG 28, SIZE 7/36
ET TYPE TEFLON WIRES
PCB ASSY. PROBE
R2PT ASSY.
CN3
2 2
FSPCW364
1 1 R2PT
PROBE
ASSY.
+15 v
GND
-15 v
CN6
3
20 PIN FRC
2
3
FROM
LAMP POWER
FSPCW334 SUPPLY PCB ASSY.
FROM (DRG. NO. WDXL009, E6)
XL ROBO PCB 20 CORE FLAT CABLE
(DRG. NO. WDXL012, D6) FSPFC304
RSLS (LIQUID LEVEL SENSING PCB WIRING DIAGGRAM) WDXL013

ASP OPTO PCB ASSY. RCT OPTO PCB ASSY. RGT OPTO PCB ASSY.
SPP
1
1
OPTO PCB
2
2
ASSY.
3
3
R1PP
4
ASP SEN3 RCT SEN3 RGT SEN3 OPTO PCB
5
PCB ASSY PCB ASSY PCB ASSY ASSY.
6
R2PP
8 7
8 7
OPTO PCB
ASSY.
9
XL CNDS01 TO
PCB ASSY. REAR PANEL ASSY.
2 3
2 3
1
9 PIN `D' TYPE (F) CONNECTOR
1
PIN NO. 6&7
2 3
2 3
1
1
1 2 3 4 5 6
1 2 3 4 5 6
FROM
XL OPTO
PCB ASSY.
(DRG.NO.WDXL012)
[SHEET 3 OF 5]
CRU OPTO CNDS PCB ASSY WIRING DIAGRAM WDXL014

PCB ASSY.
11 UP62 UCHIYA
AWG20, SIZE 23/36 75°C 966
FROM (DRG.NO. WDXL004, B8) (CUT OFF AT 75° C ±5°)
22
HEATER MD0301
80W, 40V a.c.
(Ø15.7 X 100mm LONG)
THERMOSTAT MODEL 311/3

-70°C TO +300°C , RATING 5A/230V a.c.
NORMALY CLOSED, (SET AT 37°C ±2° C)
PRESSURE TANK
PRESSURE TANK HEATER WIRING DIAGRAM WDXL015

REAR PANEL ASSY.
6 6
7 7
8 8
9 9
1 1
1 1 TO
5 5 2 2 TRANDUCER UNIT ASSY.
4 4
3 3 (DRG. NO. WDXL017, E1)
4 4
3 3
5 5
2 2
NC 6 6 NC
WASTE B.W. DET. WATER
WASTE MOUNTING BRACKET
REAR PANEL ASSY & WASTE MOUNTING BRACKET LED WIRING WDXL016
LOADCELL ASSY.
LOADCELL ASSY.
LOADCELL ASSY.
LOADCELL ASSY.
WATER
WASTE
B. W.
DET.
XLWGPT
PCB ASSY.
BUZZER
FSPCW372
FROM
REAR PANEL ASSY.
(DRG.NO. WDXL016, C7)
TRANDUCER UNIT ASSY.
TRANSDUCER UNIT ASSY WIRING DIAGRAM WDXL017

Ø3MMx20MM H.S.S.
(12 NOS.)
LAMPS
12 v DC LAMP
CN1 ASSY.
1 RED 20v AC RED

LAMP 12 v DC LAMPS
LAMP RED
2 RED 0v CN2
2 WAY PIRI CONN. (130-L)
5 5
FROM 3 ORANGE 20v AC
MAINS Tx.2 CW337
DISTRIBUTION
12 v DC LAMP
+15v 4 4
(DRG. NO. WDXL005, B8, C8) 4 ORANGE 0v POWER SUPPLY
PCB ASSY.
3 3
5 GREEN 20v AC
ORANGE +15v 2 2
-15v +15v
6 GREEN 0v BACK PLAINE PCB ASSY.
GREEN GND
CW330 GND BKPL CN1
BLUE -15v 1 1 (DRG. NO. WDXL012, D2)
CW375 -15v
CW332
PIRI 120 CW334
6 WAYS PIRI 1
120 LIQUID LEVEL SENSOR
1
5 WAYS 2 PCB ASSY.
RSLS CN5
1
3 (DRG. NO. WDXL013, E5)
+15v
Ø3x20 MM H.S.S. (10 NOS.) AC DRIVE PCB ASSY.
(DRG. NO. WDXL011, D2)
-15v
12 V LAMP POWER SUPPLY WIRING DIAGRAM WDXL009

CAPACITOR
BRIDGE RECTIFIER 10,000 Microfarad
M16 50 V
KB PC 1506
FROM FTB1 (F8)

TX2 OUT FSPCW376
CN3
FWR FSPCW334 FEMALE CONNECTOR USED IN PLACE OF TB7

INTERNALLY WIRES ARE PARALLEL CONNECTED
0v +36V
TB7
1 2 3 4 5 6
PIN NO.5
BACK PLANE PCB (BKPL CN1)
PIN NO.8
PIN NO.3
Approx
AC DRIVE PCB (AC DRIVE +24/5V DC) 36 V DC
PIN NO.1
PIN NO.3
DTPS PCB (DC Drive PCB
PIN NO.1 (DRG. NO. WDXL010, B1)
FULL WAVE RECTIFER (STEPPER MOTOR POWER SUPPLY) WDXL008

INTERNAL ASSY. OF MACHINE

9 PIN D TYPE (M)
ISO232
CN2
ISO 232 TO
3 CORE SHIELDED WIRE, SIZE 7/36
9 PIN `D' TYPE FEMALE CONNECTOR PCB ASSY. XL ADC PCB
(CONNECT TO COM 1 OR COM 2) ASSY.
9 PIN D TYPE (M) CN4
ISO232 1 2 3 4 (DWG. NO.WDXL012, F3)
CN1 1 2 3 4
3 PIN FEMALE
CONNECTOR
8v 0v 8v 0v
ALLIED
ISO232
COM 1
CN3
RS-232
3 CORE SHIELDED WIRE, SIZE 7/36
FROM
COM 2 FTB1
FSPCW376
REAR VIEW OF COMPUTER CPU CABINATE REAR VIEW OF MACHINE FROM L.H.S. VIEW OF MACHINE
COMMUNICATION WIRING DIAGRAM (RS 232) WDXL007

FSPCW382 P30E-5
L FROM FTB1 (F16) & 5V 6A
N FROM TB2
(DRG. NO. WDXL001 , E6) SMPS
COSEL
CHASIS
GND
11
TO BACK PLAIN (BKPL CN1)
FSPCW333 PCB ASSY.
33 (DRG. NO. WDXL012, D2)
FSPCW334
5 V / 6 A SMPS WIRING DIAGRAM WDXL006

RED LED ASSY. ON FRONT PANEL

J POWER (ONLY FOR XL-600)
1 1 2 2 RED
3 3 1 1 2 2
4 4 3 3 1 1
2 2 4 4
DET
GND PUMP
2 2
5V
DETERGENT PUMP
FWR 1 1 NF 10 KPDC, 24V DC
33V DC FSPCW319
3 3
FROM A.C. 4 4
(DRG. NO. DRIVE PCB ASSY. DC DRIVE
WDXL008, E7) PCB ASSY. H WASTE BIO HAZARDOUS PUMP
2 2 PUMP NF 30 KPDC, 24V DC
JDRN
1 1
20 PIN FRC
FSPCW319
3 3 CN - WATER
4 4
3 3
CN PRABNR
1 1 CNDS
2 2 BOARD
CW393
2 2
FROM OPTO PCB & 1 1
PARALLEL WITH RKLK
AC DRIVE PCB ASSY.
(DRG. NO. WDXL012, B6) CN PRS420 TO
1 1 3
CW392 PRESSURE
2 2 1
TRANSDUCER
HEAT SENSOR CN PRALRM
1 2 1 2 1 2
1 2 1 2 1 2
(NOT USED)
BUZZER
1 2
1 2
SENSOR (NOT USED)
HEATER (NOT USED)

COIL
(XLDCDPS2) NEW DC DRIVE PCB WIRING DIAGRAM WDXL010
PELTIER 1 PELTIER 2 PELTIER 3
B R B R
R B
1
2 PIN
CONN.
B R B R 2
R B
PELTIER 4 PELTIER 5 PELTIER 6
PIN 1 OF CONNECTOR - GND.

PIN 2 OF CONNECTOR = +24V DC.
PELTIER CONFIGURATION
TOP BOTTOM - HOT SIDE

COLD
SIDE
BLACK RED
WIRING DIAGRAM FOR REAGENT PELTIERS

WDXL018
9. Mechanical Description
9
9.1 SAMPLE, REAGENT 1 AND REAGENT 2 ARM ASSEMBLY

9.2 SAMPLE, REAGENT 1 AND REAGENT 2 DILUTOR ASSEMBLY
9.3 CUVETTE RINSING UNIT ASSEMBLY
9.4 CUVETTE MIXING ( STIRRER) ASSEMBLY
9.5 SAMPLE TRANSPORT (ASP) ASSEMBLY
9.6 REAGENT TRANSPORT ASSEMBLY
Mechanical
description
9.7 REACTION TRANSPORT ( RCT) ASSEMBLY
9.8 PRESSURE TANK (VESSEL) ASSEMBLY
9.9 LEVEL SENSING PLATFORM ASSEMBLY
XL 600 EXPLODED VIEW
FIVE PIECE TOP COVER SET

17
FSPS2007
ISE REAR COVER

11 FSPS2838 10
M
18 (2 NOS.) XL-600 MAIN CHASSIS
9 1
COMPLETE ASSY.
(XLASY-012)
ISE COVER KNOB
13 FSPS5009
M
(2 NOS.) 14
7
RH SIDE PANEL
5
FSPS2017
REAR PANEL
8
FSPS2019
M5x45 PH. HD. SCREW
15
+PW (2 NOS.)
M5x45 PH. HD. SCREW

3
+PW (8 NOS.)
FRONT PANEL
14
FSPS2016
RUBBER CAP FOR PANEL

4
FSPS2886 (8 NOS.)
LH SIDE PANEL 16 RUBBER CAP FOR PANEL
2 FSPS2886
FSPS2018
ARM COVER (FSPS2131)
40 M4 x 8 PH.HD.CSK SCREWS
5
REFER DRG. NO. XLAD-007
38
M3x12 ALLEN SCREW REFER DRG. NO. XLAD-006 REFER DRG. NO. XLAD-001
[M3x6 PH. HD. SCREW+PW+SW) 2 NOS.] 4
37
D
ARM ROTATION MOTOR ASSY.
7
(FSPXL057)
M4 NUT +PW+SW (4 NOS.)

9
39 A
OP
ET
ARM UP - DN SHAFT GUID 148
20 E 2
FSPS2108 BL PS
CA FS
10
5
-00
AD
. XL
. NO
RG
RD 6
EFE M4 x 12 PH.HD.CSK SCREWS (3 NOS.)
R A
3
19 11 REFER DRG. NO. XLAD-006
36 D
[M3x6 PH. HD. SCREW+PW+SW) 2 NOS.]
UP/DN SHAFT DELRIN M3x15 PH.HD.
21 22 +PW+SW M4 x 15 PH.HD.CSK SCREWS (4 NOS.)
WASHER (FSPS2127) 8
B
Ò' RING 9 x 14 (FSPHW508) 26 ARM BASE PLATE (FSPS2101)
16 18 1
23
M3X10 PH. HD. SCREW (3 NOS.) + M3 GRUB SCREW
17
DELRIN CABLE GUIDE M3X8 PH. HD. SCREW (MOTOR GROOVE) +PW+SW
(BOTTOM) FSPS2135
STATIONARY GUIDE ROD MOUNT (FSPS2120)
14
27
M4 x 15 PH.HD.CSK SCREWS (4 NOS.)
32
13 25
ARM VERTICAL PLATE (FSPS2102)
2
(M3x6 PH. HD. SCREW+PW+SW) (SN1) SPT OPTO ASSY. (FSPXL531) D
35
[M2.5x6 CH. HD. SCREW+PW+SW) 2 NOS.]
BOTTOM ARM LOCK NUT
24
CABLE GUIDE FSPS2117 (M3x12 ALLEN SCREW)
STATIONARY VERT. BELT 6
LOCK NUT (BOTTOM) 12 = 40T BELT (5.08 PITCH)
GUIDE ROD (FSPS2119)
FSPS2134 80XL (ROTATION)(FSPS2519)
28 STATIONARY GUID
15 26 = M3x12 ALLEN SCREW
ROD MOUNT ARM UP DN MOTOR ASSY.
FSPS2120 31
FSPXL052 16 = M3 GRUB SCREW
C
REFER DRG. NO. XLAD-002 18 = M3x10 PH. HD. SCREW+PW+SW
A 29
M3x10 PH. HD. SCREW +PW+SW 3 NOS.

CAUTION :- A) ENGAGE BELT WITH THE PULLEY & MOTOR PULLEY.
30
& ENSURE THAT THE BELT TENSION IS PERFECT

33
ARM ROTATION STOPPER B) TIGHT CLAMP SO THAT Ò' RING SHOULD NOT REMAIN LOOSE &
FSPS2153 AT THE SAME TIME IT SHOULD NOT BE TOO TIGHT
M4 NUT + PW + SW) 4 NOS.

C) ENSURE PROPER BELT TENSION & THEN TIGHTEN THE MOTOR ACCORDINGLY.
34
SPT COMPLETE ASSEMBLY D) ENSURE THAT THE INTERRUPTER IS IN THE CENTER OF THE OPTO.
ARM COVER (FSPS2131) M4 x 8 CSK SCREWS (4 NOS.)

40 5
38
[(M3x6 PH. HD. SCREW+PW+SW) 2 NOS.] 4
37
D
7
(FSPXL057)
(M4 NUT +PW+SW) 4 NOS.

9
39 P A
E TO
ID
20
ARM UP - DN SHAFT GU 148
FSPS2108 BLE PS2
CA FS
10
5
-01
AD
. XL
NO
G.
DR 6
R
FE
RE A (M4 x 12 CSK SCREWS)3 NOS.
3
36 D
21 22 +PW+SW
WASHER (FSPS2127) M4 x 15 CSK SCREWS (4 NOS.)
8
B 16 26 18 ARM BASE PLATE (FSPS2101)
Ò' RING 9 x 14 1
23
17
(BOTTOM) FSPS2135 STATIONARY GUIDE ROD MOUNT (FSPS2120)
14
M4 x 15 CSK SCREWS
32
13 25 ARM VERTICAL PLATE (FSPS2102)

2
(M3x6 PH. HD. SCREW+PW+SW) (SN1) R1PT OPTO ASSY. (FSPXL531)
35 D
BOTTOM ARM LOCK NUT
24
STATIONARY VERT. BELT 6 = 40T BELT (5.08 PITCH)
LOCK NUT (BOTTOM) 12 80XL (ROTATION)(FSPS2519)
GUIDE ROD (FSPS2119)
FSPS2134
28 STATIONARY GUIDE 26 = M3x12 ALLEN SCREW
15
FSPS2120 31 16 = M3 GRUB SCREW
FSPXL052
C
29
(M3x10 PH. HD. SCREW +PW+SW) 3 NOS.

30
CAUTION :- A) ENGAGE BELT WITH HSG. PULLEY & MOTOR PULLEY .
& ENSURE THE BELT TENSION IS PERFECT
ARM ROTATION STOPPER B) TIGHT CLAMP SO THAT Ò' RING SHOULD NOT REMAIN LOOSE &
33
FSPS2153
AT THE SAME TIME IT SHOULD NOT BE TOO TIGHT
(M4 NUT + PW + SW) 4 NOS. C) ENSURE PROPER BELT TENSION & THEN TIGHT MOTOR ACCORDINGLY.
34
D) ENSURE THAT THE INTERRUPTER IS IN THE CENTER OF THE OPTO.
RIPT ASSEMBLY
ARM COVER (FSPS2131) M4 x 8 CSK SCREWS (4 NOS.)

40 5
38
[(M3x6 PH. HD. SCREW+PW+SW) 2 NOS.] 4
37
D
7
(FSPXL057)
M4 NUT +PW+SW) 4 NOS.

9
39 A
OP
ET
20
ARM UP - DN SHAFT
GUID148
E 2
FSPS2108 BL PS
CA FS
10
25
D-0
LA
O.X
.N
RG 6
RD
EFE A (M4 x 12 CSK SCREWS) 3 NOS.
R 3
36 D
21 22 +PW+SW M4 x 15 CSK SCREWS (4 NOS.)
WASHER (FSPS2127) 8
B
Ò' RING 9 x 14 16 26 18 ARM BASE PLATE (FSPS2101)
23 1

DELRINCABLE GUIDE M3X8 PH. HD. SCREW (MOTOR GROOVE) +PW+SW 17
(BOTTOM) FSPS2135
STATIONARY GUIDE ROD MOUNT (FSPS2120)
14
27 M4 x 15 CSK SCREWS (4 NOS.)
32
13 25
ARM VERTICAL PLATE (FSPS2102)
2
(M3x6 PH. HD. SCREW+PW+SW) (SN1) R2PT OPTO ASSY. (FSPXL531)
35 D
BOTTOM ARM LOCK NUT
24
STATIONARY VERT. BELT 6 = 40T BELT (5.08 PITCH)
LOCK NUT (BOTTOM) 12
GUIDE ROD (FSPS2119) 80XL (ROTATION)(FSPS2519)
FSPS2134 28
STATIONARY GUIDE
FSPS2120 31
FSPXL052 16 = M3 GRUB SCREW
C
29
M3x10 PH. HD. SCREW +PW+SW 3 NOS. CAUTION :- A) ENGAGE BELT WITH THE PULLEY & MOTOR PULLEY.
30
& ENSURE THAT THE BELT TENSION IS PERFECT
B) TIGHT CLAMP SO THAT Ò' RING SHOULD NOT REMAIN LOOSE &
ARM ROTATION STOPPER AT THE SAME TIME IT SHOULD NOT BE TOO TIGHT
33
FSPS2153 C) ENSURE PROPER BELT TENSION & THEN TIGHTEN THE MOTOR ACCORDINGLY.
M4 NUT + PW + SW) 4 NOS. D) ENSURE THAT THE INTERRUPTER IS IN THE CENTER OF THE OPTO.
34
R2PT COMPLETE ASSY.
CAUTION:- A) WHILE FIXING HEX SS PIN ENSURE THAT IT SHOULD BE TOO LOOSE OR TOO
TIGHT
B) WHILE FIXING OPTO PCB ASSY. ENSURE THAT THE INTERRUPTER SHOULD FALL IN THE CENTER OF THE
OPTO.

2
TO BE CLOSED BY TUBING
FSPTA153
0.8x2.4 SILICON TUBE 100MM.
M2.5x6 CH. HD. SCREW
8
+PW+SW
OPTO PCB ASSY.

7
FSPXL533
''O' RING (Ø 0.6 x Ø 0.9 MM)
5
REFER DRG. NO. XLAD-093 FSPSS035
1
4 SS PIN SPACER
FSPS2227 A
M4x12 PH. HD. SCREW

R1, R2 & SPP SYRINGE ASSY 3 +PW+SW (4 NOS.)
HEX SS PIN
6
FSPS2226
CRU KNOB (FSPS2175)
(SN-1) CRU OPTO PCB ASSY. (UP)
(FSPXL533) M2.5x8 CH. HD.+PW+SW
(SN-2) CRU OPTO PCB ASSY. (DN)

LAUNDRY ASSY. (FSPXL021)
(FSPXL534) M2.5x8 CH. HD.+PW+SW
CRU UP-DN MOTOR ASSY.(FSPXL112)

CRU UP/DN BELT
CRU STOPPER (FSPS2177)

CRU COMPLETE ASSEMBLY
M3x6 PH. HD. +PW+SW
M4 x 8 CSK SCREWS
REFER DRG. NO. STIRRER COVER 5
42 45 (4 NOS.)
XLAD-037 FSPS2141
REFER DRG. NO. XLAD-036 REFER DRG. NO. XLAD-031
[M3x6 PH. HD. SCREW+PW+SW) 2 NOS.] 4
39
D
STIRRER MOUNTING PLATE ARM ROTATION MOTOR ASSY.
41 7
FSPS2140 (FSPXL057)
44
CABLE GUIDE TOP M4 NUT +PW+SW (4 NOS.)
9
FSPS2148
43 A
W
STIRRER UP - DN SHAFT RE
20 SC
FSPS2143 HD.
H. SW
6 C W+
.5x +P
M2
P 10
40 AM
CL 5
ASE 155 EW -03
B S2 CR AD
M P S XL
AR FS UB O.
GR .N
x12 RG
M3 ERD 6
F
RE A M4 x 12 CSK SCREWS (3 NOS.)
3
38 D
21 22 +PW+SW M4 x 15 CSK SCREWS (4 NOS.)
WASHER (FSPS2127) 8
B
Ò' RING 9 x 14 16 26 18 ARM BASE PLATE (FSPS2101)
23 1
4 NOS.
17
(BOTTOM) FSPS2135 STATIONARY GUIDE ROD MOUNT (FSPS2120)
14
M4 x 15 CSK SCREWS (4 NOS.)
27 32
13 25 STIRRER VERTICAL PLATE (FSPS2146)

2
REFER DRG. NO. XLAD-034 STIRRER OPTO PLATE (FSPS2780)
35
(M3x6 PH. HD. SCREW+PW+SW)
(SN1) STIRRER OPTO ASSY. (FSPXL531)
37 D
BOTTOM ARM LOCK NUT [M2.5x6 CH. HD. SCREW+PW+SW) 2 NOS.]
24
M2.5x6 CH. HD. SCREW+PW+SW (2 NOS.)
LOCK NUT (BOTTOM) 36 6 = 40T BELT (5.08 PITCH)
FSPS2134 28 80XL (ROTATION)(FSPS2519)
STATIONARY GUIDE
ROD MOUNT STATIONARY VERT. BELT
12
FSPS2120 GUIDE ROD (FSPS2145)
16 = M3 GRUB SCREW
ARM UP DN MOTOR ASSY.
31
REFER DRG. NO. XLAD-032 FSPXL052 18 = M3x10 PH. HD. SCREW+PW+SW
29 C
M3x10 PH. HD. SCREW +PW+SW 3 NOS. CAUTION :- A) ENGAGE BELT WITH THE HOUSING PULLEY & MOTOR PULLEY.
30
& ENSURE PROPER BELT TENSION
B) TIGHTEN THE CLAMP SUCH THAT THE Ò' RING SHOULD NOT REMAIN
ARM ROTATION STOPPER TOO LOOSE OR TIGHT
33 C) ENSURE PROPER BELT TENSION & THEN TIGHTEN THE MOTOR
FSPS2153
34
M4 NUT + PW + SW) 4 NOS.
STIRRER ASSEMBLY D) ENSURE THAT THE INTERRUPTER IS IN THE CENTER OF THE OPTO.
ASP ASSEMBLY
SAMPLE TRAY CONTAINER ASSEMBLY WITH BASE
M4x12 PH. HD. SCREW (3 NOS.)
4
SAMPLE LOCATING PIN
5
FSPS2333
SAMPLE TRAY HOLDING DISK
3
FSPS2327
SAMPLE CONTAINER OUTER RIM
6
FSPS2336
SAMPLE TRAY CONTAINER
2
FSPS2334
A
1
ENGAGE BELT WITH THE PULLEY & MOTOR ASSEMBLY.& ENSURE PROPER BELT TENSION.
REFER DRG. NO. XLAD-054 OR XLAD-055
17
REFER DRG. NO. XLAD-056 OR XLAD-057
16
M4x12 PH. HD. SCREW (3 NOS.)
14
SAMPLE LOCATING PIN
15
FSPS2333
SAMPLE TRAY HOLDING DISK
13
FSPS2327
SAMPLE CONTAINER OUTER RIM
18
FSPS2236
SAMPLE TRAY CONTAINER
12
FSPS2334
A
65 T BELT (5.08 PITCH )130XL
4 REFER DRG. NO. XLAD-051
FSPSS045 1
B
10
ASP BASE PLATE
2
FSPS2321
M4 NUT+PW+SW M3x6 PH. HD. SCREW
7 11
(4 NOS.) (2 NOS.)
M4x10 CSK SCREW
3
(4 NOS.)
ASP 10 T TIMING PULLEY
5
& MOTOR ASSY.
FSPXL128
M4x16 ALLEN SCREW
6 REFER DRG. NO. XLAD-053
+PW+SW 8
M3x6 PH. HD. SCREW (2NOS.) 9
SAMPLE BASE ROTATING ASSEMBLY
A) ENSURE THAT THE BEARING MOVEMENT ARE SMOOTH .
B) ENSURE PROPER POSITION OF OPTO INTERRUPTER
SAMPLE TRAY BEARING HSG.
5
FSPS2322
BALL BEARING 6202 ZZE (35x15x11) SKF
4
FSPS2502
A
EXTERNAL CIRCLIP A-24 IS:3075
3
FSPS2513
BALL BEARING 6902 ZZE (42x25x9) SKF
2
FSPS2501
A
ASP CENTER SHAFT
1
FSPS2323
M3X6 PH. HD. SCREW
9
+PW+SW (4 NOS.)
ASP OPTO INTERRUPTER
8
FSPS2325
B
60 T TIMING PULLEY
6
FSPS2090
M4X12 PH. HD. SCREW
7
+PW+SW (4 NOS.)
(FOR SAMPLE TRAY BRG. HSG.)

MODEL : XL - 600
DESCRIPTION : RGT CONTAINER WITH INSULATION ASSY.
CAUTION :- A) ENSURE THAT INSULATION SHOULD BE FIXED AT ITS PERFECT POSITION,

TOWARDS ITS STICKY SIDE.
B) WHILE FITTING NOZZLE USED ARALDITE SOL. TO AVOID LEAKAGE.
PELTIER
3
CP1.471 (6 NOS.)
INSULATION FOR RGT

2 TRAY BOTTOM (5MM THK.)
A FSPS2706
STICKY SIDE
RGT DRAIN NOZZLE

4
FSPS2068
B
REAGENT CONTAINER
1
FSPS2052

RCT ASSEMBLY XL600 SERVICE MANUAL
RCT KNOB
6
FSPS2088
M3x8 ALLEN SCREW

(3 NOS.) 8
RCT AL. COVER

FSPS2813
5
M3x10 CSK SCREW

7 (2 NOS.)
SILICON RING FOR RCT TABLE
FSPS2871
4
M3x10 CSK SCREW (4 NOS.) CUVETTE

3 (FOR RCT RESTING PLATE) 9
FSPS2071 (60 NOS.)

2

1
PRESSURE TANK (VESSEL)
NOTE: APPLY HEAT SINK COMPOUND ON THE SURFACE OF THE THERMOSTAT & HEATER
BEFORE INSERTING IT INTO PRESSURE VESSEL
PRESSURE
7
TRANSDUCER
TOP COVER PLATE OF

M3x12 PH. HD. SCREW 5
6 PRESSURE TANK
+PW+SW (6 NOS.) (REFER. FSPS2370)
USE 'O'RING ID=85.

4
THK=5.MATL=NITRILE
(REFER. FSPS2370)
PRESSURE TANK
1
FSPS2370
PRESSURE TANK (VESSEL) ASSEMBLY
M3x6 GRUB SCREW ( BLACK)

3
THERMOSTAT (2 NOS.)
A
HEATER
A
M O D E L : XL - 600 / 300
12 DESCRIPTION : TRANSDUCER COMPLETE ASSY.
10 LT. CAN TRAY

F S P S 1 4 5 4 ( 2 N O S .) 20 LT. CAN TRAY
13 8
10 FSPS1453
20 LT. CAN TRAY 10 LT. CAN TRAY
14
FSPS1453 F S P S 1 4 5 4 ( 2 N O S .) M6x20 CSK
9
S C R E W ( 1 6 N O S .)
(FO R T R A N S D U C E R )
11
15
M4x12 PH. HD. SCREW

3
P W + N W ( 4 N O S .)
COVER FOR TRANSDUCER

2
TRANSDUCER BOTTOM FSPS1451
7
PLATE (FSPS1456)
( 4 N O S .)
7
M3x8 PH. HD. SCREW
+ P W + N Y L O N (2 NOS.)
RUBBER SEAL FOR TRANSDUCER

(FSPS2481)
COVER FOR
6
TRANSDUCER
PCB (FSPS5013)
GASKET FOR TRANSDUCER

PCB COVER (FSPS5012)
5
LEVEL SENSING PLATFORM ASSEMBLY
R E F E R D R G N O . X L A D -211
1
10
10. Hydraulic Description
This section explains the hydraulic connection diagram and the cuvette-rinsing unit.
10.1 HYDRAULIC SYSTEM OPERATION

10.2 HYDRAULICS DIAGRAM
Description
Hydraulics
10.1 HYDRAULIC SYSTEM OPERATION
The hydraulic system consists of the valves, pumps tubings, pressure vessel and the laundry system,
mentioned below are the functions of the various valves and pumps.
Valve and Pump Functions:
WATER CKD VALVE : . Enables / Disables the flow of deinosed water, from from the pressure
vessel to the laundry probes
STIR CKD VALVE : Enables / Disables the flow of deinosed water, from from the pressure
vessel to the Stirrer troughs.
R2PT, SPT CKD VALVE : Enables / Disables the flow of deinosed water, from from the pressure
vessel to the Reagent 2 arm, and Sample arm trough.
R1PT CKD VALVE : Enables / Disables the flow of deinosed water, from from the pressure
vessel to the Reagent 1 arm trough.
ORFL CKD VALVE After a water dispense cycle is completed by the laundry dispense probes,
the WATER CKD valve is shut. The ORFL CKD valve is then enabled for a
moment, this action sucks and empties the remaining water contents from
withen the laundry dispense probes, there by preventing drippage from the
dispense probes.
SPP/R1PP&R2PP VALVE Enables / Disables the flow of deinosed water, from from the pressure
vessel to the Sample, Reagent 1and Reagent 2 probes.
Pressure Reducer/ Regulator: To regulate and mentain a steady water pressure in the tank/vessel
KNF Water Suction pump: To pump De-ionized water from the water can to the pressure vessel/tank
KNF Cleaning pump : To pump Cleaning solution into the first laundry probe.
KNF Bio hazardous waste To suck the waste out, from the firom the first laundry probe.
pump
Description
Hydraulics
Double head waste Suction To suck the waste out, from the firom the 2,3,4,5,6&7 laundry probes.
pump:
And to suck out the contents from the ORFL CKD Valve
OFL CKD
STIRRER
SPT
R1
R2
WATER FLOW REGULATOR

RGT RCT ISE
87 654321
R1PP CKD
R2PP CKD
CRU
SPP CKD
DUAL HEAD WASTE PUMP

STIRRER
R2/SPT
R1
DETERGENT REGULATOR
BIO-HAZARDOUS PUMP
DETERGENTPUMP
100V AC
24V DC
24V DC
KNF
KNF
PRESSURE REGULATOR
P=0.8 - 1.0 BAR R2PT/SPT CKD
R1PT CKD
STIR CKD
WATER CKD
PRESSURE
TRANSDUCER
PRESSUR REDUCER
PULSATION DAMPER
T=37°
TERMOSENSOR
HEATER
KNF WATER PUMP

AC=230V
35 MICRON
FILTER
LAMP
COOLING D.I. WATER DETERGENT BIO-HZ. WASTE WASTE
20 LITTER 10 LITTER 10 LITTER 20 LITTER
NEW HYDRAULICS LAYOUT

OLD HYDRAULICS LAYOUT
XL-600 HYDRAULICS LAYOUT WITH ISE (OLD)
SUCTION PUMP
(4 NOS. Ø1xØ3x250 LG)

SILICON
(Ø
4x
Ø6
PO x1
LY 20
CRU ASPIRATION PROBE TO UR 0L HUB FOR WASTE
ET G) TO CRU PROBE NO. 1
TO CRU ASPIRATION 6 WAY JN. HE
NE IN (Ø1xØ3x400 LG) SILICON
(6NOS. Ø1.5xØ3x350 LG) SILICON WASTE MOUNTING BRACKET
T (DETERGENT)
CRU 6-TUBING JUNCTION OU WASTE CAN
REDUCER KNF SUCTION
(ASPIRATION)
FOR KNF PUMP PUMP (SMALL) BIO HAZ. CAN
BIO HAZ KNF PUMP DETERGENT CAN

PRESSURE GAUGE
(SMALL) ISE OUTLET
BIO HAZ. REDUCER TO
CRU 6-TUBING TO CRU PROBE-1
JUNCTION (DISPENSING) G
0L ASPIRATION TUBE
75 E)
R1PT TROUGH (Ø4xØ6x200LG) 6x EN (Ø1.5xØ3x400LG)
xØ TH
(Ø1.5xØ3x1800LG) SILICON POLYURETHENE Ø4 RE
SILICON
U BIO HAZ. REDUCER OUT
LY
(PO TO WASTE MTG. BKT.
(Ø4xØ6x500LG)
R1PT CKD VALVE CRU FLOW (POLYURETHENE)
OUT
CONTROLLER
Ø4xØ6x350LG
(POLYURETHENE) REDUCER FOR
Ø2.5xØ4x1100LG
R2PT TROUGH (POLYURETHENE) IN BIO HAZ.
(Ø1.5xØ3x1750LG) SILICON
IN
PRESSURE GAUGE R2PT / SPT
CONNECTION NOZ. (Ø OUT
CKD VALVE PO 2.5xØ
LY
IN OUT UR 4x10 WATER CAN
ET 0LG IN
HE
STIRRER TROUGH (1) NE )
(Ø1.5xØ3x1650LG) SILICON LG
(Ø1.5xØ3x350LG) IN (Ø4xØ6x1100LG) 00 ENE
x5
Ø4 TH
SILICON STIRRER POLYURETHENE 2.5x URE
CKD VALVE Ø LY
Ø2.5xØ4x60LG PO
OUT POLYURETHENE
PRESSURE TANK WATER CKD (Ø2.5xØ4x600)
REFER DRG. NO. (Ø1.5xØ3x300LG) SILICON VALVE POLYURETHENE
Ø2.5xØ4x1020LG
XLAD-141 IN
POLYURETHENE
OUT DETERGENT
SPT TROUGH FLOW CONTROLLER
IN
(Ø1.5xØ3x1900LG) SILICON
REDUCER FOR
KNF PUMP
(Ø OUT
4x STIRRER TROUGH (2)
SPP-CKD-COM. Ø6
x1 (Ø1.5xØ3x350LG)
50 (Ø1.5xØ3x1700LG) SILICON
(Ø1xØ3x850LG) LG SILICON
)P (Ø1xØ3x1250LG)
(SILICON TUBES) OL
YU SILICON
RE PHOTO. LAMP
TH
R1PP-CKD-COM. EN ELBOW MOUNT. (XLAD-084) ISE REDUCER
E
(Ø1xØ3x760LG) R2PP-CKD-COM. (Ø4xØ6x200LG) POLYURETHENE
(SILICON TUBES) (Ø1xØ3x740LG)
(SILICON TUBES) REDUCER-1 FOR
TEE-4 PHOTO. LAMP MOUNT
(Ø4xØ6x30LG) POLYURETHENE OUT
LEFT RIGHT
REDUCER-2 FOR
BOTTOM IN PHOTO. LAMP MOUNT
(Ø4xØ6x350LG) POLYURETHENE
(Ø4xØ6x180LG) POLYURETHENE (Ø4xØ6x100LG)
RIGHT
POLYURETHENE
OUT IN BOTTOM
LEFT RIGHT LEFT RIGHT
LEFT
BOTTOM
BOTTOM (Ø1xØ3x1250LG)
TEE-1
SILICON
TEE-3
TEE-2
(Ø4xØ6x45LG) OUT KNF IN (Ø4xØ6x170LG) POLYURETHENE
POLYURETHENE SUCTION
PRESSURE REGULATOR PUMP
NOTE :- ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN MM UNLESS OTHERWISE STATED.

SCALE :- NTS.
REDUCER SMALL KNF PUMP . TO WASTE MTG.
73 BKT. NOZ.-4 Ø2.5 X Ø4 X 600 mm POLYURETHENE TUBING 1
SPP TOP NOZ. TO SPT PROBE TUBE STEEL JOINT TUBE(FSPS2802) ISE WASTE PUMP TO REDUCER FOR
51 72 Ø1 X Ø2 X 120 mm TYGON TUBING 1
(Ø1xØ2x1000LG) TEFLON TUBE 52 R1PP TOP NOZ. TO R1PT PROBE TUBE SMALL KNF PUMP
(Ø1.5xØ2.5x1500LG) TEFLON TUBE
71 ISE BOTTLE TO CAL- A PUMP IN Ø1 X Ø2 X 500 mm TEFLON TUBING 1
WASTE SILICONE PIPE-
70 ( WASTE MTG.BKT. TO 20 LTR.WASTE CAN ) Ø12 X Ø18 X 500 mm SILICONE TUBE 1
SILICON TYGON TUBE TO BE KNOTTED 64 SILICON TUBE-04 NOS. ISE DRAINAGE TUBE - ( WASTE MTG.BKT. NOZ.
50 AT SYRINGE CKD COMMON. (Ø1.0 x Ø3.0 x 310LG) 69 -4 OUTSIDE TO BIO.HAZ. WASTE 10 LTR. CAN) Ø4 X Ø6 X 650 mm POLYURETHENE TUBING 1
(Ø0.8xØ2.4x 40MM LG)
BIO HAZ.KNF PUMP DRAINAGE TUBE (WASTE MTG
FROM CRU PROBE-1 ASPIRATION TUBE R2PP TOP NOZ. TO R2PT PROBE TUBE
68 BKT. NOZ.-3 OUTSD TO BIO.HAZ. WASTE 10 LTR CAN ) Ø4 X Ø6 X 650 mm POLYURETHENE TUBING 1
DISPENSING 28 53
TO REDUCER FOR SMALL KNF PUMP (Ø1.5xØ2.5x1100LG) TEFLON TUBE WASTE MTG.BKT. NOZ-2 OUTSIDE TO 10 LTR.
62 (4 NOS. Ø1.0xØ3.0x300 LG.) TUBES (BIO HAZ. IN) SILICON TUBE 67 Ø2 X Ø4 X 1100 mm SILICON TUBING 1
SILICON TUBE DETERGENT CAN WITH COUNTER WEIGHT
(Ø1.0xØ3.0x450LG)
66 WASTE MTG.BKT. NOZ.-1 OUTSIDE TO Ø4 X Ø6 X 1000 mm POLYURETHENE TUBING 1
SYRINGE CKD OUT TO CRU DISPENSING MANIFOLD 20 LTR.DI WATER CAN
SYRINGE NOZZLE IN - WITH BLUE STICKER
49 FROM REDUCER FOR SMALL KNF PUMP SILICON TUBETO BE KNOTED AT CRU DISPENSING
SILICON TYGON TUBE (3 NOS.) 65 & ASPIRATION MANIFOLD Ø1.0 X Ø3 X 40 mm SILICON TUBING 2
100 µ l 500 µl 500 µl (Ø0.8xØ2.4x100LG) 27 TO CRU PROBE-1 (DISPENSING)
MALE STUD RUN TEE (Ø1.0 x Ø3 x 1400LG CRU DISPENSING MANIFOLD TO CRU
SYRINGE SYRINGE SYRINGE FSPSH245 (SILICON TUBE) 64 DISPENSING (2 TO 6) PROBE Ø1.0 X Ø3 X 310 mm SILICON TUBING 4
AA45000 AA33002 AA33002 Ø1XØ3X40LG SILICON TUBE
65 TO KNOTTED ONE EACH AT SUCTION & DRIER MANIFOLD TO CRU
63 ASPIRATION (7,8) PROBE Ø1.0 X Ø3 X 310 mm SILICON TUBING 2
CRU DISPENSING AND
CRU ASPIRATION MANIFOLD 15 (Ø2.5 x Ø4 x180LG)
REDUCER FOR CRU ASPIRATION MANIFOLD TO CRU
POLYURETHENE TUBE 62 ASPIRATION (2 TO 5) PROBE Ø1.0 X Ø3 X 300 mm SILICON TUBING 4
LAUNDRY ASSY. SMALL KNF PUMP
FSPS2778
61 STIRRER 2 TROUGH OUT TO TROUGH TUBING JN. Ø7 X Ø10 X 260 mm PVC TYGONE TUBE 1
AS
SPP SYRINGE ASSY. R1PP SYRINGE ASSY. R2PP SYRINGE ASSY. CRU ASPIRATION MANIFOLD
PIR
WITH RED STICKER 60 STIRRER 1 TROUGH OUT TO TROUGH TUBING JN. Ø7 X Ø10 X 210 mm PVC TYGONE TUBE 1
AT
XLASY010 XLASY011 XLASY011
IO
DETERGENT FLOW CONTROLLER
N
66 WASTE MTG. BKT. TO 20 LTR.
TU
(LEGRIS)-FSPS2273 WATER CAN ( Ø4xØ6x1000LG) 59 R2PT TROUGH OUT TO TROUGH TUBING JN. Ø7 X Ø10 X 200 mm PVC TYGONE TUBE 1
BE
SPT PROBE ASSY. R1PT PROBE ASSY. R2PT PROBE ASSY.
S
XLASY026 XLASY027 XLASY028 POLYURETHENE TUBE
58 R1PT TROUGH OUT TO TROUGH TUBING JN. Ø7 X Ø10 X 210 mm PVC TYGONE TUBE 1
Ø4xØ6x1200LG
SUCTION PROBE
(POLYURETHENE TUBE) 21
MAY BE REQD. FOR XL-300 57 SPT TROUGH OUT TO TROUGH TUBING JN. Ø7 X Ø10 X 300 mm PVC TYGONETUBE 1
(Ø1.0xØ3.0x310 LG.) DRIER PROBE LE DETERGENT PUMP WIRING
63 SILICON TUBE FT
ASSY.(FSPXL522) WITH KNF WASTE MTG. BKT. 56 RCT NOZZLE DRAIN TO TROUGH TUBING JN. Ø4 X Ø6 X 250 mm SILICON TYGONTUBING 1
2 NOS. SUCTION PUMP PUMP NF10KPDC (FSPPM003)
RIG TO ISE OUTLET WASTE MTG. BKT. TO 10 LTR.
HT 67
DETERGENT CAN
IN (Ø4 x Ø6 x 650LG) 55 RGT NOZZLE DRAIN TO TROUGH TUBING JN. Ø4 X Ø6 X 250 mm SILICON TYGON TUBING 1
19 (Ø2xØ4x1100LG TYGON TUBE)
SUCTION & DRIER MANIFOLD WASTE MTG. BKT. TO POLYURETHENE TUBE WITH COUNTER WEIGHT TROUGH TUBING JN - DOWN TO Ø9.5 X Ø14 X 340 mm PVC TUBE FOR XL 600
(Ø4xØ6x400LG) IN 10 LTR. BIO HAZ. CAN 54 1
WITH YELLOW STICKER T
POLYURETHENE TUBE OU
T OU ( Ø4 x Ø6 x 650LG) 69 DELRIN WASTE HUB WASTE MOUNT BRACKET Ø9.5 X Ø14 X 310 mm PVC TUBE FOR XL 300
TEE-5 REDUCER FOR BIO HAZ. PUMP WIRING
WASTE MTG. BKT. POLYURETHENE TUBE 53 R2PP TOP NOZZLE TO R2PT PROBE TUBE Ø1.5 X Ø2.5 X 1100 mm TEFLON TUBE 1
PRESSURE GAUGE 20 SMALL KNF PUMP ASSY.(FSPXL551) WITH
(Ø4xØ6x350LG) KNF PUMP NF30KPDC TO 20 LTR. WASTE CAN 68
FSPS2536 FSPS2778
HT POLYURETHENE TUBE (FSPPM005) ( Ø12xØ18x500LG) R1PP TOP NOZZLE TO R1PT PROBE TUBE
(Ø4xØ6x800LG) RIG LE TYGON PIPE
52 Ø1.5 X Ø2.5 X 1500 mm TEFLON TUBE 1
POLYURETHENE FT 70
Ø4xØ6x350LG TUBE FT 51 SPP TOP NOZZLE TO SPT PROBE TUBE Ø1 X Ø2 X 1000 mm TEFLON TUBE 1
LE BO FROM REDUCER FOR BIO HAZ.
(POLYURETHENE TUBE) 18 TT SINGLE `Y' PIECE RIG
OM HT TO BIO HAZ. NOZZLE SILICON TUBE SHOULD BE KNOTED AT
EQUAL FSPSH246 BO ON WASTE MTG. BKT. 50 Ø0.8 X Ø2.4 X 40 mm SILICON TYGON TUBING 3
39 TT SYRIENGE CKD COMMON
OM (Ø4xØ6x550LG)
22
TO R1PT TROUGH IN (POLYURETHENE TUBE) 49 SYRINGE CKD OUT TO SYRINGE NOZZLE IN Ø0.8 X Ø2.4 X 100 mm SILICON TYGONE TUBING 3
23 (Ø4xØ6x250LG) 31
(Ø1.6xØ3.2x1900LG) POLYURETHENE
(PO Ø4 48 CROSS JOINT UP TO TEE 4- BOTTOM Ø4 X Ø6 X 40 mm POLYURETHENE TUBING 1
9 TYGON SILICON TUBE LY xØ6
UR
TUBE
x5 HUB FOR
R1PT CKD VALVE ET 50L R2PT TROUGH
HE G WASTE REDUCER FOR BIO-HAZ PUMP TO TEE 2- RIGHT
NE W R1PT TROUGH 47 Ø4 X Ø6 X 350 mm POLYURETHENE TUBING 1
TU LO
BE OUT TF 3 FROM R1PT CKD VALVE WITH
TO R2PT TROUGH IN ) EN 3
TO RG ER 27 TYGON SILICON TUBE 46 LAMP MOUNT IN TO REDUCER FOR BIO-HAZ PUMP Ø2.5 X Ø4 X 1000 mm POLYURETHENE TUBING 1
PRESSURE GAUGE (Ø TE OLL S2 4
CONNECTION NOZ.
(Ø1.6xØ3.2x1800LG) (Ø S
TY 1.6 TIRR PO 2.5 x 26 DE NTR )-FSP 2 (Ø1.6xØ3.2x1900LG)
TYGON SILICON TUBE GO xØ E LYU Ø4 CO GRIS 1 09'
RE x 60 IN 45 Ø2.5 X Ø4 X 1000 mm POLYURETHENE TUBING 1
N 3.2x R (2 TH (LE
WASTE MTG. REDUCER FOR BIO-HAZ TO LAMP MOUNT OUT
IN 11 SIL 17 ) T
ICO 00 RO EN LG) BRACKET
ET
IN N LG) UG UB FROM R2PT/SPT CKD 44 Ø4 X Ø6 X 270 mm POLYURETHENE TUBING 1
TU E TEE 4- RIGHT TO REDUCER FOR BIO-HAZ PUMP
R2PT / SPT BE H IN 25 VALVE DOWN WITH
OUT CKD VALVE (Ø
PO 2.5 x IN TYGON SILICON TUBE PRES.REG.OUT TO TEE 4 - LEFT
4 (Ø LYU Ø4 43 Ø4 X Ø6 X 310 mm POLYURETHENE TUBING 1
OUT 13 2.5 RE x 1 (Ø1.6xØ3.2x2000LG)
(Ø2.5 x Ø4 x 310LG) PO xØ TH 00 SPT TROUGH 10'
EN LG
TU LYU 4 x1 ET ) OUT 58 TEE 3- LEFT TO PRESSURE REG.IN
(POLYURETHENE TUBE) BE RE 1 UB 42 Ø4 X Ø6 X 75 mm POLYURETHENE TUBING 1
TH 00LG E
(Ø7xØ10x210LG)
IN EN )
E FROM R1PT TROUGH
PRESSURE TANK STIRRER 14 29 41 SHUT OFF VALVE TO BE TIED WITH CABLE TIE Ø4 X Ø6 X100 mm POLYURETHENE TUBING 1
REFER DRG. NO. CKD VALVE (PVC TYGONE SILICON TUBE)
XLAD-141 73
Ø2.5xØ4x1000LG 40 PRES.VESSEL DOWN TO SHUT OFF VALVE Ø4 X Ø6 X100 mm POLYURETHENE TUBING 1
5 OUT POLYURETHENE TUBE ISE REDUCER. TO WASTE MTG. BKT.
(Ø2.5 x Ø4 x 250LG) WATER CKD 11' FROM R2PT/SPT CKD
VALVE NOZ 4 (Ø2.5 x Ø4 x 600) 39 PRES.VESSEL OUT TO PRESSURE GAUGE Ø4 X Ø6 X350 mm POLYURETHENE TUBING 1
POLYURETHENE TUBE 24 REDUCER FOR VALVE UP WITH
POLYURETHENE TUBE
IN BIO-HAZ PUMP (Ø7xØ10x210LG) 60 TYGON SILICON TUBE
10 (Ø2.5xØ4x550LG) FSPS2868 FROM STIRRER 1 (Ø1.6xØ3.2x1800LG) 38 TEE 3 - BOTTOM TO PRESSURE VESSLE IN Ø4 X Ø6 X 35 mm POLYURETHENE TUBING 1
2 POLYURETHENE TUBE TROUGH (PVC TYGONE TUBE)
TO SPT TROUGH IN 30 STIRRER 1
R1PP-CKD-COM. (Ø1.6xØ3.2x2000LG) 37 `TEE 2' LEFT TO `TEE 3' RIGHT Ø4 X Ø6 X 160 mm POLYURETHENE TUBING 1
(Ø0.8 x Ø2.4 x 850LG) OUT (Ø2.5xØ4x60LG) TROUGH
6 TYGON SILICONTUBE
(SILICON TYGON POLYURETHENE TUBE (Ø7xØ10x200LG)
(Ø2.5 x Ø4 x 240LG) IN 36 TEE 1 -UP TO `TEE 2 -BOTTOM Ø4 X Ø6 X 40 mm POLYURETHENE TUBING 1
TUBE) FROM R2PT TROUGH
POLYURETHENE TUBE 17 (Ø4 x Ø6 x 60LG) (PVC TYGONE TUBE) TEE1 RIGHT TO CRU FLOW CONTROLLER
12 POLYURETHENE TUBE 59 35 Ø4 X Ø6 X 25 mm POLYURETHENE TUBING 2
SPT TROUGH TO & CRU FLOW CONTROLLER CROSS JOINT-LEFT
TO STIRRER (1) TROUGH IN OUT WASTE TUBING JN. 57
7 (Ø4 x Ø6 x 140LG) 34 BIG KNF SUCTION PUMP OUT TO TEE1 BOTTOM Ø4 X Ø6 X 50 mm POLYURETHENE TUBING 1
(Ø1.6xØ3.2x1700LG) (Ø7xØ10x300LG)
POLYURETHENE TUBE PVC TYGONE TUBE
40 TYGON SILICON TUBE WATER CROSS JOINT BOTTOM TO
IN 33 Ø4 X Ø6 X 50 mm POLYURETHENE TUBING 1
ASPIRATION BIG KNF SUCTION PUMP IN
16 CKD VALVE
(Ø4 x Ø6 x 100LG) OUT STIRRER 2 32 WASTE MTG. BKT NOZ.-1 TO CROSS JOINT- RIGHT Ø4 X Ø6 X 650 mm POLYURETHENE TUBING 1
ELBOW
POLYURETHENE TUBE (Ø2.5 x Ø4 x 1000LG) PHOTO. LAMP TROUGH
FSPS2296 8 (Ø4xØ6x190LG) POLYURETHENE TUBE
POLYURETHENE TUBE MOUNT. (XLAD-084) REDUCER FOR BIO - HAZ PUMP TO
1 (Ø2.5xØ4.0x1000LG) 31 Ø4 X Ø6 X 550 mm POLYURETHENE TUBING 1
3 WASTE MTG BRKT NOZ 3
SPP-CKD-COM. (Ø4 x Ø6 x 100LG) POLYURETHENE TUBE 12' FROM STIRRER CKD VALVE UP WITH BIO-HAZ. PUMP OUT TO REDUCER FOR
R2PP-CKD-COM. POLYURETHENE TUBE & TYGON SILICON TUBE ( Ø1.6xØ3.2x1700LG) 30 Ø2.5 X Ø4 X 60 mm POLYURETHENE TUBING 1
(Ø0.8 x Ø2.4 x 900LG) REDUCER FOR BIO-HAZ 45 BIO- HAZ PUMP
(Ø0.8 x Ø2.4 x 800LG) TIGHT WITH CABLE TIE 46
(SILICON TYGON TUBE) PUMP (FSPS2868) (Ø2.5xØ4x1000LG) REDUCCER FOR SMALL KNF PUMP TO
(SILICON TYGON TUBE) TEE-4 71 29 Ø2.5 X Ø4 X 1000 mm POLYURETHENE TUBING 1
SHUT OFF VALVE 41 POLYURETHENE TUBE BIO HAZARDOUS PUMP IN
FSPSH236 TEFLON TUBE
IN (Ø7xØ10x260LG) 61 CRU PROBE-1 ASPIRATION TUBE TO
WITH FLANGE 28 REDUCER FOR SMALL KNF PUMP Ø1.0 X Ø3.0 X 450 mm SILICON TUBING 1
LEFT RIGHT FROM STIRRER 2
OUT FSPS2815
(Ø1XØ2X500LG.) TROUGH (PVC TYGONE TUBE) REDUCER FOR SMALL KNF PUMP TO
27 CRU PROBE 1 (DISPENSING TUBE) Ø1.0 X Ø3.0 X 1400 mm SILICON TUBING 1
BOTTOM
(Ø4xØ6x310LG) POLYURETHENE TUBE DETERGENT PUMP OUT TO REDUCER FOR
(Ø4xØ6x160LG) POLYURETHENE TUBE (Ø4xØ6x270LG) 26 Ø2.5 X Ø4 X 60 mm POLYURETHENE TUBING 1
RIGHT
43 44
SMALL KNF PUMP
37 POLYURETHENE TUBE
DETERGENTFLOW CONTROL TO DETERGENT
OUT IN LAMP MOUNT NOZZLE 25 PUMP IN Ø2.5 X Ø4 X 100mm POLYURETHENE TUBING 1
FSPS2869
47 56 24 WASTE MTG. BKT TO DETERGENTFLOW CNTRL Ø2.5 X Ø4 X 550 mm POLYURETHENE TUBING 1
BOTTOM
BOTTOM (Ø4xØ6x40LG) REDUCER FOR BIO-HAZ 13'

POLYURETHENE (Ø4xØ6x40LG) (Ø4xØ6x350LG) POLYURETHENE TUBE (Ø4xØ6x250LG)
PUMP (FSPS2868)
TUBE POLYURETHENE TUBE FROM RCT NOZ. FROM STIRRER CKD 23 `Y' JOINT BOTTOM TO HUB FOR WASTE (DOWN) Ø4 X Ø6 X 550 mm POLYURETHENE TUBING 1
TEE-3 36 (TYGON SILICON TUBE) VALVE DOWN WITH
TEE-2 48
TYGON SILICON TUBE SUCTION PUMP RIGHT HEAD OUT TO `Y' JOINT
22 Ø4 X Ø6 X 250 mm POLYURETHENE TUBING 1
UP (Ø1.6xØ3.2x1700LG) NOZZLE RIGHT
TEE -1 UP
(Ø4xØ6x650LG) POLYURETHENE TUBE 32
ISE CAL. BOTTAL ASPIRATION MANIFOLD TO SUCTION PUMP
RIGHT LEFT 21 RIGHT HEAD IN Ø4 X Ø6 X 1200 mm POLYURETHENE TUBING 1
TROUGH TUBING
42 JUNCTION SUCTION PUMP LEFT HEAD OUT TO `Y' JOINT
RIGHT 20 Ø4 X Ø6 X 350 mm POLYURETHENE TUBING 1
(Ø4xØ6x75LG) POLYURETHENE TUBE BOTTOM BOTTOM ISE REDUCER NOZZLE LEFT
(Ø4xØ6x35LG)
(Ø4xØ6x50LG) ISE PUMP TO ISE REDUCER FSPXL605
POLYURETHENE TUBE 34 CROSS JOINT TYGON TUBE WITH ISE KIT 54 19 `TEE-5' RIGHT TO SUCTION PUMP LEFT HEAD IN Ø4 X Ø6 X 400 mm POLYURETHENE TUBING 1
POLYURETHENE TUBE 72
FSPS2289 (Ø1XØ2X120LG.)
38 OUT IN TROUGH TUBING JN TO DELRIN HUB SUCTION AND DRIER MANIFOLD TO
Ø9.5x Ø14 MM (PVC TUBE) 18 Ø4 X Ø6 X 800 mm POLYURETHENE TUBING 1
TEE- 5 LEFT
(Ø4xØ6x50LG) FOR XL-600 = 340 MM LG.
33 WATER ASPIRATION CKD VALVE OUT TO
POLYURETHENE TUBE FOR XL-300 = 310 MM LG. 17 Ø4 X Ø6 X 60 mm POLYURETHENE TUBING 1
PRESSURE REGULATOR
`TEE-5' BOTTOM
(Ø4xØ6x25LG) MALE STUD RUN TEE RIGHT TO
35 POLYURETHENE WASTE PUMP ISE UNIT CAL. PUMP 16 Ø2.5 x Ø4 x 1000 mm POLYURETHENE TUBE 1
WATER ASPIRATION CKD IN
TUBE, 2 NOS. BIG KNF
SUCTION PUMP 55 15 FLOW CONTROLLER TO MALE STUD RUN TEE Ø2.5 X Ø4 X 180 mm POLYURETHENE TUBING 1
EXTENDED MALE BOTTOM
FROM RGT NOZ. TO
STUD ELBOW TYGON TUBE WITH ISE KIT WASTE TUBING JN. 14 WATER CKD OUT TO FLOW CONTROLLER Ø2.5 X Ø4 X 1100 mm POLYURETHENE TUBING 1
FSPSH247- 2 NOS. CRU FLOW CONTROLLER ( AVAILABLE IN ISE KIT ) Ø4xØ6x250LG
LEGRIS FSPS2721
(TYGON SILICON TUBE)
13 STIRRER CKD OUT TO STIRRER 2 TROUGH IN Ø1.6 X Ø3.2 X 1700 mm SILICON TYGON TUBING 1
12 STIRRER CKD OUT TO STIRRER 1 TROUGH IN Ø1.6 X Ø3.2 X 1700 mm SILICON TYGON TUBING 1
DI WATER 11 R2PT/SPT CKD OUT TO R2PT TROUGH IN Ø1.6 X Ø3.2 X 1800 mm SILICON TYGON TUBING 1
20 LTR. CAN 10 R2PT/SPT CKD OUT TO SPT TROUGH IN Ø1.6 X Ø3.2 X 2000 mm SILICON TYGON TUBING 1
FSPSS192
RCT ASSY. 9 R1PT CKD OUT TO R1PT TROUGH IN Ø1.6 X Ø3.2 X 1900 mm SILICON TYGON TUBING 1
WASTE 20 LTR. RGT ASSY. 8 ELBOW TO WATER CKD IN Ø4 X Ø6 X 190 mm POLYURETHENE TUBING 1
DETERGENT BIO HAZ. CAN FSPSS192
7 PRES.VESSEL TO ELBOW Ø4 X Ø6 X 140 mm POLYURETHENE TUBING 1
10 LTR. CAN 10 LTR. CAN
WITH CAP WITH CAP 6 PRES.VESSEL TO STIRRER CKD IN Ø2.5 X Ø4 X 240 mm POLYURETHENE TUBING 1
PMCS254 PMCS254 5 PRES.VESSEL TO R2PT/SPT CKD IN Ø2.5 X Ø4 X 250 mm POLYURETHENE TUBING 1
4 PRES.VESSEL TO R1PT CKD IN Ø2.5 X Ø4 X 310 mm POLYURETHENE TUBING 1
3 PRES. VESSEL TO R2PP CKD IN Ø0.8 X Ø2.4 X800 mm SILICON TYGON TUBING 1
2 PRES. VESSEL TO R1PP CKD IN Ø0.8 X Ø2.4 X850 mm SILICON TYGON TUBING 1
1 PRES. VESSEL TO SPP CKD IN Ø0.8 X Ø2.4 X900 mm SILICON TYGON TUBING 1
E
ST
WA
G
NIN
EA .
CL OLN
S
NEW HYDRAULIC TUBING DIAGRAM

WASTE STICKER FOR
20 LTR. CAN (STST319)
D.I. STICKER FOR BIO HAZARDOUS STICKER
20 LTR. CAN (FSPS2767) CLEANING SOLN. STICKER
FOR 10 LTR. CAN (FSPS2768)
FOR 10 LTR. CAN (STST322)
mechciblr@consultant.com
STEEL JOINT TUBE TO SPT PROBE TUBE

55
STEEL JOINT TUBE(FSPS2802) (Ø1xØ2x750LG) TEFLON TUBE
SPP TOP NOZ. TO STEEL JOINT TUBE
54
(Ø1xØ2x1000LG) TEFLON TUBE 56 R1PP TOP NOZ. TO R1PT PROBE TUBE
(Ø1.5xØ2.5x1500LG) TEFLON TUBE
140
141 142
SILICON TYGON TUBE TO BE KNOTTED (Ø1.0xØ3.0x160LG - 1 NO)
138 68 SILICON TUBE-04 NOS.
53 AT SYRINGE CKD COMMON. (Ø1.0xØ3.0x200LG - 1 NO) (Ø1.0 x Ø3.0 x 280LG)
Y CONNECTOR
(Ø0.8xØ2.4x 40MM LG) 31 SILICON TUBE
138
57 R2PP TOP NOZ. TO R2PT PROBE TUBE
136 (Ø1.5xØ2.5x1100LG) TEFLON TUBE
(Ø1.0xØ3.0x200 LG.-4 NOS)
(Ø1.0xØ3.0x160 LG.- 4 NOS) 66 CRU DISPENSING MANIFOLD
SILICON TUBE WITH BLUE STICKER
(Ø1.0xØ3.0x300LG)
135 32 SILICON TUBE
52 (Ø0.8xØ2.4x100LG) (3 NOS.)
100 µl 500 µl 500 µ l SILICON TYGON TUBE
SYRINGE SYRINGE SYRINGE 19
AA45000 AA33002 AA33002 ( Ø1.0xØ3.0x160 LG.-4 NOS.) (Ø1.0xØ3.0x 150LG)
SILICON TUBE 67 SILICON TUBE
134
139 125 143 144 145
LAUNDRY ASSY.
125
Ø1XØ3X40LG SILICON TUBE 70
AS
TO KNOTTED AT 136 (Ø2.0xØ4.0x 200LG)
PIR
SPP SYRINGE ASSY. R1PP SYRINGE AS SY. R2PP SYRINGE ASSY. CRU ASPIRATION MANIFOLD 18
SILICON TUBE
AT
IO
N
135 133 71 WASTE MTG. BKT. TO 20 LTR.
TU
CRU ASPIRATION MANIFOLD WATER CAN (Ø4xØ6x1000LG)
BE
WITH RED STICKER SPT PROBE ASSY. R1PT PROBE ASSY. R2PT PROBE ASSY.
S
131
SUCTION PROBE
Ø4xØ6x1200LG 25 DRIER PROBE LE 131
(POLYURETHENE TUBE) FT
(Ø1.0 x Ø3 x 1400LG 30 WASTE MTG. BKT.

(Ø1.0xØ3.0x310 LG.) RIG Ø2.5xØ4x1000LG 72 WASTE MTG. BKT. TO 10 LTR.
SILICON TUBE 69 (SILICON TUBE) TO ISE OUTLET DETERGENT CAN
IN HT 33
POLYURETHENE TUBE Ø4XØ6X650 LG
2 NOS. (Ø2xØ4x1100LG TYGON TUBE)
23 WASTE MTG. BKT. TO POLYURETHANE TUBE WITH COUNTER WEIGHT
IN T 10 LTR. BIO HAZ. CAN
137 (Ø4xØ6x400LG) T OU 74
OU (Ø2.5 x Ø4 x 100LG) ( Ø4 x Ø6 x 650LG)
TEE-5 106 POLYURETHENE TUBE POLYURETHENE TUBE
POLYURETHENE TUBE WASTE MTG. BKT.
PRESSURE GAUGE 135
24 TO 20 LTR. WASTE CAN 73
FSPS2536 29
HT (Ø4xØ6x350LG) 129 SUCTION PUMP ( Ø12xØ18x500LG)
POLYURETHENE TUBE FT 75
SUCTION & DRIER MANIFOLD POLYURETHENE TUBE
FT
WITH YELLOW STICKER 22 LE
BO
TT 130 RIG
131 OM HT
42 BO
Ø4xØ6x350LG TT
OM EC
EL )
(POLYURETHENE TUBE) 26 (Ø4xØ6x550LG)
125 MP 7 DC (POLYURETHENE TUBE)
(Ø4xØ6x250LG) T PU P-2
EN 0 K 35
10 POLYURETHENE RG -3
TE (NF
OUT
DE SY.
PO Ø TUBE
TO R1PT TROUGH IN LY 4xØ HUB FOR
AS
117 TO R2PT TROUGH IN UR 6x5 125 105
(Ø1.6xØ3.2x1900LG) TO ET WASTE R2PT TROUGH
(Ø1.6xØ3.2x1800LG)
(Ø SP HE 50LG 128 IN
TYGON SILICON TUBE TYGON SILICON TUBE TY 1.6x T TR NE R1PT TROUGH
127
TE
PRESSURE GAUGE GO Ø O TU 27 3 FROM R1PT CKD VALVE WITH
AS
N 3.2x UG BE
CONNECTION NOZ. SIL 20 H IN
13 ICO 00LG W TYGON SILICON TUBE 146
RD SY C
4 103
ZA P AS 0KPD
119 NT ) (Ø1.6xØ3.2x1900LG) 10'
UB 2
HA 3
O PUM P NF
E 12 1
R1PT (Ø2
IN CKD VALVE 9
17 .5 x BI M
102
F PU
PO
T LY Ø4 x1 N
IN (Ø2.5xØ4x40LG) (ØO S UR K FROM R2PT/SPT CKD
TY 1.6xTIRR ET 100L 147
OUT 118 POLYURETAHNE TUBE GO Ø3. ER HE G) IN 101 WASTE MTG. 146 VALVE DOWN WITH
N S 2x17 (2 NE OUT 113 BRACKET
ILIC 50) TR TU TYGON SILICON TUBE
OUT 16 ON LG OU BE
126 104 (Ø1.6xØ3.2x2000LG)
TU ) GH SPT TROUGH
(Ø2.5xØ4x40LG) 11 BE IN 12'
118
POLYURETAHNE TUBE
(Ø7xØ10x210LG) 62
118 FROM R1PT TROUGH
PRESSURE TANK IN (Ø2.5xØ4x40LG)
REFER DRG. NO. 4 POLYURETAHNE TUBE (PVC TYGONE SILICON TUBE)
(Ø2.5 x Ø4 x 310LG) 15 78
XLAD-141 14 13'
OUT TO STIRRER (1) TROUGH IN 28
(POLYURETHENE TUBE) ISE REDUCER. TO WASTE MTG. BKT. 147
(Ø1.6xØ3.2x1700LG) (Ø2.5xØ4x650LG)
120 118 121 TYGON SILICON TUBE FROM R2PT/SPT CKD
NOZ 4 (Ø2.5 x Ø4 x 600)
STIRRER POLYURETHENE TUBE VALVE UP WITH
SPT/R2PT POLYURETHENE TUBE
CKD VALVE CKD VALVE (Ø7xØ10x210LG) 64 TYGON SILICON TUBE
IN 122 FROM STIRRER 1 (Ø1.6xØ3.2x1800LG)
2 5 146
TROUGH (PVC TYGONE TUBE)
118 WATER ORFL (Ø2.5xØ4x60LG) 34 STIRRER 1
R1PP-CKD-COM. (Ø2.5 x Ø4 x 250LG)
OUT CKD VALVE CKD VALVE POLYURETHENE TUBE TROUGH
(Ø0.8 x Ø2.4 x 850LG) 6 POLYURETHENE TUBE 118
(SILICON TYGON 123 (Ø7xØ10x200LG)
TUBE) (Ø2.5 x Ø4 x 240LG) 21 (Ø4 x Ø6 x 60LG)
IN FROM R2PT TROUGH
POLYURETHENE TUBE POLYURETHENE TUBE (PVC TYGONE TUBE)
OUT 63
111 118 SPT TROUGH TO
118 WASTE TUBING JN. 61 147
7 (Ø4 x Ø6 x 140LG)
(Ø7xØ10x300LG)
IN MALE STUD ELBOW (3199 06 10)
FOR CKD VALVE
43
(Ø4 x Ø6 x 100LG) OUT 111 STIRRER 2
ELBOW
POLYURETHENE TUBE 124 LAMP MOUNT TROUGH
8 (Ø4xØ6x190LG) POLYURETHENE TUBE 115
FSPS2194
1 15' 146
3 20
FROM STIRRER CKD VALVE UP WITH
SPP-CKD-COM. (Ø4 x Ø6 x 250LG) (Ø2.5 x Ø4 x 1000LG)
R2PP-CKD-COM. 44 POLYURETHENE TUBE & TYGON SILICON TUBE (Ø1.6xØ3.2x1700LG)
(Ø0.8 x Ø2.4 x 900LG) POLYURETHENE TUBE
(SILICON TYGON TUBE) (Ø0.8 x Ø2.4 x 800LG) 116 TIGHT WITH CABLE TIE 147
(SILICON TYGON TUBE) 106 76
SHUT OFF VALVE 113
FSPSH236 TEFLON TUBE
IN (Ø7xØ10x260LG) 65
LEFT WITH FLANGE
RIGHT FROM STIRRER 2
OUT FSPS2815
(Ø1XØ2X500LG.) TROUGH (PVC TYGONE TUBE)
TEE-4
BOTTOM
OUT 46 (Ø4xØ6x335LG)
PRESSURE 106 POLYURETHENE TUBE
111 106 (Ø4xØ6x30LG)
REGULATOR 113 50
POLYURETHENE TUBE 49 (Ø1.5xØ5x1250LG)
IN TYGON R-3603 LABOROTARY TUBE
112
BOTTOM
TEE-3 TEE-2
BOTTOM
16'
48 (Ø1.5xØ5x1350LG) 114 NOZZLE FOR LAMP MOUNT
(Ø4xØ6x30LG) FROM STIRRER CKD
47 TYGON R-3603 LABOROTARY TUBE FSPS2869
POLYURETHENE TUBE (Ø4xØ6x90LG) VALVE DOWN WITH
107 51
POLYURETHENE TUBE TYGON SILICON TUBE
(Ø1.6xØ3.2x1750LG)
109 UP ISE CAL. BOTTAL
(Ø4xØ6x750LG)
36 TROUGH TUBING
TEE-1 POLYURETHENE TUBE 148
40 IN JUNCTION
(Ø4xØ6x35LG) 41 45 (Ø4xØ6x130LG) OUT
(Ø4xØ6x75LG) POLYURETHENE TUBE RIGHT 155 ISE REDUCER ASSY
POLYURETHENE TUBE LEFT
POLYURETHENE TUBE ISE PUMP TO ISE REDUCER
108 58
TYGON TUBE WITH ISE KIT 77
(Ø1XØ2X120LG.) TROUGH TUBING JN TO DELRIN HUB
Ø9.5x Ø14 MM (PVC TUBE)
BIG KNF 106
FOR XL-600 = 310 MM LG.
SUCTION PUMP
FOR XL-300 = 280 MM LG.
39 (FSPXL546)
(Ø4xØ6x185LG)
DIAPHRAGM
POLYURETHENE TUBE OUT PULSATION DAMPER IN (Ø4xØ6x40LG) WASTE PUMP ISE UNIT CAL. PUMP
(RMEGI000092RMBN) 37 POLYURETHENE TUBE
60
(Ø4xØ6x40LG) TYGON TUBE WITH ISE KIT
38 POLYURETHENE TUBE (Ø4xØ6x250LG) 59
( AVAILABLE IN ISE KIT ) FROM RCT NOZ.
110 (TYGON SILICON TUBE) FROM RGT NOZ. TO
WASTE TUBING JN.
Ø4xØ6x250LG
(POLYURTHANE TUBE)
DI WATER 154
20 LTR. CAN
FSPSS192
150
149 RCT ASSY.
WASTE 20 LTR. RGT ASSY.
DETERGENT BIO HAZ. CAN FSPSS192
10 LTR. CAN 10 LTR. CAN 151
WITH CAP WITH CAP

PMCS254 PMCS254 152
153
E
ST
WA
G
NIN
EA .
CL OLN
S
WASTE STICKER FOR

54

77 ISE WASTE PUMP TO REDUCER Ø1 X Ø2 X 120 mm TYGON TUBING 1

ISE DRAINAGE TUBE - ( WASTE MTG.BKT. NOZ.
74 -4 OUTSIDE TO BIO.HAZ. WASTE 10 LTR. CAN) Ø4 X Ø6 X 650 mm POLYURETHENE TUBING 1
WASTE MTG.BKT. NOZ-2 OUTSIDE TO 10 LTR.
72 DETERGENT CAN WITH COUNTER WEIGHT Ø2 X Ø4 X 1100 mm SILICON TUBING 1

20 LTR.DI WATER CAN
70 SILICON TUBETO BE KNOTED AT ASPIRATION Ø1.0 X Ø3 X 40 mm SILICON TUBING 1
MANIFOLD
SUCTION & DRIER MANIFOLD TO CRU
CRU DISPENSING MANIFOLD TO CRU
68 DISPENSING (2 TO 5) PROBE Ø1.0 X Ø3 X 280 mm SILICON TUBING 4
67 "Y" JOINT TO CRU ASPIRATION MANIFOLD Ø1.0 X Ø3 X 160 mm SILICON TUBING 4
ASPIRATION (2 TO 5) PROBE TO "Y" JOINT Ø1.0 X Ø3.0 X 160 mm SILICON TUBING

66 Ø1.0 X Ø3.0 X 200 mm SILICON TUBING 4 EACH
61 SPT TROUGH OUT TO TROUGH TUBING JN. Ø7 X Ø10 X 300 mm PVC TYGONETUBE 1
60 RCT NOZZLE DRAIN TO TROUGH TUBING JN. Ø4 X Ø6 X 250 mm SILICON TYGONTUBING 1
59 RGT NOZZLE DRAIN TO TROUGH TUBING JN. Ø4 X Ø6 X 250 mm POLYURTHANE TUBING 1
58 TROUGH TUBING JN - DOWN TO Ø9.5 X Ø14 X 310 mm PVC TUBE 1 FOR XL 600
DELRIN WASTE HUB WASTE MOUNT BRACKET Ø9.5 X Ø14 X 280 mm PVC TUBE FOR XL 300
Q Q Q Q Q 57 R2PP TOP NOZZLE TO R2PT PROBE TUBE Ø1.5 X Ø2.5 X 1100 mm TEFLON TUBE 1
155 ISE REDUCER ASSY FSPXL605 Q 1 56 R1PP TOP NOZZLE TO R1PT PROBE TUBE Ø1.5 X Ø2.5 X 1500 mm TEFLON TUBE 1
154 DI WATER 20 LTR CAN FSPSS192 Q 1 55 STEEL JOINT TUBE TO SPT PROBE TUBE Ø1 X Ø2 X 750 mm TEFLON TUBE 1
153 DETERGENT 10 LTR CAN WITH CAP PMCS254 Q 1 54 SPP TOP NOZZLE TO STEEL JOINT TUBE Ø1 X Ø2 X 1000 mm TEFLON TUBE 1
152 BIO HAZ 10 LTR CAN WITH CAP PMCS254 Q 1 53 SILICON TUBE SHOULD BE KNOTED AT Ø0.8 X Ø2.4 X 40 mm SILICON TYGON TUBING 3
SYRIENGE CKD COMMON
151 WASTE 20 LTR CAN FSPSS192 Q 1 52 SYRINGE CKD OUT TO SYRINGE NOZZLE IN Ø0.8 X Ø2.4 X 100 mm SILICON TYGONE TUBING 3
150 RGT ASSY Q Q 1 51 TEE 4- BOTTOM TO TEE-1 UP Ø4 X Ø6 X 90 mm POLYURETHENE TUBING 1
149 RCT ASSY Q Q 1 50 REDUCER TO TEE 4- RIGHT Ø4 X Ø6 X 30 mm POLYURETHENE TUBING 1
148 TROUGH TUBING JUNCTION FSPS2268 RMEOTD02268NLA1 1 49 LAMP MOUNT OUT TO REDUCER Ø1.5 X Ø5 X 1250 mm TYGON R-3603 LABOROTARY TUBE 1
147 NOZZLE FOR TROUGH FSPS2271 RMEOTD02271NLC1 5 48 Ø1.5 X Ø5 X 1350 mm TYGON R-3603 LABOROTARY TUBE 1
REDUCER TO LAMP MOUNT IN
146 TROUGH FSPS2263 RMEOTD02263NLB1 5 47 Ø4 X Ø6 X 30 mm POLYURETHENE TUBING 1
TEE- 2 RIGHT TO REDUCER
145 R2PT PROBE ASSY Q Q 1 46 PRES.REG.OUT TO TEE 4 - LEFT Ø4 X Ø6 X 335 mm POLYURETHENE TUBING 1
144 R1PT PROBE ASSY Q Q 1 45 TEE 3- LEFT TO PRESSURE REG.IN Ø4 X Ø6 X 75 mm POLYURETHENE TUBING 1
143 SPT PROBE ASSY Q Q 1 44 SHUT OFF VALVE TO BE TIED WITH CABLE TIE Ø4 X Ø6 X250 mm POLYURETHENE TUBING 1
142 R2PP SYRINGE ASSY Q Q 1 43 PRES.VESSEL DOWN TO SHUT OFF VALVE Ø4 X Ø6 X100 mm POLYURETHENE TUBING 1
141 R1PP SYRINGE ASSY Q Q 1 42 PRES.VESSEL OUT TO PRESSURE GAUGE Ø4 X Ø6 X350 mm POLYURETHENE TUBING 1
140 SPP SYRINGE ASSY Q Q 1 41 Ø4 X Ø6 X 35 mm POLYURETHENE TUBING 1
TEE 3 - BOTTOM TO PRESSURE TANK IN
139 LAUNDRY ASSY (3 PROBE CONSTRUCTION) FSPXL618 LEMXL000159NIBN 1 40 TEE- 2 LEFT TO TEE- 3 RIGHT Ø4 X Ø6 X 130 mm POLYURETHENE TUBING 1
138 Y CONNECTOR WITH BARBS FOR 15MM ID TUBING RMEGI000117NIBN 5 39 PULSATION DAMPER OUT TO TEE- 2 BOTTOM Ø4 X Ø6 X 185mm POLYURETHENE TUBING 1
137 CRU MANIFOLD CAP2 FSPS2426 RMEOT000654NLBN 1 38 BIG KNF PUMP OUT TO PULSATION DAMPER IN Ø4 X Ø6 X 40 mm POLYURETHENE TUBING 1
136 CRU MANIFOLD CAP 1 FSPS2425 RMEOT000655NLBN 2 37 TEE-1 LEFT TO BIG KNF PUMP IN Ø4 X Ø6 X 40 mm POLYURETHENE TUBING 1
135 CRU MANIFOLD HOUSING FSPS2424 RMEOT000656NLBN 3 36 WASTE MTG. BKT NOZ.-1 TO TEE-1- RIGHT Ø4 X Ø6 X 750 mm POLYURETHENE TUBING 1
134 1/8" BSP NOZZLE FOR 2.5 ID TUBE FSPS2649 RMEOT000883NMBN 1 35 REDUCER TO WASTE MTG BRKT NOZ 3 Ø4 X Ø6 X 550 mm POLYURETHENE TUBING 1
133 PINCH VALVE FSPS2647 RMEOT000884NMBN 1 34 BIO-HAZ. PUMP OUT TO REDUCER Ø2.5 X Ø4 X 60 mm POLYURETHENE TUBING 1
132 STRAIGHT THRU REDUCTION CONNECTOR WITH BARBS 3.0mm ID TUBING RMEGI000114NIBN 1
33 REDUCCER TO BIO HAZARDOUS PUMP IN Ø2.5 X Ø4 X 1000 mm POLYURETHENE TUBING 1
131 1/8" BSPP NOZZEL FSPS2422 RMEOT000650NLBN 6

32 Y JOINT TO REDUCER Ø1.0 X Ø3.0 X 300 mm SILICON TUBING 1
130 SINGLE Y PIECE EQUAL (3140 06 00 ) FOR VACC PUMP LEGRIS MAKE RMEOT000672NICN 1 Ø1.0 X Ø3.0 X 160 mm SILICON TUBING
31 CRU PROBE-1 ASPIRATION TUBE TO Y JOINT Ø1.0 X Ø3.0 X 200 mm SILICON TUBING 1 EACH
129 SUCTION PUMP ASSY LEAPU000002NIBN 1

30 REDUCER TO CRU PROBE 1 (DISPENSING TUBE) Ø1.0 X Ø3.0 X 1400 mm SILICON TUBING 1
128 DETERGENT PUMP ELEC ASSY LEAPU000001NIAN 1

29 DETERGENT PUMP OUT TO REDUCER Ø2.5 X Ø4 X 100 mm POLYURETHENE TUBING 1
127 BIO-HAZARD WASTE PUMP ASSY LEAPU000006NIAN 1 WASTE MTG. BKT NOZZEL-2 TO DETERGENT
28 PUMP IN Ø2.5 X Ø4 X 650 mm POLYURETHENE TUBING 1
126 TEE REDUCTION CONNECTOR WITH BARBS 2.25mm AND 1.5mm ID TUBING RMEGI000116NIBN 2
27 `Y' JOINT BOTTOM TO HUB FOR WASTE (DOWN) Ø4 X Ø6 X 550 mm POLYURETHENE TUBING 1
125 STRIGHT THRU REDUCTION CONNECTOR WITH BARBS FOR 2.25 mm and 1.5mmID TUBING RMEGI000113NIBN 4 SUCTION PUMP RIGHT HEAD OUT TO `Y' JOINT
NOZZLE RIGHT
124 ELBOW CONNECTOR WITH BARBS FOR 4mm ID TUBING RMEGI000112NIBN 1 ASPIRATION MANIFOLD TO SUCTION PUMP
25 RIGHT HEAD IN Ø4 X Ø6 X 1200 mm POLYURETHENE TUBING 1
123 ORFL CKD VALVE ASSY LEAOT000084NIBN 1 SUCTION PUMP LEFT HEAD OUT TO `Y' JOINT
NOZZLE LEFT
122 WATER CKD VALVE ASSY LEAVA000004NIBN 1
23 `TEE-5' RIGHT TO SUCTION PUMP LEFT HEAD IN Ø4 X Ø6 X 400 mm POLYURETHENE TUBING 1
121 STIRRER CKD VALVE ASSY LEAVA000003NIBN 1 SUCTION AND DRIER MANIFOLD TO
22 TEE- 5 LEFT Ø4 X Ø6 X 800 mm POLYURETHENE TUBING 1
120 SPT/R2PT CKD VALVE ASSY LEAVA000003NIBN 1 WATER ASPIRATION CKD VALVE OUT TO
`TEE-5' BOTTOM
119 R1PT CKD VALVE ASSY LEAVA000001NIBN 1
20 REDUCER TO WATER ASPIRATION CKD IN Ø2.5 x Ø4 x 1000 mm POLYURETHENE TUBE 1
118 MALE STUD ELBOW (3199 04 10 ) FOR PRE. LEGRIS MAKE RMEOT000670NLAN 8 CRU DISPENSING MANIFOLD TO REDUCER
19 Ø1 x Ø3 x 150 mm SILCON TUBE 1
117 PRESSURE TANK RMEOT000881NMBN 1 REDUCER TO CRU DISPENSING MANIFOLD

FSPS2370 18 Ø2.0 X Ø4 X 200 mm SILICON TUBING 1
BOTTOM
116 SHUT-OFF VALVE (HE-2-QS-6) FESTO MAKE RMEOT000668NLAN 1
FSPSH236 17 WATER CKD OUT TO REDUCER Ø2.5 X Ø4 X 1100 mm POLYURETHENE TUBING 1
115 LAMP MOUNT RMEMOD02194NLA1 1

FSPS2194 16 REDUCER TEE TO STIRRER 2 TROUGH IN Ø1.6 X Ø3.2 X 1750 mm TYGON SILICON TUBING 1
114 NOZZLE FOR LAMP MOUNT RMEOT000894NMBN 2

FSPS2869 15 REDUCER TEE TO STIRRER 1 TROUGH IN Ø1.6 X Ø3.2 X 1700 mm TYGON SILICON TUBING 1
113 STRAIGHT THRU REDUCTION CONNECTOR WITH BARBS 4mm and 2.25 mm ID TUBING RMEGI000115NIBN 3
14 STIRRER CKD OUT TO REDUCER TEE Ø2.5 X Ø4.0 X 40 mm POLYURETHANE TUBING 1
112 PRESSURE REGULATOR FDV30KPZ RMEVA000004NIBN 1

13 R2PT/SPT CKD OUT TO R2PT TROUGH IN Ø1.6 X Ø3.2 X 1800 mm TYGON SILICON TUBING 1
MALE STUD ELBOW (3199 06 10) FOR CKD LEGRIS MAKE RMEOT000671NLAN 4
111 12 REDUCER TEE TO SPT TROUGH IN Ø1.6 X Ø3.2 X 2000 mm TYGON SILICON TUBING 1
110 DIAPHRAGM PULSATION DAMPER RMEGI000092RMBN 1

11 SPT/R2PT CKD OUT TO REDUCER TEE Ø2.5 X Ø4.0 X 40 mm POLYURETHANE TUBING 1
EXTENDED MALE STUD ELBOW (3169 06 10) FOR BIG KNF PUMP LEGRIS MAKE RMEOT000673NICN 3
109 10 REDUCER TO R1PT TROUGH IN Ø1.6 X Ø3.2 X 1900 mm TYGON SILICON TUBING 1
108 BIG KNF PUMP ASSY FSPXL546 LEAPU000003NIBN 1 9 R1PT CKD OUT TO REDUCER Ø2.5 X Ø4.0 X 40 mm POLYURETHANE TUBING 1
107 MALE STUD (3101 06 10) FOR FOR BIG KNF PUMP LEGRIS MAKE RMEOT000885NLBN 1 8 ELBOW TO WATER CKD IN Ø4 X Ø6 X 190 mm POLYURETHENE TUBING 1
106 TEE CONNECTOR WITH BARBS FOR 4mm ID TUBING - RMEGI000111NIBN 5

105 HUB FOR WASTE FSPS2284 RMEOT000862NMBN 1

6 PRES.VESSEL TO STIRRER CKD IN Ø2.5 X Ø4 X 240 mm POLYURETHENE TUBING 1
104 NOZZLE FOR ISE OUTLET FSPS2875 RMEOT000596NLCN 1 5 PRES.VESSEL TO R2PT/SPT CKD IN Ø2.5 X Ø4 X 250 mm POLYURETHENE TUBING 1
103 NOZZLE FOR DETERGENT INLET FSPS2293 RMEOTD02293NLC1 1 4 PRES.VESSEL TO R1PT CKD IN Ø2.5 X Ø4 X 310 mm POLYURETHENE TUBING 1
102 NOZZLE FOR WATER INLET FSPS2292 RMEOT000863NMBN 2 3 PRES. VESSEL TO R2PP CKD IN Ø0.8 X Ø2.4 X800 mm SILICON TYGON TUBING 1
101 WASTE MOUNTING BRACKET FSPS2025 RMEBKD02025NLB1 1 2 PRES. VESSEL TO R1PP CKD IN Ø0.8 X Ø2.4 X850 mm SILICON TYGON TUBING 1
54


-4 OUTSIDE TO BIO.HAZ. WASTE 10 LTR. CAN)
72 Ø2 X Ø4 X 1100 mm SILICON TUBING 1
DETERGENT CAN WITH COUNTER WEIGHT
20 LTR.DI WATER CAN
SILICON TUBETO BE KNOTED AT ASPIRATION
70 MANIFOLD Ø1.0 X Ø3 X 40 mm SILICON TUBING 1

66 4 EACH
Ø1.0 X Ø3.0 X 200 mm SILICON TUBING
59 RGT NOZZLE DRAIN TO TROUGH TUBING JN. Ø4 X Ø6 X 250 mm POLYURTHANE TUBING 1
58 TROUGH TUBING JN - DOWN TO Ø9.5 X Ø14 X 310 mm PVC TUBE 1 FOR XL 600
57 R2PP TOP NOZZLE TO R2PT PROBE TUBE Ø1.5 X Ø2.5 X 1100 mm TEFLON TUBE 1
155 ISE REDUCER ASSY 1 56 R1PP TOP NOZZLE TO R1PT PROBE TUBE Ø1.5 X Ø2.5 X 1500 mm TEFLON TUBE 1
154 DI WATER 20 LTR CAN 1 55 STEEL JOINT TUBE TO SPT PROBE TUBE Ø1 X Ø2 X 750 mm TEFLON TUBE 1
153 DETERGENT 10 LTR CAN WITH CAP 1 54 SPP TOP NOZZLE TO STEEL JOINT TUBE Ø1 X Ø2 X 1000 mm TEFLON TUBE 1
152 BIO HAZ 10 LTR CAN WITH CAP 1 SILICON TUBE SHOULD BE KNOTED AT
53 Ø0.8 X Ø2.4 X 40 mm SILICON TYGON TUBING 3
SYRIENGE CKD COMMON
151 WASTE 20 LTR CAN 1 52 SYRINGE CKD OUT TO SYRINGE NOZZLE IN Ø0.8 X Ø2.4 X 100 mm SILICON TYGONE TUBING 3
150 RGT ASSY 1 51 TEE 4- BOTTOM TO TEE-1 UP Ø4 X Ø6 X 90 mm POLYURETHENE TUBING 1
149 RCT ASSY 1 50 REDUCER TO TEE 4- RIGHT Ø4 X Ø6 X 30 mm POLYURETHENE TUBING 1
148 TROUGH TUBING JUNCTION 1 49 LAMP MOUNT OUT TO REDUCER Ø1.5 X Ø5 X 1250 mm TYGON R-3603 LABOROTARY TUBE 1
147 NOZZLE FOR TROUGH 5 48 Ø1.5 X Ø5 X 1350 mm TYGON R-3603 LABOROTARY TUBE 1
REDUCER TO LAMP MOUNT IN
146 TROUGH 5 47 Ø4 X Ø6 X 30 mm POLYURETHENE TUBING 1
TEE- 2 RIGHT TO REDUCER
145 R2PT PROBE ASSY 1 46 PRES.REG.OUT TO TEE 4 - LEFT Ø4 X Ø6 X 335 mm POLYURETHENE TUBING 1
144 R1PT PROBE ASSY 1 45 TEE 3- LEFT TO PRESSURE REG.IN Ø4 X Ø6 X 75 mm POLYURETHENE TUBING 1
143 SPT PROBE ASSY 1 44 Ø4 X Ø6 X250 mm POLYURETHENE TUBING 1
SHUT OFF VALVE TO BE TIED WITH CABLE TIE
142 R2PP SYRINGE ASSY 1 43 Ø4 X Ø6 X100 mm POLYURETHENE TUBING 1
PRES.VESSEL DOWN TO SHUT OFF VALVE
141 R1PP SYRINGE ASSY 1 42 Ø4 X Ø6 X350 mm POLYURETHENE TUBING 1
PRES.VESSEL OUT TO PRESSURE GAUGE
140 SPP SYRINGE ASSY 1 41 TEE 3 - BOTTOM TO PRESSURE TANK IN Ø4 X Ø6 X 35 mm POLYURETHENE TUBING 1
139 LAUNDRY ASSY (3 PROBE CONSTRUCTION) 1 40 TEE- 2 LEFT TO TEE- 3 RIGHT Ø4 X Ø6 X 130 mm POLYURETHENE TUBING 1
138 Y CONNECTOR WITH BARBS FOR 15MM ID TUBING 5 39 PULSATION DAMPER OUT TO TEE- 2 BOTTOM Ø4 X Ø6 X 185mm POLYURETHENE TUBING 1
137 CRU MANIFOLD CAP2 1 38 BIG KNF PUMP OUT TO PULSATION DAMPER IN Ø4 X Ø6 X 40 mm POLYURETHENE TUBING 1
136 CRU MANIFOLD CAP 1 2 37 TEE-1 LEFT TO BIG KNF PUMP IN Ø4 X Ø6 X 40 mm POLYURETHENE TUBING 1
135 CRU MANIFOLD HOUSING 3 36 WASTE MTG. BKT NOZ.-1 TO TEE-1- RIGHT Ø4 X Ø6 X 750 mm POLYURETHENE TUBING 1
134 1/8" BSP NOZZLE FOR 2.5 ID TUBE 1 35 REDUCER TO WASTE MTG BRKT NOZ 3 Ø4 X Ø6 X 550 mm POLYURETHENE TUBING 1
133 PINCH VALVE 1 34 BIO-HAZ. PUMP OUT TO REDUCER Ø2.5 X Ø4 X 60 mm POLYURETHENE TUBING 1
132 STRAIGHT THRU REDUCTION CONNECTOR WITH BARBS 3.0mm ID TUBING 1

33 REDUCCER TO BIO HAZARDOUS PUMP IN Ø2.5 X Ø4 X 1000 mm POLYURETHENE TUBING 1
131 1/8" BSPP NOZZEL 6

32 Y JOINT TO REDUCER Ø1.0 X Ø3.0 X 300 mm SILICON TUBING 1
130 SINGLE Y PIECE EQUAL (3140 06 00 ) FOR VACC PUMP LEGRIS MAKE 1 Ø1.0 X Ø3.0 X 160 mm SILICON TUBING
31 CRU PROBE-1 ASPIRATION TUBE TO Y JOINT 1 EACH
129 SUCTION PUMP ASSY 1
30 REDUCER TO CRU PROBE 1 (DISPENSING TUBE) Ø1.0 X Ø3.0 X 1400 mm SILICON TUBING 1
128 DETERGENT PUMP ELEC ASSY 1

29 DETERGENT PUMP OUT TO REDUCER Ø2.5 X Ø4 X 100 mm POLYURETHENE TUBING 1
127 BIO-HAZARD WASTE PUMP ASSY 1 WASTE MTG. BKT NOZZEL-2 TO DETERGENT
28 PUMP IN Ø2.5 X Ø4 X 650 mm POLYURETHENE TUBING 1
126 TEE REDUCTION CONNECTOR WITH BARBS 2.25mm AND 1.5mm ID TUBING 2
27 `Y' JOINT BOTTOM TO HUB FOR WASTE (DOWN) Ø4 X Ø6 X 550 mm POLYURETHENE TUBING 1
125 STRIGHT THRU REDUCTION CONNECTOR WITH BARBS FOR 2.25 mm and 1.5mmID TUBING 4 SUCTION PUMP RIGHT HEAD OUT TO `Y' JOINT
NOZZLE RIGHT
124 ELBOW CONNECTOR WITH BARBS FOR 4mm ID TUBING 1 ASPIRATION MANIFOLD TO SUCTION PUMP
25 RIGHT HEAD IN Ø4 X Ø6 X 1200 mm POLYURETHENE TUBING 1
123 ORFL CKD VALVE ASSY 1 SUCTION PUMP LEFT HEAD OUT TO `Y' JOINT
NOZZLE LEFT
122 WATER CKD VALVE ASSY 1
23 `TEE-5' RIGHT TO SUCTION PUMP LEFT HEAD IN Ø4 X Ø6 X 400 mm POLYURETHENE TUBING 1
121 STIRRER CKD VALVE ASSY 1 SUCTION AND DRIER MANIFOLD TO

TEE- 5 LEFT
120 SPT/R2PT CKD VALVE ASSY 1 WATER ASPIRATION CKD VALVE OUT TO
`TEE-5' BOTTOM
119 R1PT CKD VALVE ASSY 1
20 REDUCER TO WATER ASPIRATION CKD IN Ø2.5 x Ø4 x 1000 mm POLYURETHENE TUBE 1
118 MALE STUD ELBOW (3199 04 10 ) FOR PRE. LEGRIS MAKE 8 CRU DISPENSING MANIFOLD TO REDUCER
19 Ø1 x Ø3 x 150 mm SILCON TUBE 1
117 PRESSURE TANK 1 REDUCER TO CRU DISPENSING MANIFOLD

18 Ø2.0 X Ø4 X 200 mm SILICON TUBING 1
BOTTOM
116 SHUT-OFF VALVE (HE-2-QS-6) FESTO MAKE 1
17 WATER CKD OUT TO REDUCER Ø2.5 X Ø4 X 1100 mm POLYURETHENE TUBING 1
115 LAMP MOUNT 1

16 REDUCER TEE TO STIRRER 2 TROUGH IN Ø1.6 X Ø3.2 X 1750 mm TYGON SILICON TUBING 1
114 NOZZLE FOR LAMP MOUNT 2

15 REDUCER TEE TO STIRRER 1 TROUGH IN Ø1.6 X Ø3.2 X 1700 mm TYGON SILICON TUBING 1
113 STRAIGHT THRU REDUCTION CONNECTOR WITH BARBS 4mm and 2.25 mm ID TUBING 3
14 STIRRER CKD OUT TO REDUCER TEE Ø2.5 X Ø4.0 X 40 mm POLYURETHANE TUBING 1
112 PRESSURE REGULATOR FDV30KPZ 1

13 R2PT/SPT CKD OUT TO R2PT TROUGH IN Ø1.6 X Ø3.2 X 1800 mm TYGON SILICON TUBING 1
MALE STUD ELBOW (3199 06 10) FOR CKD LEGRIS MAKE 4
111 12 REDUCER TEE TO SPT TROUGH IN Ø1.6 X Ø3.2 X 2000 mm TYGON SILICON TUBING 1
110 DIAPHRAGM PULSATION DAMPER 1

11 SPT/R2PT CKD OUT TO REDUCER TEE Ø2.5 X Ø4.0 X 40 mm POLYURETHANE TUBING 1
EXTENDED MALE STUD ELBOW (3169 06 10) FOR BIG KNF PUMP LEGRIS MAKE 3
109 10 REDUCER TO R1PT TROUGH IN Ø1.6 X Ø3.2 X 1900 mm TYGON SILICON TUBING 1
108 BIG KNF PUMP ASSY 1 9 R1PT CKD OUT TO REDUCER Ø2.5 X Ø4.0 X 40 mm POLYURETHANE TUBING 1
107 MALE STUD (3101 06 10) FOR FOR BIG KNF PUMP LEGRIS MAKE 1 8 ELBOW TO WATER CKD IN Ø4 X Ø6 X 190 mm POLYURETHENE TUBING 1
106 TEE CONNECTOR WITH BARBS FOR 4mm ID TUBING 5

105 HUB FOR WASTE 1

6 PRES.VESSEL TO STIRRER CKD IN Ø2.5 X Ø4 X 240 mm POLYURETHENE TUBING 1
104 NOZZLE FOR ISE OUTLET 1 5 PRES.VESSEL TO R2PT/SPT CKD IN Ø2.5 X Ø4 X 250 mm POLYURETHENE TUBING 1
103 NOZZLE FOR DETERGENT INLET 1 4 PRES.VESSEL TO R1PT CKD IN Ø2.5 X Ø4 X 310 mm POLYURETHENE TUBING 1
102 NOZZLE FOR WATER INLET 2 3 PRES. VESSEL TO R2PP CKD IN Ø0.8 X Ø2.4 X800 mm SILICON TYGON TUBING 1
101 WASTE MOUNTING BRACKET 1 2 PRES. VESSEL TO R1PP CKD IN Ø0.8 X Ø2.4 X850 mm SILICON TYGON TUBING 1
STEEL JOINT TUBE TO SPT PROBE TUBE
55
STEEL JOINT TUBE(FSPS2802) (Ø1xØ2x750LG) TEFLON TUBE
SPP TOP NOZ. TO STEEL JOINT TUBE R1PP TOP NOZ. TO R1PT PROBE TUBE
54 56
(Ø1xØ2x1000LG) TEFLON TUBE (Ø1.5xØ2.5x1500LG) TEFLON TUBE
140
141 142
SILICON TYGON TUBE TO BE KNOTTED (Ø1.0xØ3.0x160LG - 1 NO)
138 68 SILICON TUBE-04 NOS.
53 AT SYRINGE CKD COMMON. (Ø1.0xØ3.0x200LG - 1 NO) (Ø1.0 x Ø3.0 x 280LG)
Y CONNECTOR
(Ø0.8xØ2.4x 40MM LG) 31 SILICON TUBE
138
57 R2PP TOP NOZ. TO R2PT PROBE TUBE
136 (Ø1.5xØ2.5x1100LG) TEFLON TUBE
(Ø1.0xØ3.0x200 LG.-4 NOS)
(Ø1.0xØ3.0x160 LG.- 4 NOS) 66 CRU DISPENSING MANIFOLD
SILICON TUBE WITH BLUE STICKER
(Ø1.0xØ3.0x300LG)
(Ø0.8xØ2.4x100LG) (3 NOS.) 135 32 SILICON TUBE
52
100 µl 500 µl 500 µl SILICON TYGON TUBE
SYRINGE SYRINGE SYRINGE 159
AA45000 AA33002 AA33002 ( Ø1.0xØ3.0x160 LG.-4 NOS.)
SILICON TUBE 67
134
139 125 143 144 145
159 LAUNDRY ASSY.
AS
136 (Ø2.0xØ4.0x 200LG)
PIR
SPP SYRINGE ASSY. R1PP SYRINGE AS SY. R2PP SYRINGE ASSY. 18
SILICON TUBE
AT
IO
N
135 133 71 WASTE MTG. BKT. TO 20 LTR.
TU
CRU ASPIRATION MANIFOLD WATER CAN (Ø4xØ6x1000LG)
BE
WITH RED STICKER SPT PROBE ASSY. R1PT PROBE ASSY. R2PT PROBE ASSY.
S
107
SUCTION PROBE
Ø4xØ6x1200LG 25 DRIER PROBE LE 107
(POLYURETHENE TUBE) FT
(Ø1.0 x Ø3 x 1400LG 30 WASTE MTG. BKT.

(Ø1.0xØ3.0x310 LG.) RIG Ø2.5xØ4x1000LG 72 WASTE MTG. BKT. TO 10 LTR.
SILICON TUBE 69 (SILICON TUBE) 33
TO ISE OUTLET
IN HT DETERGENT CAN
POLYURETHENE TUBE Ø4XØ6X650 LG
2 NOS.
WASTE MTG. BKT. TO (Ø2xØ4x800LG TYGON TUBE)
23 POLYURETHANE TUBE
159 IN 10 LTR. BIO HAZ. CAN
T
137 (Ø4xØ6x400LG)
OU
T OU ( Ø4 x Ø6 x 650LG)
74
TEE-5 106 (Ø2.5 x Ø4 x 100LG)
POLYURETHENE TUBE POLYURETHENE TUBE
POLYURETHENE TUBE WASTE MTG. BKT.
PRESSURE GAUGE 135
24 TO 20 LTR. WASTE CAN 73
FSPS2536 29
HT (Ø4xØ6x350LG) 129 SUCTION PUMP ( Ø12xØ18x500LG)
POLYURETHENE TUBE FT 75
SUCTION & DRIER MANIFOLD POLYURETHENE TUBE FT
WITH YELLOW STICKER 22 LE
BO
TT 130 RIG
107 OM HT
BO
Ø4xØ6x350LG 42 TT C
OM LE (Ø4xØ6x550LG)
P E C)
(POLYURETHENE TUBE) 26
UM 7 D (POLYURETHENE TUBE)
T P P-2
125
(Ø4xØ6x250LG)
EN 0 K 35
10 RG -3
TE (NF
POLYURETHENE OUT
DE SY.
PO Ø TUBE
LY 4xØ HUB FOR
AS
117 TO R1PT TROUGH IN TO R2PT TROUGH IN UR 6 105
(Ø1.6xØ3.2x1900LG) (Ø1.6xØ3.2x1800LG) TO ET x550 125 WASTE R2PT TROUGH
(Ø SP HE L 128
TYGON SILICON TUBE TYGON SILICON TUBE TY 1.6 T TR NE G IN R1PT TROUGH
TE
PRESSURE GAUGE GO xØ O TU 27 127 3 FROM R1PT CKD VALVE WITH
N 3.2x2 UG BE AS
CONNECTION NOZ. 13 SIL 0 H IN W TYGON SILICON TUBE 146
RD SY DC
ICO 00L 4 103
ZA P AS 0KP
119 NT G) (Ø1.6xØ3.2x1900LG) 10'
2
HA
UB
3
O PUM P NF
E 12 1
R1PT (Ø
17 2.5 BI 102
IN CKD VALVE 9 UM
FP
PO x
TO LY Ø4 x
IN (Ø2.5xØ4x40LG) (Ø ST UR 8 KN FROM R2PT/SPT CKD
TY 1.6xØ IR ET 00LG IN WASTE MTG. 146 VALVE DOWN WITH
147
OUT 118
POLYURETAHNE TUBE GO 3RER HE ) 101
N S .2x1 (2 NE OUT 113 BRACKET TYGON SILICON TUBE
16 ILIC 75 ) TR TU
OUT 126 ON 0LG OU BE (Ø1.6xØ3.2x2000LG)
TU ) GH 104 SPT TROUGH
(Ø2.5xØ4x40LG) 11 BE IN 12'
118
POLYURETAHNE TUBE 157 (Ø2.5
PO x
158 LY Ø4 x2 (Ø7xØ10x210LG) 62
UR
PRESSURE TANK
118
(Ø2.5xØ4x40LG) ET 60LG FROM R1PT TROUGH
4 IN HE )
REFER DRG. NO. POLYURETAHNE TUBE NE (PVC TYGONE SILICON TUBE)
(Ø2.5 x Ø4 x 310LG) 15 TU 78
XLAD-141 14 BE 13'
(POLYURETHENE TUBE) OUT TO STIRRER (1) TROUGH IN
(Ø1.6xØ3.2x1700LG) ISE REDUCER. TO WASTE MTG. BKT. 147
120 118 121 TYGON SILICON TUBE FROM R2PT/SPT CKD
NOZ 4 (Ø2.5 x Ø4 x 600)
STIRRER VALVE UP WITH
SPT/R2PT POLYURETHENE TUBE
CKD VALVE CKD VALVE (Ø7xØ10x210LG) 64 TYGON SILICON TUBE
IN 122 28 FROM STIRRER 1 (Ø1.6xØ3.2x1800LG)
2 5 (Ø2.5xØ4x650LG) 146
TROUGH (PVC TYGONE TUBE)
118 WATER ORFL POLYURETHENE TUBE STIRRER 1
R1PP-CKD-COM. (Ø2.5 x Ø4 x 250LG)
OUT CKD VALVE CKD VALVE TROUGH
(Ø0.8 x Ø2.4 x 850LG) 6 POLYURETHENE TUBE 118
(SILICON TYGON (Ø2.5xØ4x60LG) 34
123 (Ø7xØ10x200LG)
TUBE) (Ø2.5 x Ø4 x 240LG) 21 (Ø4 x Ø6 x 60LG) POLYURETHENE TUBE
IN FROM R2PT TROUGH
POLYURETHENE TUBE (PVC TYGONE TUBE)
OUT POLYURETHENE TUBE 63
111 118 SPT TROUGH TO
WASTE TUBING JN. 61 147
7 (Ø4 x Ø6 x 140LG) 118 (Ø7xØ10x300LG)
IN MALE STUD ELBOW (3199 06 10)
FOR CKD VALVE
43
(Ø4 x Ø6 x 100LG) OUT 111 STIRRER 2
ELBOW
POLYURETHENE TUBE 124 LAMP MOUNT TROUGH
8 (Ø4xØ6x190LG) POLYURETHENE TUBE 115
FSPS2194
1 15' 146
3 20
FROM STIRRER CKD VALVE UP WITH
SPP-CKD-COM. (Ø4 x Ø6 x 250LG) (Ø2.5 x Ø4 x 130LG)
R2PP-CKD-COM. 44 POLYURETHENE TUBE & TYGON SILICON TUBE (Ø1.6xØ3.2x1700LG)
(Ø0.8 x Ø2.4 x 900LG) POLYURETHENE TUBE
(SILICON TYGON TUBE) (Ø0.8 x Ø2.4 x 800LG) 116 TIGHT WITH CABLE TIE 147
(SILICON TYGON TUBE) 106 76
SHUT OFF VALVE 113
FSPSH236 IN TEFLON TUBE
(Ø7xØ10x260LG) 65
LEFT WITH FLANGE
RIGHT FROM STIRRER 2
OUT FSPS2815
(Ø1XØ2X500LG.) TROUGH (PVC TYGONE TUBE)
TEE-4
BOTTOM
OUT 46 (Ø4xØ6x335LG)
PRESSURE 106 POLYURETHENE TUBE
111 106 (Ø4xØ6x30LG)
REGULATOR 113 50
POLYURETHENE TUBE 49 (Ø1.5xØ5x1250LG)
IN TYGON R-3603 LABOROTARY TUBE
112
BOTTOM
TEE-3
BOTTOM
TEE-2 16'
48 (Ø1.5xØ5x1350LG) 114 NOZZLE FOR LAMP MOUNT
(Ø4xØ6x30LG) FROM STIRRER CKD
47 TYGON R-3603 LABOROTARY TUBE FSPS2869
POLYURETHENE TUBE (Ø4xØ6x90LG) VALVE DOWN WITH
107 51
POLYURETHENE TUBE TYGON SILICON TUBE
(Ø1.6xØ3.2x1750LG)
109 UP ISE CAL. BOTTAL
(Ø4xØ6x750LG)
36 TROUGH TUBING
TEE-1 POLYURETHENE TUBE 148
40 IN JUNCTION
(Ø4xØ6x35LG) 41 (Ø4xØ6x130LG) OUT
(Ø4xØ6x75LG) 45 POLYURETHENE TUBE 156 RIGHT 155 ISE REDUCER ASSY
POLYURETHENE TUBE LEFT
POLYURETHENE TUBE ISE PUMP TO ISE REDUCER
108 58
TYGON TUBE WITH ISE KIT 77
(Ø1XØ2X120LG.) TROUGH TUBING JN TO DELRIN HUB
Ø9.5x Ø14 MM (PVC TUBE)
BIG KNF 106
FOR XL-600 = 310 MM LG.
SUCTION PUMP
FOR XL-300 = 280 MM LG.
39 (FSPXL546)
(Ø4xØ6x185LG) DIAPHRAGM
POLYURETHENE TUBE OUT PULSATION DAMPER IN (Ø4xØ6x40LG) WASTE PUMP ISE UNIT CAL. PUMP
FPD1.10 37 POLYURETHENE TUBE
(.......................................)
60
(Ø4xØ6x40LG) TYGON TUBE WITH ISE KIT
38 POLYURETHENE TUBE (Ø4xØ6x250LG) 59
( AVAILABLE IN ISE KIT ) FROM RCT NOZ.
110 (TYGON SILICON TUBE) FROM RGT NOZ. TO
WASTE TUBING JN.
20 LTR. CAN ASSY. Ø4xØ6x250LG
(POLYURTHANE TUBE)
FOR DI WATER
(FSPXL623) 154
150
20 LTR. CAN ASSY. 149 RCT ASSY.
RGT ASSY.
FOR WASTE
10 LTR. CAN ASSY. FOR 10 LTR. CAN ASSY. FOR (FSPXL624)
151
CLEANING SOLUTION BIO-HAZARDOUS WASTE
(FSPXL626) (FSPXL625)
152
153
E
ST
WA
G
NIN
EA .
CL OLN
S
HYDRAULIC TUBING DIAGRAM (XL-600/300)

WASTE STICKER FOR

75 Ø12 X Ø18 X 500 mm SILICONE TUBE 1
( WASTE MTG.BKT. TO 20 LTR.WASTE CAN )
-4 OUTSIDE TO BIO.HAZ. WASTE 10 LTR. CAN)
72 Ø2 X Ø4 X 800 mm SILICON TUBING 1
HYDRAULIC TUBING DESCRIPTION XL-600/300 71

DETERGENT CAN WITH COUNTER WEIGHT
WASTE MTG.BKT. NOZ.-1 OUTSIDE TO
20 LTR.DI WATER CAN
SILICON TUBETO BE KNOTED AT ASPIRATION
Ø4 X Ø6 X 1000 mm POLYURETHENE TUBING 1
70 MANIFOLD Ø1.0 X Ø3 X 40 mm SILICON TUBING 1


66 4 EACH
159 M5x0.8 THREAD WITH 1/4" HEX TO 200 SERIES BARB, 1/16" (1.5MM) ID TUBING 10 59 RGT NOZZLE DRAIN TO TROUGH TUBING JN. Ø4 X Ø6 X 250 mm POLYURTHANE TUBING 1
158 TEE CONNECTOR WITH CLASSIC SERIES BARBS, 3/32"(2.25MM) ID TUBING 1 58 TROUGH TUBING JN - DOWN TO Ø9.5 X Ø14 X 310 mm PVC TUBE 1 FOR XL 600
157 TEE CONNECTOR WITH CLASSIC SERIES BARBS TO WATER CKD OUT Ø2.5 X Ø4 X 260 mm POLYURETHENE TUBING 1 57 R2PP TOP NOZZLE TO R2PT PROBE TUBE Ø1.5 X Ø2.5 X 1100 mm TEFLON TUBE 1
156 MALE STUD ELBOW (3199 06 17) FOR PULSATION DAMPER 2 56 R1PP TOP NOZZLE TO R1PT PROBE TUBE Ø1.5 X Ø2.5 X 1500 mm TEFLON TUBE 1
155 ISE REDUCER ASSY 1 55 STEEL JOINT TUBE TO SPT PROBE TUBE Ø1 X Ø2 X 750 mm TEFLON TUBE 1
154 20 LTR. CAN ASSY. FOR DI WATER 1 54 SPP TOP NOZZLE TO STEEL JOINT TUBE Ø1 X Ø2 X 1000 mm TEFLON TUBE 1
153 10 LTR. CAN ASSY. FOR CLEANING SOLUTION 1 SILICON TUBE SHOULD BE KNOTED AT
53 Ø0.8 X Ø2.4 X 40 mm SILICON TYGON TUBING 3
SYRIENGE CKD COMMON
152 10 LTR. CAN ASSY. FOR BIO-HAZARDOUS WASTE 1 52 SYRINGE CKD OUT TO SYRINGE NOZZLE IN Ø0.8 X Ø2.4 X 100 mm SILICON TYGONE TUBING 3
151 20 LTR. CAN ASSY. FOR WASTE 1 51 TEE 4- BOTTOM TO TEE-1 UP Ø4 X Ø6 X 90 mm POLYURETHENE TUBING 1
150 RGT ASSY 1 50 REDUCER TO TEE 4- RIGHT Ø4 X Ø6 X 30 mm POLYURETHENE TUBING 1
149 RCT ASSY 1 49 LAMP MOUNT OUT TO REDUCER Ø1.5 X Ø5 X 1250 mm TYGON R-3603 LABOROTARY TUBE 1
148 TROUGH TUBING JUNCTION 1 48 REDUCER TO LAMP MOUNT IN Ø1.5 X Ø5 X 1350 mm TYGON R-3603 LABOROTARY TUBE 1
147 NOZZLE FOR TROUGH 5 47 TEE- 2 RIGHT TO REDUCER Ø4 X Ø6 X 30 mm POLYURETHENE TUBING 1
146 TROUGH 5 46 PRES.REG.OUT TO TEE 4 - LEFT Ø4 X Ø6 X 335 mm POLYURETHENE TUBING 1
145 R2PT PROBE ASSY 1 45 TEE 3- LEFT TO PRESSURE REG.IN Ø4 X Ø6 X 75 mm POLYURETHENE TUBING 1
144 R1PT PROBE ASSY 1 44 SHUT OFF VALVE TO BE TIED WITH CABLE TIE Ø4 X Ø6 X250 mm POLYURETHENE TUBING 1
143 SPT PROBE ASSY 1 43 PRES.VESSEL DOWN TO SHUT OFF VALVE Ø4 X Ø6 X100 mm POLYURETHENE TUBING 1
142 R2PP SYRINGE ASSY 1 42 PRES.VESSEL OUT TO PRESSURE GAUGE Ø4 X Ø6 X350 mm POLYURETHENE TUBING 1
141 R1PP SYRINGE ASSY 1 41 TEE 3 - BOTTOM TO PRESSURE TANK IN Ø4 X Ø6 X 35 mm POLYURETHENE TUBING 1
140 SPP SYRINGE ASSY 1 40 TEE- 2 LEFT TO TEE- 3 RIGHT Ø4 X Ø6 X 130 mm POLYURETHENE TUBING 1
139 LAUNDRY ASSY (3 PROBE CONSTRUCTION) 1 39 PULSATION DAMPER OUT TO TEE- 2 BOTTOM Ø4 X Ø6 X 185mm POLYURETHENE TUBING 1
138 Y CONNECTOR WITH BARBS FOR 15MM ID TUBING 5 38 BIG KNF PUMP OUT TO PULSATION DAMPER IN Ø4 X Ø6 X 40 mm POLYURETHENE TUBING 1
137 CRU MANIFOLD CAP2 1 37 TEE-1 LEFT TO BIG KNF PUMP IN Ø4 X Ø6 X 40 mm POLYURETHENE TUBING 1
136 CRU MANIFOLD CAP 1 2 36 WASTE MTG. BKT NOZ.-1 TO TEE-1- RIGHT Ø4 X Ø6 X 750 mm POLYURETHENE TUBING 1
135 CRU MANIFOLD HOUSING 3 35 REDUCER TO WASTE MTG BRKT NOZ 3 Ø4 X Ø6 X 550 mm POLYURETHENE TUBING 1
134 1/8" BSP NOZZLE FOR 2.5 ID TUBE 1 34 BIO-HAZ. PUMP OUT TO REDUCER Ø2.5 X Ø4 X 60 mm POLYURETHENE TUBING 1
133 PINCH VALVE 1 33 REDUCCER TO BIO HAZARDOUS PUMP IN Ø2.5 X Ø4 X 1000 mm POLYURETHENE TUBING 1
132 STRAIGHT THRU REDUCTION CONNECTOR WITH BARBS 3.0mm ID TUBING 1 32 Ø1.0 X Ø3.0 X 300 mm SILICON TUBING 1
Y JOINT TO REDUCER
6 Ø1.0 X Ø3.0 X 160 mm SILICON TUBING
131 1/8" BSPP NOZZEL 31 CRU PROBE-1 ASPIRATION TUBE TO Y JOINT 1 EACH
130 SINGLE Y PIECE EQUAL (3140 06 00 ) FOR VACC PUMP LEGRIS MAKE 1 30 REDUCER TO CRU PROBE 1 (DISPENSING TUBE) Ø1.0 X Ø3.0 X 1400 mm SILICON TUBING 1
129 SUCTION PUMP ASSY 1 29 DETERGENT PUMP OUT TO REDUCER Ø2.5 X Ø4 X 100 mm POLYURETHENE TUBING 1
DETERGENT PUMP ELEC ASSY 1 WASTE MTG. BKT NOZZEL-2 TO DETERGENT

128 28 PUMP IN Ø2.5 X Ø4 X 650 mm POLYURETHENE TUBING 1
127 BIO-HAZARD WASTE PUMP ASSY 1 27 `Y' JOINT BOTTOM TO HUB FOR WASTE (DOWN) Ø4 X Ø6 X 550 mm POLYURETHENE TUBING 1
TEE REDUCTION CONNECTOR WITH BARBS 2.25mm AND 1.5mm ID TUBING 2 SUCTION PUMP RIGHT HEAD OUT TO `Y' JOINT
126 26 Ø4 X Ø6 X 250 mm POLYURETHENE TUBING 1
NOZZLE RIGHT
STRIGHT THRU REDUCTION CONNECTOR WITH BARBS FOR 2.25 mm and 1.5mmID TUBING 3 ASPIRATION MANIFOLD TO SUCTION PUMP
RIGHT HEAD IN
ELBOW CONNECTOR WITH BARBS FOR 4mm ID TUBING 1 SUCTION PUMP LEFT HEAD OUT TO `Y' JOINT
NOZZLE LEFT
123 ORFL CKD VALVE ASSY 1 23 `TEE-5' RIGHT TO SUCTION PUMP LEFT HEAD IN Ø4 X Ø6 X 400 mm POLYURETHENE TUBING 1
1 SUCTION AND DRIER MANIFOLD TO

122 WATER CKD VALVE ASSY 22 Ø4 X Ø6 X 800 mm POLYURETHENE TUBING 1
TEE- 5 LEFT
1 WATER ASPIRATION CKD VALVE OUT TO
121 STIRRER CKD VALVE ASSY 21 Ø4 X Ø6 X 60 mm POLYURETHENE TUBING 1
`TEE-5' BOTTOM
120 SPT/R2PT CKD VALVE ASSY 1 20 TEE CONNECTOR WITH CLASSIC SERIES BARBS TO 5th CKD IN Ø2.5 x Ø4 x 130 mm POLYURETHENE TUBE 1
119 R1PT CKD VALVE ASSY 1 19 CRU DISPENSING MANIFOLD TO REDUCER Ø1 x Ø3 x 150 mm SILCON TUBE 1
118 MALE STUD ELBOW (3199 04 10 ) FOR PRE. LEGRIS MAKE 8 18 REDUCER TO CRU DISPENSING MANIFOLD Ø2.0 X Ø4 X 200 mm SILICON TUBING 1
BOTTOM
117 PRESSURE TANK 1 17 REDUCER TO TEE CONNECTOR WITH CLASSIC SERIES BARBS Ø2.5 X Ø4 X 800 mm POLYURETHENE TUBING 1
116 SHUT-OFF VALVE (HE-2-QS-6) FESTO MAKE 1 16 REDUCER TEE TO STIRRER 2 TROUGH IN Ø1.6 X Ø3.2 X 1750 mm TYGON SILICON TUBING 1
115 LAMP MOUNT 1 15 REDUCER TEE TO STIRRER 1 TROUGH IN Ø1.6 X Ø3.2 X 1700 mm TYGON SILICON TUBING 1
114 NOZZLE FOR LAMP MOUNT 2 14 STIRRER CKD OUT TO REDUCER TEE Ø2.5 X Ø4.0 X 40 mm POLYURETHANE TUBING 1
113 STRAIGHT THRU REDUCTION CONNECTOR WITH BARBS 4mm and 2.25 mm ID TUBING 3 13 R2PT/SPT CKD OUT TO R2PT TROUGH IN Ø1.6 X Ø3.2 X 1800 mm TYGON SILICON TUBING 1
112
PRESSURE REGULATOR FDV30KPZ 1 12 REDUCER TEE TO SPT TROUGH IN Ø1.6 X Ø3.2 X 2000 mm TYGON SILICON TUBING 1
111 MALE STUD ELBOW (3199 06 10) FOR CKD LEGRIS MAKE 4 11 SPT/R2PT CKD OUT TO REDUCER TEE Ø2.5 X Ø4.0 X 40 mm POLYURETHANE TUBING 1
110 DIAPHRAGM PULSATION DAMPER FPD1.10 1 10 REDUCER TO R1PT TROUGH IN Ø1.6 X Ø3.2 X 1900 mm TYGON SILICON TUBING 1
109 EXTENDED MALE STUD ELBOW (3169 06 10) FOR BIG KNF PUMP LEGRIS MAKE 1 9 R1PT CKD OUT TO REDUCER Ø2.5 X Ø4.0 X 40 mm POLYURETHANE TUBING 1
108 BIG KNF PUMP ASSY 1 8 ELBOW TO WATER CKD IN Ø4 X Ø6 X 190 mm POLYURETHENE TUBING 1
107 MALE STUD (3101 06 10) FOR BIG KNF PUMP LEGRIS MAKE 7 7 PRES.VESSEL TO ELBOW Ø4 X Ø6 X 140 mm POLYURETHENE TUBING 1
106 TEE CONNECTOR WITH BARBS FOR 4mm ID TUBING 5 6 PRES.VESSEL TO STIRRER CKD IN Ø2.5 X Ø4 X 240 mm POLYURETHENE TUBING 1
105 HUB FOR WASTE 1 5 PRES.VESSEL TO R2PT/SPT CKD IN Ø2.5 X Ø4 X 250 mm POLYURETHENE TUBING 1
104 NOZZLE FOR ISE OUTLET 1 4 PRES.VESSEL TO R1PT CKD IN Ø2.5 X Ø4 X 310 mm POLYURETHENE TUBING 1
103 NOZZLE FOR DETERGENT INLET 1 3 PRES. VESSEL TO R2PP CKD IN Ø0.8 X Ø2.4 X800 mm SILICON TYGON TUBING 1
102 NOZZLE FOR WATER INLET 2 2 PRES. VESSEL TO R1PP CKD IN Ø0.8 X Ø2.4 X850 mm SILICON TYGON TUBING 1
101 WASTE MOUNTING BRACKET 1 1 PRES. VESSEL TO SPP CKD IN Ø0.8 X Ø2.4 X900 mm SILICON TYGON TUBING 1
10.3 CUVETTE RINSING UNIT:
The CRU consists of a seven stage laundry as shown in Fig. 10.2. the first stage, consist of
three probes, the l two probes are used to aspirates the Bio hazardous waste from the
cuvette and the third probe dispenses detergent into the cuvette. The next four stages having
three probes each, two probes are used to aspirates the waste from cuvette, and the third
probe dispenses deionized water.
The sixth probe only aspirates the water that was dispensed in the fifth stage, and the
seventh stage is for drying the bottom of the cuvettes.
Note : in the new vwesion laundry, all probes are spring loaded, and they go right down and
slightly touch the cuvette bottom.
Aspirat Drier
Probe Probe Probe 3 Probe Probe e Probe
Figure: 10.2
PINCH VALVE
ELECTRONIC CALIBRATION, ADJUSTMENT & VERIFICATION PROCEDURE
11
11. Electronic calibration adjustments and verification
procedure
11.1 TEMPERATURE CALIBRATION AND VERIFICATION PROCEDURE PROCEDURE

11.2 PRESSURE SENSOR CALIBRATION AND VERIFICATION PROCEDURE
11.3 ADC PCB TESTING PROCEDURE
11.4 ROBO PCB TESTING PROCEDURE
11.5 OPTO PCB TESTING PROCEDURE
11.6 STEP ARM PCB TESTING PROCEDURE
11.7 STEP TRAY PCB TESTING PROCEDURE
11.8 CHECK LIST FOR CHECKING AC DRIVE PCB
11.9 TESTING OF DC DRIVE PCB
11.10 LAMP POWER SUPPLY ADJUSTMENT AND VERIFICATION PROCEDURE.
11.11 TESTING OF ISO PCB
11.12 TESTING OF BARCODE POWER SUPPLY PCB (BRPS)
11.13 ISE POWER SUPPLY VERIFICATION.
11.14 LIQUID LEVEL SENSING PCB ADJUSTMENT AND VERIFICATION PROCEDURE.
11.15 LOAD CELL PCB ADJUSTMENT AND VERIFICATION PROCEDURE.
11.16 TESTING OF BACK PLAIN (BKPL) PCB
Electronic Calibration
& Adjustment
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 Page No. 11 - 1

11.1 ADC PCB TEMPERATURE CALIBRATION AND VERIFICATION PROCEDURE
OLD ADC PCB TEMPERATURE CALIBRATION AND VERIFICATION PROCEDURE
S.No ACTION OBSERVATIONS

Procedure for setting RCT temperature:
1 Select the switch on Jig at position # 1 . “Temperature of Reaction Tray” should show
Adjust pot P33 such that approx. 33.05
+/- 0.1 deg.C on display.
2 Select the switch on Jig at position # 2 and “Temperature of Reaction Tray” should be
adjust the display on the PC with the help of adjusted to read approx. 37.0
P34 +/- 0.1 deg.C
3 Repeat step no. 1 and 2 till both the temp. Recorded display temp. with switch 1 …………..
display’s match with respective selection Recorded display temp. with switch 2 …………..
switch within +/- 0.10 degree.
4 Select the switch on Jig at position # 2 and Voltage should be adjusted to 1.50V +/- 0.01 DC.
adjust voltage on Pin 7 of U37 with the help Adjust P38 such that frequency measured on Pin
of P37. 3 of U37 is 1.5 KHz.
Procedure for setting RGT temperature:

5 Select the switch on Jig at position # 3 & “Temperature of Reagent Tray” should be
adjust pot P35 such that. displayed approx. 15 +/- 0.1 deg.C.
6 Select the switch on Jig at position # 4 and “Temperature of Reagent Tray” should be
adjust the display on the PC with the help of displayed approx. 6.0 +/- 0.1 deg.C .
P36
7 Repeat step no. 5 and 6. till both the temp. Recorded display temp. with switch 4 …………..
& Adjustment
display’s match with respective selection Recorded display temp. with switch 5 …………..
switch within +/- 0.10 degree.
8 Switch OFF the instrument & disconnect all ___

the connections of assembly from proto.
9 Connect the ADC thru’ Extension board and

extension cables
10 Carry out “Auto span” and note down the
gain’s against respective channels.
11 Pour 330 Ul of DI water in cuvette no. 5 , 25 Record the actual temp into cuvette every 10
& 45. Insert temp. sensors into those min. for 1 hour. Record ambient and display
th
cuvettes. Fix 4 sensor by masking tape on temp. in application software window for RGT
the side wall of RGT stationary drum. and RCT.
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 Page No. 11 - 2

12 Calculate the difference between 37 deg. C If the actual cuvette temp is less than 37 deg. C.
and average of actual temp. into cuvette . then decrease the set-point voltage at pin no.7 of
U37 by P37 pot and viceversa.
NOTE: To achieve increase or decrease of
RCT temp. by 1 deg. C it required to decrease
or increase set point voltage by 0.05 V
respectively.
13 Record the actual temp into cuvette every Ensure that the RGT temp. display and actual
10 min. for 1 hour. Record ambient and temp. displayed externally matches with each
display temp. in application software other . If required set pot P36 to match this
window for RCT and RGT. criteria.
14 Switch OFF the supply to the machine &
remove the Extension board & ext.cables.
15 Plug in the ADC and insert all 9 pin
connectors & tighten all screws.
16 Switch On the machine and once again run
AUTO SPAN.
17 Record the actual temp into cuvette every
10 min. for 2 hours. Record ambient and
display temp. in application software
window.
& Adjustment
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 Page No. 11 - 3

NEW ADC PCB TEMPERATURE CALIBRATION AND VERIFICATION PROCEDURE
ITEMS REQUIRED : (Digital temp. indicator with PT100

sensor’s 4 nos.), Extension PCB, Extension cable harness, 41/2 digit multimeter with a frequency
measurement option.
S.N ACTION OBSERVATIONS

o
1 Connect ADC PCB under test using ------
extension PCB and Open fuse F2.
2 Connect the connector of the “XL- ------
600 RCT Temperature calibration”
jig to CN1 connector on the card
under test.
3 Connect the connector of the “XL- ------
600 Offset calibration” jig to CN2
connector on the card under test.
4 Connect the connector CN4 i.e. ------
communication cable from nalyser
and Switch ON the Proto / nalyser
& Computer.
5 In XL software go to “SERVICE Message window should show “Communication OK”
CHECK > PC COMMUNICATION. after a pause.
Click on Check Communication
6 From main menu go to SERVICE Ensure the gain value displayed in the text field against
CHECK > PHOTOMETER. Click on GAIN label is between 100 to 120 . If required enter
the radio button against MANUAL gain manually in the field .
SPAN SET label. Select 340nm for Click on START button.

standard adjustment.
& Adjustment
7 Measure voltage between Pin 6 of Adjust P2 till Multi-meter displays voltage +/- 0.0000.
U20 and test point AGND .
8 Measure voltage between Pin 6 of Adjust P3 till Multi-meter displays voltage +/- 0.0000
U22 and test point AGND.
9 Measure voltage between Pin 6 of Adjust P4 till Multi-meter displays voltage +/- 0.0000
U23 and test point AGND.
10 From main menu go to SERVICE Ensure the gain value displayed in the text field against
CHECK > PHOTOMETER. Click on GAIN label is between 100 to 120 . If required enter
the radio button against MANUAL gain manually in the field .
SPAN SET label. Select 376nm form Click on START button.
the wavelength list.
11 Measure the voltage at pin no. 6 of U23 =…………….
Record the voltage measured on display =…………….
12 From main menu go to “SERVICE

CHECK > TEMPERATURE
Procedure for setting RCT temperature:
13 Select the switch on Jig at position “Temperature of Reaction Tray” should show 33.05 +/-
# 1. Adjust the display on the PC 0.05 deg. C. on display.
with the help of P6 pot.
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 Page No. 11 - 4

Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 Page No. 11 - 5

ELECTRICAL ADJUSTMENTS AND VERIFICATION PROCEDURE
12
12. Electrical Adjustments And Verification Procedure
12.1 AC VOLTAGE VERIFICATION PROCEDURE.
Electrical Adjustments
& Verification
Ref: XL6 VER 31/12/04 Page No. 12 - 1

12.1 AC VOLTAGE VERIFICATION PROCEDURE
CHECK CONNECTOR EXPECTED

VOLTAGE
TX1 – PRIMARY VOL. 220 V AC
Secondary -
230 V TX1CN1-PINS1&2 220 V to 240 V
105 V TX1CN2-PINS1&2 95 V to 105 V
40 V TX1CN2-PINS3&4 38 V to 42 V
12 V TX1CN3-PINS1&2 11.5 to 12.5 V

Secondary -
18 V TX2CN1PINS7&8 17 V to 19 V
8V TX2CN2-PINS1&2 7 V to 9 V
8V TX2CN2-PINS3&4 7 V to 9 V
26.4 V TX2CN2-PINS5&6 23 V to 25 V

Secondary – 12 V ISE TXCN1- 1&2 11 V to 13 V
FULL WAVE RECTIFIER O/P 30 V to 35 V DC

& Verification
Ref: XL6 VER 31/12/04 Page No. 12 - 2

ELECTRICAL ADJUSTMENTS AND VERIFICATION PROCEDURE
CHECK TEST POINT EXPECTED

VOLTAGE
AC input switch/fuse/noise filter Switch terminal 220 V AC
unit.(on rear side)
RGT cooling fan Fan terminals 220 V AC
24V SMPS SMPS mains terminals 220 V AC
SMPS output terminals 24 V DC
ISE Tx. (TX3) Primary terminals 220 V AC
Secondary terminals 12 V AC
ON / OFF switch Switch terminal 220 V AC
R620 (TX1) Transformer Primary terminals 220 V AC
R320 (TX2) Transformer Primary terminals 220 V AC
Lamp PS cooling fan Fan terminals 220 V AC
FUSES:
F8 – 6 A 24 V TO MOTORS (TX2) 26.4 V AC
F12 – 250 mA PRIMARY OF ISE TRANSFORMER (TX3) 220 V AC
F13 – 1.6 A REAGENT COOLING SECTION 220 V AC
F14 – 3.15 A Slow Blow PRIMARY OF MAINS TX1 220 V AC
F16 – 1.6 A 5 V SMPS 220 V AC
& Verification
AC DRIVE PCB
Heater, CKD valves & V AC 40/110 V AC 40 V AC– pin
.pump supplies. (6 pin Molex-F) 1&4
105 V AC –
3&6
Ref: XL6 VER 31/12/04 Page No. 12 - 3

CHECK TEST POINT EXPECTED

VOLTAGE
DC DRIVE PCB
30 V & 5 V DC Supplies JPower 30 V DC-pin 1&3
(4 pin Molex-F) 5 V DC-pin 2&4
LMPS PCB
Secondary voltages of TX2. TX2CN1 20 V AC-pin 1&2
(8 pin Molex-M) 20 V AC-pin 3&4
20 V AC-pin 5&6
18 V AC-pin 7&8
12 V Lamp Supply Lamp PSCN3 12 V DC-pin 1&2
(2 pin PIRI Term)
)
+ / - 15 V DC Supply Lamp PSCN2 -15V DC-pin 1
(4 pin Molex-F) 0V -pin 2
+15 V DC-pin 3
RSLS PCB
+ / - 15 V DC Supply RSLSCN5 -15V DC-pin 1
(3 pin Molex-F) 0V -pin 2
+15 V DC-pin 3
5 V SMPS SMPS mains terminals 220 V AC
SMPS output terminals 5 V DC
BKPL PCB
All Supplies to the PCB assys. BKPL CN1 5 V DC-pin 1&3
(10 pin Molex-M) 5 V DC-pin 2&9
30 V DC-pin 5&8
+15V DC-pin 4
0V -pin 6
-15 V DC-pin 7
BRPS PCB
Supply to the PCB assy. BRPS CN1 12 V AC – 1 & 2
& Verification
Output from PCB 12.5 V DC

ISPS PCB
Supply to the PCB assy. ISPS CN1 12V AC – 1& 2
Output from PCB 12.5 V DC
DTPS PCB
Supply to the PCB assy. DTPS CN1 36 V DC – 1& 2
Output from PCB 24 V DC
ISO PCB
Supply to the PCB assy. 8V-0V-8V AC
Ref: XL6 VER 31/12/04 Page No. 12 - 4

MECHANICAL CALIBRATION & ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE
13
13. Mechanical Calibration & Alignment Procedure
13.1 MECHANICAL CENTRING OF ALL ASSEMBLIES

13.2 SOFTWARE CALIBRATION OF ARM POSITIONS
13.3 SAMPLE ARM ASSEMBLY ALIGNMENT AND VERIFICATION
13.4 REAGENT 1 ARM ASSEMBLY ALIGNMENT AND VERIFICATION
13.6 STIRRER ARM ASSEMBLY ALIGNMENT AND VERIFICATION
13.7 LAUNDRY ARM ASSEMBLY ALIGNMENT AND VERIFICATION
13.8 SAMPLE TRANSPORT ASSEMBLY ALIGNMENT AND VERIFICATION
13.9 REAGENT TRANSPORT ASSEMBLY ALIGNMENT AND VERIFICATION
13.10 REACTION TRANSPORT ASSEMBLY ALIGNMENT AND VERIFICATION
NOTE:
1. “13.1 MECHANICAL CENTRING OF ALL ASSEMBLIES”, is the combined centring of all assemblies, into
their respective aspirate & dispense positions.
2. Where as the below mentioned adjustments, consist of opto position alignment and function
verification for a particular individual assembly only.

13.8 SAMPLE TRANSPORT ASSEMBLY ALIGNMENT AND VERIFICATION
Mechanical Calibration
& Alignment
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 Page No. 13- 1

13.1 MECHANICAL CENTERING OF ALL ASSEMBLIES
NOTE: The Reaction tray has two positions
1. Reset (Initialise) or home position

In this position the reading cuvette is in the light path, also the cuvette rinsing unit works, the R2 reagent arm
works, and the sample arm works. (They are positioned in the centre of their respective cuvettes; they are
mechanically aligned with the reaction tray in this position).
2. Offset position
In this position the R1 probe and Mixer (stirrer) works (they are positioned over their respective cuvettes, they
are mechanically aligned with the reaction tray in this position).
To rotate the reaction tray to the RESET (INITIALIZE) or OFFSET position, proceed as follows.
1. Go to SERVICE CHECK
2. Click the RESET button.
3. Click on the CRU & REACTION TRAY button.
4. Click on the button REACTION TRAY
5. Click on the OFFSET button or INITIALIZE button depending on which position is required.
NOTE :
IT IS VERY IMPORTANT TO FOLLOW THE CENTRING PROCEDURE WITH THE BELOW MENTIONED
SEQUENCE.
a). LAMP ASSEMBLY CENTRING PROCEDURE

b) CUVETTE LIGHT BEAM CENTRING PROCEDURE.
c). LAUNDRY CENTRING PROCEDURE
d). SAMPLE ARM CENTRING PROCEDURE
e). REAGENT 1 ARM CENTRING PROCEDURE
f). REAGENT 2 ARM CENTRING PROCEDURE
g). STIRRE ARM CENTRING PROCEDURE
h). SAMPLE TRAY CENTRING PROCEDURE
i). REAGENT TRAY CENTRING PROCEDURE
a) LAMP ASSEMBLY CENTRING PROCEDURE
PLEASE NOTE : this alignment procedure has to be done, only if the lamp assembly position has been
disturbed.
& Alignment
ACTION REMARKS/OBSERVATIONS
Switch ON the analyser
Remove the CRU unit thumbscrew, lift up the laundry unit. NOTE : Take care, that the centring is not
Un screw the two thumb screws the reaction tray cover, disturbed while tightening the lamp assembly
Below the reaction tray cover locate the 4 Phillips screws, Allen screws.
unscrew them, gently lift and remove the reaction tray.
Locate the two Allen screws at the base of the lamp assembly,
slightly loosen them and adjust the lamp assembly so that the
light beam falls exactly in the centre of the photometer inlet slit.
Tighten the lamp assembly Allen screws, and verify the
alignment
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 Page No. 13- 2

b) CUVETTE LIGHT BEAM CENTRING PROCEDURE

Switch ON the machine and Initialise RCT assy. through the

Service Check menu.
Remove the CRU unit thumbscrew, lift up the laundry unit and In the initialised or reset position the
gently remove the cuvette, which is the path of the light beam. following are the positions of the cuvettes.
Insert the Light beam, centring gauge (Part No. FSPS2723 Probe1 - cuvette position 60
that is supplied in the accessories box) in place of the cuvette, Probe2 - cuvette position 59
making sure it touches the wall of the cuvette housing on all Probe3 - cuvette position 58
sides. Probe4 - cuvette position 57
Loosen the 3 allen screws located at the centre of the RCT Light beam should fall on the centre of the
cuvette table, adjust its position such that the light beam falls mark on the calibration plate
on the centre black coloured mark on the calibration plate.
Tighten the mounting screws. NOTE: Take care that the centring is not
disturbed while tightening the RCT cuvette
table mounting screws.
Gently put back the cuvette in its position, and fit the laundry
back in place.
c) LAUNDRY CENTRING PROCEDURE

Initialise the system, through the Service Check menu. In the initialised or reset position the following
are the positions of the cuvettes.
& Alignment
Disconnect the CRU up/down motor connector. Verify that all laundry probes are in the centre
Gently slide the Laundry vertical shaft/pillar, downwards of their respective cuvettes, and that the
into the cuvettes. cuvette drier (Teflon) is in the centre of the
cuvette.
To centre the laundry assembly, loosen the four allen
mounting screws on which the laundry vertical shaft/pillar
is mounted.
If required you can also center the laundry assembly,by

adjusting the position by the four allen screws on which
the entire laundry assembly is mounted on the analyser
casting.
To adjust the circular angle of the laundry assembly,

locate the small allen screw that is embedded inside the
laundry vertical shaft/pillar top end
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 Page No. 13- 3

To center the individual laundry probes in their respective

cuvettes, loosen the white delrin screw caps located at the
top of the probes.
Verify that the cuvette drier, and suction probes touch the 1) Verify that after the cuvette drier and
bottom of the cuvette , suction probe goes down into the cuvette, the
Select SERVICE CHECK >CRU & REACTION spring loaded probe, moves up by about
TRAY>CUVETTE RINSING UNIT > INITIALISE>DOWN> 2mm.
To adjust the vertical distance travelled by the laundry, ( NOTE THIS IS VERY IMPORTANT)
loosen and adjust, the CRU-DOWN (lower opto) sensor. 2) Verify that the remaining five laundry
probes also touch the bottom of the cuvette
slightly (NOTE: this is not very important.)
& Alignment
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 Page No. 13- 4

d) SAMPLE ARM CENTRING PROCEDURE
NOTE : The sample arm is aligned with the RCT in the reset position.
NOTE : The sample arm alignment is done with respect to the sample cuvette only, and only a verification
is done at the other positions.
With the help of a pipette or syringe, pipette 300 to 500 ul of

tap water (As tap water has ions for conduction, Do not use
deionised or distilled water) into cuvette number 50 and
42.
Place a sample cup filled with tap water in positions number

1, S1, & B1on the sample tray.
1. Select SERVICE CHECK >SAMPLE ARM > INITIALISE Sample probe mean distance between the
>TROUGH TO SAMPLE OUTER>SAMPLE TO dispense needle and sensor needle to be at
CUVETTE>DOWN> the centre of the respective cuvette
The Sample probes moves down until it senses the present
of liquid in the cuvette and then stops. NOTE: Take care that the centring is not
NOTE: the probe has two needles (1.Dispense needle that disturbed while tightening the Allen screw.
is hollow & 2. Sensor needle).
Verify that the hollow dispense needle is in the Mean (centre) distance
2. Adjust the sample probe as follows.
Slightly loosen this Allen screw, and rotate the top plate of Dispense
the arm, so as to position the mean distance between the Needle
dispense needle and sensor needle, to be in the centre of
the cuvette. When doing this, make sure that, only the
Cuvette wall
stationary
Select INITIALISE >SAMPLE OUTTER>DOWN Verify that the dispense needle is at the
& Alignment
The Sample probes moves down until it senses the present centre of the sample (Outer), cup number1
of liquid in cup number 1, and then stops.
Select INITIALISE >STANDARD OUTER>DOWN Verify that the dispense needle is at the
centre of the standard (outer) cup number S1
Select INITIALISE >STANDARD INNER>DOWN Verify that the dispense needle is at the
centre of the standard (inner) cup number
B1.
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 Page No. 13- 5

Select INITIALISE >SAMPLE OUTER>SAMPLE TO Verify that the dispense needle is at the
CUVETTE>CUVETTE TO DRAIN centre of the SPT drain.
Select INITIALISE > SAMPLE OUTER>SAMPLE TO Verify that the mean distance between the
CUVETTE>CUVETTE TO DRAIN>DRAIN TO TROUGH dispense needle and sensor needle is at the
centre of the SPT trough.
Select INITIALISE >SAMPLE OUTER >SAMPLE TO ISE Verify that the dispense needle is at the
centre of the ISE sample port.
To align the probe to the ISE sample port,

loosen the four allen screws of the ISE
assembly and move the entire ISE assembly
in the direction required, once properly
positioned, tighten the four allen screws.
Select INITIALISE > TROUGH TO DILUTION CUVETTE Verify that the dispense probe is at the
centre of the Dilution. Cuvette number 42.
Select INITIALISE > DILUTION CUVETTE TO CUVETTE Verify that the probe is at the centre of both
the cuvettes number 42 and 50
VERIFYING PROPER SAMPLE ARM FUNCTION
Initialise the system, trough the service Check menu, Select SERVICE CHECK >SAMPLE ARM >
INITIALISE >LINK>TROUGH TO SAMPLE OUTER>SAMPLE TO CUVETTE.
The sample arm will move over Sample cup number 1, go down till it senses the liquid. The syringe
plunger moves down, aspirating sample from the cup, the arm then moves to the dispense cuvette position
(cuvette number 50), goes down into the cuvette till it senses liquid Stops and then move to the drain
position, where the contents of the probe is discarded,
The analyser does this multiple times till the STOP button is clicked, the sample cup is empty, or an error
has occurred.
& Alignment
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 Page No. 13- 6

e) REAGENT 1 ARM CENTRING PROCEDURE
NOTE : The Reagent 1 arm is aligned with the RCT in the offset position.
To rotate the RCT tray to the offset position, select SERVICE

CHECK>CRU & REACTION TRAY>REACTION

position number 1 on the reagent tray (use only tap water as it
has ions for conduction, Do not use deionised or distilled
water)
1. Select INITIALISE >TO REAGENT OUTER>REAGENT TO Verify that the Reagent probe dispense
CUVETTE needle, is at the centre of cuvette number 52.
The Reagent1 probes moves over to cuvette number 52.
NOTE: the probe has two needles (1.Dispense needle that is NOTE: Take care that the centring is not
hollow & 2. Sensor needle). disturbed while tightening the Allen screw.
Verify that the hollow dispense needle is in the
Sensor
2. Adjust the Reagent 1 probe as follows. needle
Lift and remove the probe plastic cover and locate the Allen
screw, on the top end of the arm shaft. Dispense
Needle
Slightly loosen this Allen screw, and rotate the top plate of
the arm, so as to position the dispense needle in the centre
of the cuvette. When doing this, make sure that, only the
stationary Cuvette wall
& Alignment
Click ALIGN REAGENT INNER Button Verify that the probe is at the centre of the
Select INITIALISE >REAGENT INNER >DOWN reagent bottle at position number 1 on the
The Reagent 1 probe will move down into the reagent bottle reagent tray.
Click ALIGN REAGENT OUTTER Button

Select INITIALISE >REAGENT OUTTER >DOWN
The Reagent 1 probe will move down into the reagent bottle
CUVETTE>CUVETTE TO DRAIN R1PT drain.
CUVETTE>CUVETTE TO DRAIN> DRAIN TO TROUGH R1PT trough.
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 Page No. 13- 7


To rotate the RCT tray to the offset position, select SERVICE CHECK>CRU & REACTION
TRAY>REACTION TRAY>NITIALISE >OFFSET>

CUVETTE.
plunger moves down, aspirating reagent from the bottle, the arm then moves to the dispense cuvette
position (cuvette number 52), pauses and then moves to the drain position, where the contents of the
probe is discarded,
The analyser does this multiple times till the STOP button is clicked, the reagent bottle is empty , or an
error has occurred.
f) REAGENT 2 ARM CENTRING PROCEDURE
NOTE : The Reagent 2 arm is aligned with the RCT in the reset position.

position number 1, and a small 20 ml reagent bottle, filled with
tap water in position number 4, on the reagent tray (use only
tap water as it has ions for conduction, Do not use deionised
or distilled water)
1. Select INITIALISE >TO REAGENT Verify that the Reagent probe dispense
2. INNER>REAGENT TO CUVETTE R2 needle, is at the centre of cuvette (R2)
The Reagent2 probes moves over to cuvette number 39. number 39.
& Alignment
Verify that the hollow dispense needle is in disturbed while tightening the Allen screw.
the centre of the cuvette,
Sensor
Lift and remove the probe plastic cover and locate the Allen needle
screw, on the top end of the arm shaft.
Needle
arm, so as to position the dispense needle in the centre of the
stationary
Select INITIALISE >REAGENT INNER >DOWN NOTE : The Reagent 2 arm verification on
The Reagent 2 probe will move down into the reagent bottle the reagent tray, is done only for Reagent
number45, until it senses liquid. inner at position number 45.
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 Page No. 13- 8

Verify that the probe is at the centre of the

reagent bottle at position number 45 on the
reagent tray.
CUVETTE R2> R2 CUVETTE TO DRAIN R2PT drain.
CUVETTE R2 > R2 CUVETTE TO DRAIN> DRAIN TO R2PT trough.
TROUGH

To rotate the RCT tray to the reset position, select SERVICE CHECK>CRU & REACTION
TRAY>REACTION TRAY>NITIALISE >RESET>

CUVETTE (R2).
plunger moves down, aspirating reagent from the bottle, the arm then moves to the dispense cuvette
position (cuvette number 39), pauses and then moves to the drain position, where the contents of the
probe is discarded,
The analyser does this multiple times till the STOP button is clicked, the reagent bottle is empty, or an
error has occurred.
g) STIRRER ARM CENTERING PROCEDURE
NOTE : The Stirrer arm is aligned with the RCT in the offset position.
NOTE : The Stirrer arm alignment is done with respect to cuvette No 39 for stirrer paddle No1, and cuvette
No 50 for stirrer paddle No 2 and with the paddles rotating, only verification is done at the other positions.
& Alignment
To rotate the RCT tray to the offset position, “SERVICE

CHECK> STIRRERS > Click on RCT OFFSET button.
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 Page No. 13- 9

1. Select INITIALISE >ROTATE TO CUVETTE 1> DOWN>

The Stirrer paddle No 1 goes into cuvette No 50 & Stirrer 2 goes Verify that Stirrer 1 is at the centre of the
into the spare hole on 5 piece top cuvette No 50 & Stirrer 2 is at centre of spare
Select UP> hole on 5 piece top
Stirrer
Paddle shaft
Cuvette wall
1. Select INITIALISE > ROTATE TO CUVETTE 2> DOWN> Verify that the stirrer 1 is at the centre of
Select the ON button to start the Stirrer paddle motors. cuvette No 39 & Stirrer2 is at the centre of
2. Adjust the Stirrer paddles as follows. cuvette No 50
Lift and remove the Stirrer arm plastic cover and locate the
Allen screw, on the top end of the arm shaft. NOTE: Make sure that the stirrer
Slightly loosen this Allen screw, and rotate the top plate of the paddles do not touch the walls and the
arm, so as to position the paddle No 1 in the centre of cuvette
no 39 and paddle No 2 in the centre of No 50., When doing bottom of the cuvette.
this, make sure that, only the horizontal top plate rotates and
the main vertical shaft is stationary NOTE: Take care that the centring is not
Tighten the Allen screw. disturbed while tightening the Allen screw.
Stirrer
Paddle shaft
Cuvette wall
& Alignment
h) SAMPLE TRAY CENTRING PROCEDURE
NOTE : The Sample tray is aligned with reference to sample probe and sample cup number1 only.
The X – axis is aligned using the Sample arm alignment procedure.
The Y – axis is aligned using the Sample Tray alignment procedure.
Y-axis
X-axis
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 P a g e N o . 1 3 - 10

Sample cup No 1

SERVICE CHECK >SAMPLE ARM > ALIGN SAMPLE
OUTTER.
Place a sample cup filled with tap water in sample positions

number 1 on the sample tray and positions S1, & B1 on the
standard tray. (As tap water has ions for conduction, Do not
use deionised or distilled water)
1. Select SERVICE CHECK >SAMPLE ARM > INITIALISE Sample probe dispense needle, is at the
>SAMPLE OUTER> DOWN> centre of sample cup No 1.
liquid in the Cup No 1 and then stops.
Verify that the dispense needle is in the centre of the
cuvette,

Adjust the sample tray as follows. NOTE: Take care that the centring is not
3. Lift and remove the sample tray, locate the 3 Phillips disturbed while tightening the Phillips screws.
screw, on the centre shaft as shown in figure 8.1
4. Slightly loosen the three Phillips screws, and slowly rotate
the horizontal top plate rotates and the main vertical shaft is
stationary
Tighten the Phillips screw.
Place the sample tray back in position
& Alignment
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 Page No. 13-

11
Figure 8.1 Sample tray
Standard tray
3 Phillips
screws Centre Shaft
& Alignment
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 P a g e N o . 1 3 - 12

i) REAGENT TRAY CENTRING PROCEDURE
NOTE : The Reagent tray is aligned with reference to Reagent bottle number1, and Reagent 1 arm
Probe only.
The Y – axis is aligned using the Reagent 1 arm alignment procedure.
The X – axis is aligned using the Reagent Tray alignment procedure.
Y-axis
X-axis
Reagent bottle No 1
Place a Large 50 ml Reagent bottle filled with tap water in

Positions number 1 on the reagent tray (As tap water has ions
. Select SERVICE CHECK >REAGENT 1 ARM > ALIGN

RGT INNER button.
1. Select SERVICE CHECK >REAGENT 1 ARM >
INITIALISE >REAGENT INNER> DOWN>
The Reagent probes moves down until it senses the present
of liquid in the BOTTLE No 1 and then stops.
Verify that the dispense needle is in the centre of the Reagent
bottle.
& Alignment
Adjust the Reagent tray as follows.
3. Lift and remove the Reagent tray, locate the 3 Allen screw, NOTE: Take care that the centring is not
on the centre shaft as shown in figure 9.1 disturbed while tightening the Allen screws.
4. Slightly loosen the three Allen screws, and slowly rotate
the horizontal top end rotates and the main vertical shaft is
stationary
Place the Reagent tray back in position
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 Page No. 13-

13
Figure 9.1
Reagent tray
3 Allen screws
& Alignment
Centre Shaft
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 P a g e N o . 1 3 - 14

3.2 SOFTWARE CALIBRATION OF ARM POSITIONS
NOTE : A course mechanical (manual ) adjustment is performed by the alignment of all assemblies as
described in chapter 13.1 Mechanical centering of all assemblies, however a fine adjustment is carried
out by using the software calibration method described in chapter 13.2 Software calibration of arm
assemblies
Possible Arm calibrations
Reagent 1 arm.
1) TROUGH TO REAGENT INNER
2) TROUGH TO REAGENT OUTER
3) REAGENT INNER TO CUVETTE
4) REAGENT OUTER TO CUVETTE
Reagent 2 arm.
5) TROUGH TO REAGENT INNER
6) TROUGH TO REAGENT OUTER
7) REAGENT INNER TO CUVETTE
8) REAGENT OUTER TO CUVETTE
Sample arm.
9) TROUGH TO SAMPLE INNER
10) TROUGH TO SAMPLE OUTER
11) SAMPLE INNER TO CUVETTE
12) SAMPLE OUTER TO CUVETTE
13) TROUGH TO STANDER INNER
14) TROUGH TO STANDER OUTER
15) STANDER INNER TO CUVETTE
16) STANDER OUTER TO CUVETTE
17) TROUGH TO DILUTION CUVETTE.
18) DILUTION CUVETTE TO SAMPLE CUVETTE
19) SAMPLE INNER TO ISE
20) SAMPLE OUTER TO ISE
21) STANDER INNER TO ISE
22) STANDER OUTER TO ISE
NOTE: - 1) Possible calibration is upto + 5 steps from the center position.
2) Arm calibration in trough & from drain to trough is not possible.
& Alignment
3) Stirrer calibration has not been done.
4) Recommended calibration steps for Dilution cuvette & for ISE are + 3 steps only.
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 Page No. 13-

15
Procedure for arm calibration
NOTE: Although the arm calibration is done trough the PC, the calibration data is finally down loaded and
stored at the analyzer end, hence After doing the arm calibrations for required positions of all arms using
the following steps mentioned below, Exit from the service check screen and then switch off the analyzer
or click the reset button in the SERVICE CHECK screen.
By doing this we can store the arm calibration data at analyzer end.
For default positions calibration:
1. Press the default calibration button for the required arms.

2. Exit from service check screen and then switch off the analyzer or click the reset button in the
SERVICE CHECK screen.
By doing this we can restore the default arm calibration data at analyzer end.
I) R1 Arm Calibration procedure: -
1)To calibrate Reagent 1 arm for Reagent inner position.
Step 1. Go to Service check then Reagent 1 arm menu & Initialize R1 arm.
Step 2. Click on To Reagent Inner.
Step 3. Click on Align RGT inner. Wait till Reagent position 1 comes under the
R1 arm.
Step 4. Click on Calibrate to adjust the arm alignment, 5 steps in clockwise
direction or 5 steps in anticlockwise direction .
(One click on anticlockwise/clockwise is equal to one step)
Step 5. Click on Store button to save the steps.
2) To calibrate Reagent 1 arm for reagent outer position
Step 2. Click on To Reagent Outer.
Step 3. Click on Align RGT outer. Wait till Reagent position 4 comes under the
R1 arm.
Step 5 click on Store button to save the steps.
NOTE: - To calibrate R1 arm for cuvette position RCT should be at offset condition.
& Alignment
For cuvette position calibration there are two different paths, Reagent inner to
cuvette & reagent outer to cuvette.
3) Calibrate R1 arm for Reagent inner to cuvette:-
Step 2. Click on To Reagent Inner & then Reagent To Cuvette.
Step 4 Click on Store button to save the steps.
4)Calibrate R1 arm for Reagent outer to cuvette:-
Step 2. Click on To Reagent outer & then Reagent To Cuvette.
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 P a g e N o . 1 3 - 16

II) R2 arm calibrations. : -
5) To calibrate R2 arm for Reagent inner position.
Step 2. Click on To Reagent Inner.
Step 3. Click on Align RGT inner. Wait till Reagent position 1 comes under the
R2 arm.
Step 5. Click on Store button to save the steps.
6) To calibrate R2 arm for reagent outer position
Step 2. Click on To Reagent Outer.
Step 3. Click on Align RGT outer. Wait till Reagent position 4 comes under the
R2 arm.
Step 5 click on Store button to save the steps.
NOTE: - To calibrate R2 arm for cuvette position, keep RCT at home position by using
RCT Home button.
7) Calibrate R2 arm for Reagent inner to cuvette:-
Step 2. Click on To Reagent Inner & then Reagent To Cuvette(R2).
& Alignment
8) Calibrate R2 arm for Reagent outer to cuvette:-
Step 2. Click on To Reagent outer & then Reagent To Cuvette(R2).
III) SPT arm calibration :-
9) To calibrate SPT arm for sample inner position.
Step 1. Initialize SPT arm & initialize sample tray using Sample tray Home button
Step 2. Click on Trough To Sample Inner button to bring the SPT at Sample
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 Page No. 13-

17
inner position
Step 3. Click on Sample Tray Adv 1 button , Sample position 2 will come under
the Sample arm.
Step 4. Then click on the Calibrate button ,to adjust the SPT arm position 5 steps
clockwise or 5 steps anticlockwise
Step 5. Click on Store to save the steps.
10) To calibrate SPT arm path from sample inner to cuvette position.
Step 1. Initialize SPT arm

Step 2. Click on Trough To Sample Inner button & then Sample To cuvette button
11) To calibrate SPT arm path from sample inner to ISE position.

Step 2. Click on Trough To Sample Inner button & then Sample To ISE button
12) To calibrate SPT arm for sample outer position.
Step 2. Click on Trough To Sample Outer button to bring the SPT at Sample
outer position
clockwise or 5 steps anticlockwise.

& Alignment
13) To calibrate SPT arm path from sample outer to cuvette position.

Step 2. Click on Trough To Sample outer button & then Sample To cuvette button
14) To calibrate SPT arm path from sample outer to ISE position.

Step 2. Click on Trough To Sample outer button & then Sample To ISE button
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 P a g e N o . 1 3 - 18

15) To calibrate SPT arm for Standard outer position.
Step 2. Click on Trough To Standard Outer button to bring the SPT at standard
outer position
16) To calibrate SPT arm path from standard outer to cuvette position.

Step 2. Click on Trough To Standard outer button & then Sample To cuvette button
17) To calibrate SPT arm path from standard outer to ISE position.

Step 2. Click on Trough To Standard outer button & then Sample To ISE button
18) To calibrate SPT arm for Standard inner position.
Step 2. Click on Trough To Standard Inner button to bring the SPT at standard
inner position
19) To calibrate SPT arm path from Standard Inner to cuvette position.
& Alignment
Step 1. Initialize SPT arm & initialize RCT using RCT Home command.
Step 2. Click on Trough To Standard Inner button & then Sample To cuvette button
20) To calibrate SPT arm path from Standard Inner to ISE position.
Step 1. Initialize SPT arm.

Step 2. Click on Trough To Standard Inner button & then Sample To ISE button
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 Page No. 13-

19
21) To calibrate SPT arm path from Trough to Dilution cuvette position.
Step 2. Click on Trough To Dilutn cuvette.
Step 3. Click on Calibrate button, to adjust the SPT arm position 3 steps
Clockwise or 3 steps anticlockwise.
22) To calibrate SPT arm path from Dilution cuvette To sample cuvette.
Step 2. Click on Trough To Dilutn cuvette & then click on dilutn cuvette to cuvette .
Step 3. Click on Calibrate button, to adjust the SPT arm position 3 steps
Clockwise or 3 steps anticlockwise.
Note : -
I) Sample tray should be at home position ,to calibrate Sample arm for sample
outer/standard outer/standard inner position
II) To calibrate sample arm for cuvette position, RCT should be at Home position.
III) To calibrate Sample arm for dilution cuvette & dilution cuvette to sample cuvette recommended
steps are 3 for clockwise and 3 for anticlockwise direction.
IV) Sample arm anticlockwise calibration for ISE position is not possible,if the arm has set to the
mechanical end point in that direction.
After doing the arm calibrations for required positions of all arms Exit from the service check screen and
then switch off the analyzer/reset/emergency stop.
By doing this we can store the arm calibration data at analyzer end.
For default positions:
3. Press the default calibration button for the required arms.

4. Exit from service check screen and then switch off the analyzer/reset/emergency stop.
& Alignment
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 P a g e N o . 1 3 - 20

NOTE : THE SAMPLE ARM HOME POSITION IS IN THE WASH TROUGH .
ACTION REMARKS / OBSERVATIONS
Manually perform the Up-Down & Rotary movements of the Movement should be smooth.
shaft.
With the power OFF or with the motor connections
disconnected, check the following
Check fixing of ‘Up/Down’ opto interrupter. Should come in the centre of opto SN1
during up-down movement of shaft.
Check proper fixing of horizontal opto interrupter It should be in the centre of optos on Opto
PCBs SN2, SN3.
Manually move the arm horizontally in both directions. There should be no mechanical obstruction
to the Opto sensor.
Switch ON the Power or reconnect the motor connections.
Initalise the sample arm SERVICE CHECK > SAMPLE ARM > LED on SN2 and SN3 should be ON.
INITALIZE
Disconnect the connector to the sample arm motor.
Manually gently shift the sample arm in the counter clockwise SN2 & SN3 Opto should go OFF
direction. simultaneously.
( That is they should go off at the same time
and NOT one after the other)
If not make the necessary adjustments by

manually shifting the optos in the direction
of the desired position.
Repeat the above steps until SN2 & SN3
opto goes OFF simultaneously.
& Alignment
Position / Direction SN2 SN3
Home Direction
sensor sensor
Reset position ON ON
Counter clockwise direction OFF OFF
Clockwise direction OFF ON
NOTE: Adjusting SN1 will adjust the arm vertical movement home position.
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 Page No. 13-

21
NOTE : THE REAGENT 1 ARM HOME POSITION IS IN THE WASH TROUGH .
Manually perform the Up-Down & Rotary movements of R1 arm Movement should be smooth.
shaft.
With the power OFF Or with the motor connections
Check fixing of ‘Up/Down’ Opto interrupter. Should come in the centre of opto SN1 during up-
down movement of shaft.
Check proper fixing of horizontal Opto interrupter It should be in the centre of optos on Opto PCBs
SN2, SN3.
Manually move the arm horizontally in both directions. There should be no mechanical obstruction to the
Opto sensor.
Initialise the Reagent 1 arm as follows SERVICE CHECK > LED on SN2 and SN3 should be ON.
REAGENT 1 ARM > INITIALISE
Disconnect the connector to the Reagent 1 arm motor.
Manually gently shift the Reagent 1 arm in the counter SN2 & SN3 Opto should go OFF simultaneously.
clockwise direction. ( That is they should go off at the same time and
NOT one after the other)
.
manually shifting the optos in the direction of the
desired position.
Repeat the above steps until SN2 & SN3 opto
goes OFF simultaneously.
& Alignment

Home Direction
sensor sensor
NOTE: Adjusting SN1 will adjust the Reagent 1 arm vertical movement home position.
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 P a g e N o . 1 3 - 22

NOTE : THE REAGENT 2 ARM HOME POSITION IS IN THE WASH TROUGH .
Manually perform the Up-Down & Rotary movements of R2 Movement should be smooth.
arm shaft.

Check fixing of ‘Up/Down’ opto interrupter. Should come in the centre of opto SN1
during up-down movement of shaft.
Check proper fixing of horizontal opto interrupter It should be in the centre of optos on Opto
PCBs SN2, SN3.
Manually move the arm horizontally in both directions. There should be no mechanical obstruction
to the Opto sensor.
Initialise the Reagent 2 arm as follows SERVICE CHECK > LED on SN2 and SN3 should be ON.
REAGENT 2 ARM > INITIALISE
Disconnect the connector to the Reagent 2 arm motor.
Manually gently shift the Reagent 2 arm in the clockwise SN2 & SN3 Opto should go OFF
direction. simultaneously.
( That is they should go off at the same time
and NOT one after the other).

manually shifting the optos in the direction of
the desired position.
Repeat the above steps until SN2 & SN3
Opto goes OFF simultaneously.
.
& Alignment
Direction Home
sensor sensor
Counter clockwise direction ON OFF
Clockwise direction OFF OFF
NOTE: Adjusting SN1 will adjust the Reagent 2 arm vertical movement home position.
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 Page No. 13-

23
NOTE : THE STIRRER ARM HOME POSITION IS WHEN THE STIRRER IS IN THE CUVETTE1 POSITION.
Manually perform the Up-Down & Rotary movements of stirrer Movement should be smooth.
arm shaft.

Check fixing of the ‘Up/Down’ opto interrupter. Should come in the centre of opto SN1 during up-
down movement of shaft.
Check proper fixing of horizontal opto interrupter It should be in the centre of optos on Opto PCBs
SN2, SN3.
Manually move the arm horizontally in both directions. There should be no mechanical obstruction to the
Opto sensor.
Initialise the Stirrer arm as follows SERVICE CHECK > LED on SN2 and SN3 should be ON.
STIRRERS > INITIALISE >ROTATE TO CUVETTE 1
Disconnect the connector to the Stirrer arm motor.
Manually gently shift the Stirrer arm in the counter clockwise SN2 & SN3 Opto should go OFF simultaneously.
direction. ( That is they should go off at the same time and
NOT one after the other).

manually shifting the optos in the direction of the
desired position.
Repeat the above steps until SN2 & SN3 Opto

goes OFF simultaneously.
& Alignment

Direction Home
sensor sensor
NOTE: Adjusting SN1 will adjust the stirrer arm vertical movement home position.
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 P a g e N o . 1 3 - 24


Power OFF the analyser ------
Manually perform the Up-Down movement of shaft. Movement should be smooth.
Check fixing of ‘Up/Down’ Opto interrupter. Should come in the center of opto SN1
during up-down movement of shaft & it
should not have lateral movement.
Make CRU CN1 & CN2 connections to Proto Confirm the connections
Switch “ON” the Analyser.
In XL software go to “SERVICE CHECK > CRU & REACTION LED on SN1 Opto PCB goes OFF & SN2
TRAY > CRU > INITIALISE > UP becomes ON..
Select INITIALISE > DOWN LED on SN1 Opto PCB becomes ON & SN2
becomes OFF..
13.8 SAMPLE TRANSPORT ASSEMBLY ALIGNMENT AND VERIFICATION (SAMPLE TRAY)
Check proper fixing of Opto sensors. Position opto sensors SN1, SN2 & SN3, so
that they fall in the middle of their respective
slots, on the opto interrupt plate.
Check position of all 3 opto PCBs. They should be straight and perpendicular to
the opto-mounting bracket.
In XL software go to “SERVICE CHECK > SAMPLE TRAY > LED on SN1, SN2 & SN3 Opto PCB
INITIALISE becomes ON.
Both the LED,s on the SEN3 PCB should be
ON.
& Alignment
Select INITIALISE >1 PULSE LED,s on SN1 & SN2 ( two extreme end
Give approximately 4 TO 6 pulses. optos) should go OFF simultaneously.
And within 2 pulses later, the SN3 (middle

opto) should go off.
Select INITIALISE >ROTATE 50 The assy should rotate smoothly and without
any noise.
Select INITIALISE >ROTATE 1 The assy should rotate smoothly and without
any noise.
Select LINK operation for all the above. The assembly runs smoothly in the LINK
test.(for 2 hrs continuously, and if it stops it
means an error has occurred,) if an error has
occurred
To rectify this error, repeat the above
procedure.
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 Page No. 13-

25
Check proper fixing of Opto sensors. Position opto sensors SN1, SN2 & SN3, so that
they fall in the middle of their respective slots, on
the opto interrupt plate.
Check position of all 3 opto PCBs. They should be straight and perpendicular to the
opto-mounting bracket.
In XL software go to “SERVICE CHECK > REAGENT TRAY > LED on SN1, SN2 & SN3 Opto PCB becomes
INITIALISE ON.
Both the LED,s on the SEN3 PCB should be ON.
Select INITIALISE >1 PULSE LED,s on SN1, SN2 & SN3, all the three opto
Give approximately 4 TO 6 pulses. sensors should go OFF simultaneously.
.
Select INITIALISE > 50 STEPS The assy should rotate smoothly and without any
noise.
Select INITIALISE >STEP The assy should rotate smoothly and without any
noise.
Select LINK operation for all the above. The assembly runs smoothly in the LINK test.(for
2 hrs continuously, and if it stops it means an
error has occurred,) if an error has occurred
To rectify this error, repeat the above procedure.
& Alignment
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 P a g e N o . 1 3 - 26

Check proper fixing of Opto sensors. Position opto sensors SN1, SN2 & SN3, so that they
fall in the middle of their respective slots, on the opto
interrupt plate.
Check position of all 3 opto PCBs. They should be straight and perpendicular to the opto-
mounting bracket.
In XL software go to “SERVICE CHECK > REACTION LED on SN1, SN2 & SN3 Opto PCB becomes ON.
TRAY > INITIALISE Both the LED,s on the SEN3 PCB should be ON.
Select INITIALISE >1 PULSE FOWARD LED,s on SN1 & SN2 ( two extreme end optos)
Give approximately 6 TO 9 pulses. should go OFF simultaneously.
And within 4 to 5 pulses later, the SN3 (middle opto)

should go off.
Select INITIALISE >60 CUVETTES The assy should rotate smoothly and without any
noise.
Select INITIALISE >STEP The assy should rotate smoothly and without any
noise.
Select LINK operation for all the above. The assembly runs smoothly in the LINK test.(for 2
hrs continuously, and if it stops it means an error has
occurred,) if an error has occurred
To rectify this error, repeat the above procedure.
& Alignment
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 Page No. 13-

27
A. Specifications
a> Code Types
2/5 Interleaved
Code 39
Code 128
EAN 128
EAN/UPC
Codabar
Pharma Code
b> Scan Resolution
0.25mm ( Minimum width of the thin line )
c> Paper requirement
Non Glossy
Non smudgy
d> Label sticking
Refer drawings FSXPL139, FSXPL140,FSXPL169,FSPS2857,FSPXL170

Attached herewith.
e> Print Quality
Clear thin line

No smearing or smudging
f> Digits
Reagent Bar Code : 18 digit , refer Annexure A for details

Sample Bar Code : Minimum 6 digits , Maximum 10 digits , User defined
& Alignment
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 P a g e N o . 1 3 - 28

Reagent Bar Code alignment
The bar code alignment is done to achieve following :
1. Straightness of scanner beam on the bottle

2. The positioning of start of the scanner beam on the bottle
Refer Figure 2 attached herewith. The scanner is placed on an assembly which can be adjusted to
achieve above .
The procedure to do alignment is as follows :
To align the reagent barcode scanner following commands are provided in Reagent Tray menu of the
Service Check program :
1)BEAM ON : Tray will rotate for the alignment position, then scanner beam will be turned on.
2)BEAM OFF : This command will turn off the beam & initialize RGT tray.
Using these commands , the alignment is carried out as follows :

1) Vertical distance: - The vertical distance between the bottom of the
Scanner, and the top of the casting should be 75 + 2
mm. ( This can be adjusted by loosening the screw
and moving the scanner up-down on shaft B.)
2) Horizontal distance: - The distance between tray surface & glass of the
Scanner should be 40 + 2 mm. ( This can be adjusted by loosening
the screw and moving the scanner on shaft A.)
3) Place the two marked bottles in position 36 and 35.(Refer drawing SK202 and 203 , 20ml bottle
for position 36 and 50 ml bottle for position 35.)
4) Give BEAM ON command & align the beam of the scanner on the center of the outer reagent
bottle(position 36), which is marked by red color. ( The beam can be aligned by rotating the scanner
around shaft A for angle and shaft B for position.)
5) Remove outer reagent bottle .Now the beam should be close to the marked left edge of the
inner reagent bottle (position 35). If the beam is not at the desired position then align the scanner .
6) Give BEAM OFF command.
7) Place all inner bottles with bar code and give Reagent Barcode Scan command.
8) Check if all codes are read at correct positions.
9) If some codes are not read then verify the code by interchanging places.
10) Check that no code is read two times .
& Alignment
11) If a code is read twice then as in step 5 , shift the beam alignment towards left by about 1mm.
12) Check as in Step 7 to 10. If same problem occurs then repeat step 11 till results are correct.
13) Place all 50 bottles with the barcodes in the reagent tray.
14) Give read Reagent Barcode Scan command & check whether scanner is reading all 50
barcode .
To verify if a label is printed correctly , Read Single Barcode command is provided . To use this command
position the desired bottle with the bar code in front of the scanner by using STEP and PULSE commands.
Then press READ SINGLE BAR CODE button. The scanner will read the barcode label which is in front of
it ,for 50 times. This is used for checking label quality.
Sample barcode-scanner alignment
The bar code alignment is done to achieve following :
3. Straightness of scanner beam on the bottle

4. The positioning of start of the scanner beam on the bottle
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 Page No. 13-

29
Refer Figure 2 attached herewith. The scanner is placed on an assembly which can be adjusted to
achieve above .
To align the sample barcode following commands are provided in Sample Tray menu of the Service Check
program :
1)BEAM ON : Tray will rotate for the alignment position & then scanner beam will be turned on.
2)BEAM OFF : This command will turn off the beam & initialize sample tray.
Using these commands , the alignment is carried out as follows :
1) Vertical distance: - The vertical distance between the bottom of the

scanner & the top of the casting should be
75 + 2 mm. ( This can be adjusted by loosening the
screw and moving the scanner up-down on shaft B.)
2) Horizontal distance: - The distance between tray surface & glass of the
Scanner should be 42 + 2 mm. ( This can be adjusted by loosening
the screw and moving the scanner on shaft A.)
3) Place the marked sample tube adapter at position 1. ( Refer drawing SK204)
4) Give BEAM ON command & align the beam of the scanner on the mark of the tube adapter.
5) Give BEAM OFF command.
6) Place all tubes with bar code label. Ensure that the bar code appears in the slot of the tube
adapter.
7) Give Sample Bar Code Scan command and check if all codes are read at correct positions.
8) If some codes are not read then verify the code by interchanging places.
9) If some codes are not read then, align the beam to the left of the
mark by about 1 mm as in step 4 and then repeat steps 5 to 7.
10) Repeat step 9 till the scan is correct.
To verify if a label is printed correctly , Read Single Barcode command is provided . To use this command
position the desired tube with the bar code in front of the scanner by using STEP and PULSE commands.
Then press READ SINGLE BAR CODE button. The scanner will read the barcode label which is in front of
it ,for 50 times. This is used for checking label quality.
& Alignment
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 P a g e N o . 1 3 - 30

Annexure A
18 Digit Bar code Pattern
D01,D02,D03 Company Code

D04,D05 Test Number
D06 Bottle Type ( 1=20ml,2=50ml)
D07 Reagent Number ( 1=Reagent 1, 2=Reagent 2)
D08 Least significant digit of expiry year ( 0-9)
D09,D10 Week of the expiry year
D11,D12,D13 Lot Number
D14,D15,D16,D17 Serial Number
D18 Checksum ( Least significant digit of the sum of digits
D01 to D17).
& Alignment
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 Page No. 13-

31
Mechanical Calibration XL600 SERVICE MANUAL
& Alignment
10/03/03
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 P a g e N o . 1 3 - 32

& Alignment
10/03/03
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 Page No. 13-

33
& Alignment
10/03/03
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 P a g e N o . 1 3 - 34

& Alignment
Jitendra 29/01/02
29/01/02
29/01/02
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 Page No. 13-

35
& Alignment
10/03/03
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 P a g e N o . 1 3 - 36

Appr. By:
MUMBAI DRG. NO. -

DESCRIPTION : BARCODE LABEL POSITION ON 20 ml BOTTLE Issue Dt. 02/08/03
27
FIGURE 3
& Alignment
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 Page No. 13-

37
-
01
& Alignment
AS PER IS 2102 (PART 1) : 1993 (m)
XL600-300 (ACCES.)
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 P a g e N o . 1 3 - 38

Appr. By:
MUMBAI DRG. NO. -

DESCRIPTION : ASP & RGT SCANNER MOUNT BRACKET ASSY. VIEW Issue Dt. 02/08/03
SHAFT A
SHAFT B
ASP SCANNER MOUNT BRACKET ASSY.

FIGURE 1
SHAFT A
SHAFT B
& Alignment
RGT SCANNER MOUNT BRACKET ASSY.
FIGURE 2
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 Page No. 13-

39
& Alignment
--
-- 1
AS PER IS 2102 (PART 1) : 1993 (m)
XL-600
30/09/03
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 P a g e N o . 1 3 - 40

--
-- 1
& Alignment
AS PER IS 2102 (PART 1) : 1993 (m)
XL-600
30/09/03
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 Page No. 13-

41
--
-- -
& Alignment
AS PER IS 2102 (PART 1) : 1993 (m)
XL-600
30/09/03
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 P a g e N o . 1 3 - 42

HYDRAULIC ADJUSTMENTS AND VERIFICATION PROCEDURE
14
14. Hydraulics Adjustments And Verification Procedure

14.3 R1,R2 & SAMPLE PROBE DISPENSE VERIFICATION
Hydraulics Adjustments
& Verification
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 Page No . 14 - 1


.
ANALYSER HYDRAULICS
DILUTOR
DETERGENT PUMP
R1 PP CKD
R2 PT\SPT CKD WATER CKD
PRESSURE
REGULATOR
R1PT CKD STIR CKD LAUNDRY CKD

PRESSURE
SENSOR
PRESSURE TANK KNF WATER PUMP

DRAIN TAP
ACTION OBSERVATIONS
To Adjust pressure, locate the pressure regulator, Pressure gauge should be between 0.8 and 0.9 bar.
located just above the pressure tank, with the

help of a spanner, unlock the locking nut.
& Verification
With the help of an allen key, rotate and adjust

the pressure regulator.
Go to the Service check menu; click on the pump Observe a small fountain of water in R1PT, R2PT/SPT
and trough valves button, Switch ON the CKD & Stirrer troughs.
valves for R1PT, R2PT, SPT & STIRR, one after
the other.
Switch ON all the switches together and keep the Verify that the water flow should be smooth and there
hydraulic assembly ON for some time. should be no leakages and that the pressure gauge
does not fluctuate.
Ref: XL6 VER 31/12/04 Page No . 14 - 2

Aspirate Drier
Probe 6 Probe
Probe 1 Probe 2 Probe 3 Probe 4 Probe 5
Figure: 14.1
ACTION OBSERVATIONS
DETERGENT / CLEANING SOLUTION FLOW
ADJUSTMENT PROCEDURE
Go to service check menu, and initiate a cuvette Monitor the flow of cleaning solution from the
rinse cycle. cleaning solution can to the DET pump, trough the
tubing’s to the first laundry probe, and into the first
cuvette,
& Verification
To regulate the detergent flow, remove the right side
panel and locate the black coloured, flow regulator
on the top of the detergent pump,
Adjust it in order to enable the detergent flow into
the first cuvette, to fill up to 3\4 of the total volume of
the cuvette.
Verify that there is no spillage of detergent from any

of the cuvettes.
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 Page No . 14 - 3

ACTION OBSERVATION
WATER FLOW ADJUSTMENT
PROCEDURE
Go to service check menu, and initiate a cuvette Monitor the flow of deionised water from the DI
rinse cycle. water can, to the pump , to the pressure vessel,
and trough the tubing’s into the cuvettes, under
laundry probes 2, 3, 4 & 5; also verify a proper
drain from all the cuvette.
To regulate the deionised water flow open the rear

panel ISE door, locate the flow regulator, this
regulator is connected in line with the deionised
water tubing to the laundry system.
Adjust it, so that at the time of rinsing, the
deionised water flow into the second, third, fourth
and fifth cuvette, located under the second, third,
fourth and fifth laundry probe fills to 3\4 the total
volume of the cuvette.
Verify that there is no spillage of deionised water

from any of the cuvettes.
Observe this carefully for multiple rinse
cycles.
DEIONISED WATER FLOW ADJUSTMENT

& Verification
DEIONISED WATER
FLOW REGULATOR
Ref: XL6 VER 31/12/04 Page No . 14 - 4

14.3 R1, R2, SAMPLE PROBE DISPENSE VERIFICATION
NOTE: NO ADJUSTMENTS CAN BE MADE TO CONTROL THE FLOW OF R1,R2 & SAMPLE PROBE
DISPENSE, ONLY A FLOW VERIFICATION CAN BE MADE AS FOLLOWS:
SAMPLE
From the SERVICE CHECK menu select SAMPLE ARM, click on INITIALIZE , click on SAMPLE OUTER,
click on SAMPLE TO CUVETTE, click on CUVETTE TO DRAIN, CLICK on the GO BACK button.
From the SERVICE CHECK menu select SYRINGES then select SAMPLE SYRINGE, click on INITIALIZE
trapped air bubbles. Do this till the entire tubing and probe is completely primed and free of air bubbles.
REAGENT 1
From the SERVICE CHECK menu select REAGENT 1 ARM, click on INITIALIZE , click on REAGENT
OUTER, click on REAGENT TO CUVETTE, click on CUVETTE TO DRAIN, CLICK on the GO BACK button.
REAGENT 2
From the SERVICE CHECK menu select REAGENT 2 ARM, click on INITIALIZE, click on REAGENT
OUTER, click on REAGENT TO CUVETTE (R2) , click on (R2) CUVETTE TO DRAIN, CLICK on the GO
BACK button.
Check and confirm that a clear uninterrupted straight jet of water emerges from the probe that is free of any
& Verification
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 Page No . 14 - 5

MAINTENANCE
15
15. Maintenance
7
Use the procedures in this section to maintain the analyser at its optimum expected performance level
15.1 CLEANING THE EXTERNAL SURFACES

15.2 SAMPLE, REAGENT 1 AND REAGENT 2 PROBES
15.4 BARCODE READER
15.10 STIRRER UNIT
15.11 DEIONISED W ATER, W ASTE, BIO HAZARDOUS W ASTE & DETERGENT CANS.
15.12 TROLLEY, COMPUTER, KEYBOARD, AND PRINTER
15.13 ANALYSER FANS
15.14 OPTICS
BIOHAZARD Biohazards.
Follow the laboratory’s safety protocol for cleaning and decontaminating the Analyser
and surrounding work surface.
CAUTION Do not perform any maintenance procedure other than those described in this manual.
Electrostatic sensitive components present on the PC boards in the XL-600 require you
CAUTION to ground yourself even when the Analyser is in the OFF ( 0 ) position, otherwise
damage to the Analyser electro-sensitive components and PC boards can occur. Maintenance
Voltages present in the XL-600 can produce severe electrical shocks.

WARNING Place the Analyser and the computer in the OFF ( 0 ) position and disconnect all
line chords before attempting any maintenance procedure.
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 Page No.15 - 1

15.1 CLEANING THE EXTERNAL SURFACE
“Voltages present in the XL-600 can produce severe electrical shocks. Place the
WARNING
Analyser and the computer in the OFF ( 0 ) position and disconnect all line chords
before attempting any maintenance procedure.
Follow the laboratory’s safety protocol for cleaning and decontaminating the
Analyser and surrounding work surface.
Electrostatic sensitive components present on the PC boards in the XL-600 require

CAUTION you to ground yourself even when the Analyser is in the OFF (0) position, otherwise
damage to the Analyser electro-sensitive components and PC boards can occur.
Wipe the outer Analyser and Monitor surface with a non abrasive cleaner, before using it make sure, that you
test it on a small section of the Analyser, wait till it dries, see the results, only if you are satisfied that there is
no damage or change of colour to plastic parts, then proceed to clean the entire analyser surface with this
cleaning solution.
NOTE Some cleaning solutions can destror the surface finish of the analyser.
Use a soft lint free clot moistened with a 5.0% dilution of a 5.25% Sodium
NOTE Hypochloride (Bleach) solution to clean and decontaminate the Analyser external
surfaces, sample tray, reagent tray, and covers.
Use a soft brush if requred to get to inaccessable areas of the sample tray and
reagent tray.
IMPORTANT :
Please instruct the user not to place any patient samples or reagent on the instrument as they could
spill and damage the instrument surface
Maintenance
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271104 Page No.15 - 2

MAINTENANCE
15.2 SAMPLE, REAGENT 1 AND REAGENT 2 PROBE
The Sample probe comes directly in contact with human sera and is highly
BIOHAZARD Biohazardus, please take the necessary precaution to protect yourself when
carrying out this procedure.
NOTE Altough the Sample, Reagent 1 and reagent 2 probes look almost similar, they are
not the same, make sure that they donot get mixed up at the time of maintenance.
As a precautionary measure, remove and refit them one at a time, thereby

eliminating any chances of them getting interchanged.
Refer to chapter 17.3 Probe replacement, in order to remove and refit the sample probe.
Remove the sample probe and place it into a beaker or test tube filled with a mild Sodium hypochloride or
extran solution, the level of the solution should be such that only the lower two centimeters of the probe is
in contact with the solution ( no liquid at any time should come in contact with the probe sensor wires
embedded withen the probe upper half, if it does happen please rinse the probe in deionised water and
thoroughly dry it before refitting )
The sample probe system comprises of two metal cocentric probes that are used for liquid level sensing.
In order to clean this probe from the outside, soak a tissue paper in alcohol and wrap it around the probes
upper end, then gently slide the tissue paper down towards the tip and out of the probe, repeat this cycle
numerous times until you are satisfied that the probe is thoroughly cleaned . Make sure that this cleaning
procedure is done only in one direction that is from top to down and not in the reverse,
In order to clean the sample probe internally, gently with the help of a syringe flush the probe first with a
5.0% dilution of a 5.25% Sodium Hypochloride (Bleach) and then multiple times with deionised water.
Figure showing the Sample
Probe tip immersed in sodium
Hypochloride solution
Maintenance
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 Page No.15 - 3

Dilutor outlet tubing
CKD valve
Dilutor inlet tubing
Glass barrel
Plunger shaft
NOTE Altough the Sample and Reagent Syringes look almost similar, they are not the
same, make sure that they donot get mixed up at the time of maintenance.
As a precautionary measure, remove and refit them one at a time, thereby

eliminating any chances of them getting interchanged.
Place the Analyser in the OFF ( 0 ) mode .
Remove the front panel remove the syringe as described in chapter 17.4 Syringe Replacement Procedure.
Maintenance
The water may be under pressure even after the instrument has been switched OFF.
NOTE Before removing the tubing’s from the syringe, take the necessary precaution to
prevent the spillage of water into the analyser or on any of the electronic circuits.
Remove the Syringe and plunger assembly and place it in a shallow dish on a table .
Slide out the plunger out of the syringe then wipe the tip with a tissue moistened with a mild laboratory
detergent
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271104 Page No.15 - 4

MAINTENANCE
NOTE If the plunger tip is damaged, discoloured or worn out, replace the syringe Teflon tip or
syringe assembly.
Rinse the syringe body with deionised water manually and push the plunger into the syringe body several
times to rinse the syringe.
Fit the syringe assembly into the instrument as described in chapter 17.4 Syringe Replacement Procedure.
NOTE Ensure that there is an “ o “ ring mounted on the nut at the bottom of the syringe
Connect the inlet and outlet tubing to their respective positions.
Maintenance
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 Page No.15 - 5

15.4 BARCODE READER
Sample tray and reagent trays and their respective wells.
Lift and remove the Sample and Reagent trays.

Locate the bar code windows on the walls of the of the Sample and Reagent tray Wells, with the help of a lint
free clot moisten with deionised water gently wipe the window clear of any spillage or dust.
Make sure that there are no scratches or permanent stains on the window, if so have it replaced.
Make sure after carrying out the Barcode reader maintenance that both sample and
NOTE reagent windows are thoroughly dried and free of water or dust stains.
Maintenance
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271104 Page No.15 - 6

MAINTENANCE
Take the necessary precautions to protect your self from contamination and
personal injury.
Lift and remove the Sample tray, with the help of a soft brush and a lint free clot moistened in with a 0.5 %
dilution of a 5.25 % Sodium hypo chloride (bleach) solution clean and decontaminate the Sample tray,
also remove all debris and spillage from the well of the Sample tray.
Clean the entire Sample transport free of dust and debris, clean the Sample transport Opto coupler light
path with the help of a very soft dry brush.
With the help of an external light source thoroughly check the belt for wear and tear as well as for proper
tension.
Place the Sample tray back into position. Make sure that the index pin on the Sample transport slides into
the index hole provided on the sample tray.
Sample tray and well
Maintenance
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 Page No.15 - 7

Take the necessary precautions to protect your self from contamination and
personal injury.
Lift and remove the Reagent tray, with the help of a lint free clot moistened in with a 0.5 % dilution of a
5.25 % Sodium hypo chloride ( bleach ) solution clean and decontaminate the Reagent tray, also remove
all debris and spillage from the well of the reagent tray.
Clean the entire Reagent transport free of dust and debris, if required clean the Reagent transport Opto
coupler light path with the help of a very soft dry brush.
With the help of an external light source thoroughly check the belt for wear and tear as well as for proper
tension.
Place the Reagent tray back into position. Make sure that the index pin on the Reagent transport slides
into the index hole provided on the sample tray.
Physically verify proper reagent tray cooling of both halves, ( Right side and left side).
Reagent tray and well

Maintenance
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271104 Page No.15 - 8

MAINTENANCE
The Cuvettes comes directly in contact with human sera and is highly
BIOHAZARD
Biohazardus, please take the necessary precaution to protect yourself when
Locate and remove the thumbscrews on the top of the reaction tray. Lift and remove the Reaction tray
cover, disconnect the RCT heater and thermistor connectors, locate and unscrew the three Phillips
screws, gently lift and remove the reaction tray.
Remove each individual cuvette from their slots, making sure they do not get scratched, place them in a
bowl containing a laboratory detergent.( recommended is a 2% solution of Extran).
Clean the empty Reaction tray and incubation well with the help of a soft brush and lint free clot soaked in
a very diluted solution of 15% dilution of a 5.25% sodium Hypo chloride
Clean the entire Reaction transport free of dust and debris, clean the Reaction transport Opto coupler
light path with the help of a very soft dry brush.
With the help of an external light source thoroughly check the belt for wear and tear.
Place the Reaction tray back into position. Make sure that the index pin on the Reaction transport slides
into the index hole provided on the sample tray.
Make sure that the light path, which includes the photometer inlet slit, and incubation well, is free of dust.
Before refitting the cuvettes make sure that the reaction tray and incubation
NOTE well is absolutely dry.
Failure to do so could damage the Analyser.
Verify the Reaction tray temperature both in the service menu & physically, after allowing the
instrument to warm up for 20 minutes.
Maintenance
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 Page No.15 - 9

The cuvettes come directly in contact with human sera and is highly
BIOHAZARD Biohazardus, please take the necessary precaution to protect yourself when
Remove each individual cuvette from their slots, making sure they do not get scratched, place them in a
bowl containing a laboratory detergent (Recommended is a 2 % solution of Extran)
With the help of COTTON EAR CLEANING BUDS clean the internal and external surfaces of the
cuvette.
Rinse the cuvettes thoroughly in Deionised water, numerous times and dry them by placing them
inverted on a filter paper.
Clean the external surface of each cuvette using a lint free tissue paper, and replace them one at a time
directly into the reaction slots.
NOTE When replacing the cuvettes back into their slots, make sure that you grip them by
their sides and top end.
Never let the fingers or any sharp object come in contact with the optical area.
Confirm that all cuvettes have fitted properly into their respective slots on the reaction tray and none of
them are jutting out.
Maintenance
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271104 P a g e N o . 1 5 - 10

MAINTENANCE
The Cuvette rinsing unit suction probes comes directly in contact with human
BIOHAZARD sera and is highly Biohazardus, please take the necessary precaution to protect
yourself when carrying out this procedure.
Unscrew the metal thumbscrew Located above the cuvette rinsing unit plate lift the cuvette rinsing unit
upwards
And place it in a shallow tray
Clean individual probes with the help of a lint free tissue moistened with a 0.5% dilution of a 5.25% Sodium
hypochloride, rinse thoroughly with deionised water and dry.
Replace any aspiration tubing, probe or suction chip that has been discoloured or damaged.
When refitting the Cuvette rinsing unit make sure that the suction probes go
NOTE directly in the centre of the cuvette and they do not touch the walls of the
cuvette.
Maintenance
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 P a g e N o . 1 5 - 11

15.10 STIRRER UNIT
The Stirrer unit suction probes comes directly in contact with human sera and is
BIOHAZARD highly Biohazardus, please take the necessary precaution to protect yourself
when carrying out this procedure.
Remove the screws and slide out both the stirrers place them in a bowl containing a 0.5% dilution of a 5.25%
sodium hypo chloride solution, rinse with Deionised water and dry,
Alternately you could gently wipe the stirrers using a lint free tissue soaked a 0.5% dilution of a 5.25%
sodium hypo chloride solution, rinse with Deionised water and dry.
Refit the stirrers and confirm that they are in the center of both cuvettes
To con firm the centring of the stirrers in both the cuvettes from the Main menu go into the service menu then
reset the system by clicking on the reset icon, go to stirrers and click on Rotate to cuvette 2 , take the stirrers
down and switch the stirrers on.
If the stirrers are not properly aligned they may touch the sides of the cuvette,
NOTE
resulting in a permanent damage to the cuvette.
Maintenance
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271104 P a g e N o . 1 5 - 12

MAINTENANCE
15.11 DEIONISED WATER, WASTE, BIO HAZARD WASTE & DETERGENT CANS
DEIONISED WATER CAN :
Disconnect the tubing from the water can.
Fill the can with a 15% dilution of a 5.25% Sodium hypo chloride solution. Place the lid with the sensor on to
the can.
Rotate gently periodically in order to enable the solution to reach every corner of the can, do this for about 5
minutes .
Drain the cleaning solution and repeat the same numerous times by filling the can with deionised water.
Rinse the can thoroughly as there should be no traces of Sodium Hypo chloride left in
NOTE the can, as it could affect the results.
Reconnect the tubing from the water can; replace the water filter if required.
Make sure that the water sensor cable from the water can is connected to the
NOTE connector marked as Deionised water, on the back panel of the instrument.
WASTE & BIOHAZARDOUS WASTE CANS:
The Waste & Biohazardous waste can, comes directly in contact with human sera
BIOHAZARD and is highly Biohazardus, please take the necessary precaution to protect
yourself when carrying out this procedure.
Follow the laboratory’s safety protocol for cleaning and decontaminating the waste
can.
Disconnect the tubing from the Waste & Bio hazardous Waste can.
Fill the waste & Bio hazardous Waste can with a 25% dilution of a 5.25% Sodium hypo chloride solution.
Place the lid with the sensor on to the can.
Rotate gently periodically in order to enable the solution to reach every corner of the can, do this for about 10
minutes.
Drain the cleaning solution, by strictly following the laboratory’s waste disposal protocols. Fill the can with
fresh deionised water and repeat the above procedure with deionised water numerous times.
Place the waste tubing into a solution of sodium hypo chloride of the same concentration as mentioned
above. Allow it to soak for about 10 minutes and then rinse it thoroughly with deionised water.
Maintenance
Reconnect the waste tubing to the Waste can.
DETERGENT CAN:
Thoroughly rinse the detergent can with deionised water.
NOTE Verify proper connections of all tubing’s to their respective nossels.
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 P a g e N o . 1 5 - 13

15.12 TROLLEY, COMPUTER, KEYBOARD & PRINTER
Voltages present in the Computer and monitor can produce severe electrical
WARNING
shocks. Place the computer, Monitor, and Printer in the OFF ( 0 ) position and
disconnect all line chords before attempting any maintenance procedure.
NOTE Some cleaning solutions can destror the surface finish of the analyser.
Use a soft lint free clot moistened with a 5.0% dilution of a 5.25% Sodium
NOTE Hypochloride (Bleach) solution to clean and decontaminate the Analyser external
surfaces, sample tray, reagent tray, and covers.
Use a soft brush if requred to get to inaccessable areas of the sample tray and
reagent tray.
Do not perform any maintenance procedure other than those described in this
CAUTION manual.
Electrostatic sensitive components present on the PC boards in the Computer,

CAUTION Monitor and Printer require you to ground yourself even when the Computer is in
the OFF ( 0 ) position, otherwise damage to the Computer electro-sensitive
components and PC boards can occur.
Wipe the Trolley, Monitor, Computer and Keyboard external surface with a non abrasive cleaner, or a use a
soft lint free clot moistened with a 0.5% dilution of a 5.25% Sodium Hypochloride (Bleach) solution to clean
and decontaminate the trolley,computer, monitor and printer external surface.
But before using it, make sure that you test it on a small section of the trolley and Computer, wait till it dries,
see the results, only if you are satisfied that there is no damage or change of colour to plastic parts, then
proceed to clean the entire Computer and Trolley with this cleaning solution.
Make sure that\ no solution falls or seeps into the Computer, Monitor, Printer, or
NOTE Keyboard .
COMPUTER
Clean the external surfaces as described above, check and delete unwanted programme, files and screen
savers loaded by the customer, as these could interfer with the XL-600 programme.
Take a backup of the test parameters, calibration data and patient results, label each disc and store then
safely.
Maintenance
If required clean the Computer internally free of dust . If required, get the regional Compaq distributor to do
the maintenance for the computer.
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271104 P a g e N o . 1 5 - 14

MAINTENANCE
MONITOR
Voltages present in the Monitor can produce severe electrical shocks. Even after it
WARNING
is switched off.
Clean the external Surface as described above.
Adjust the Vertical and Horizontal heeight and with for optimal performance.
Adjust the Brightness and contrast setting for optimal performance.
PRINTER
Clean the external surfaces as described above, Clear the printer free of any debris and paper pieces.
Replace the printer ribbon/ Cartridge if necessary.
KEYBOARD
Invert the Keyboard and shake it to remove any debris that may fallen inbetween the keys.if required use a
vaccum cleaner.
Maintenance
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 P a g e N o . 1 5 - 15

15.13 ANALYSER FANS
Remove the back pannel and locate the two fans behind the Analyser one on the top left hand side and the
other on the lower end.
Moisten a lint free clot or tissue in water and clean each individual blade of the fans.
Make sure that no water should enter the electrical or mechinical parts of the fan.
NOTE
Make shure that the fan is absolutely dry as this could damage the Analyser
Maintenance
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271104 P a g e N o . 1 5 - 16

MAINTENANCE
15.14 OPTICS
Verify the light beam alignment, though chances of misaligning of the beam is very remote. For checking the
alignment remove the cuvette in front of the light beam and follow the following steps.
Switch ON the instrument
Go to the service menu and press Reset which will initialize the instrument.
Open the RCT Cover and remove the cuvette which is in line with photometer slot.
Insert the `Light Beam Alignment Plate' in the empty cuvette position.
Verify that the light beams falls on the center [+] position that is marked on the plate.
Remove the `Light Beam Alignment Plate'
Mount the cuvette back, and perform and verify proper AUTO SPAN.
There are no serviceable parts within the photometer box, the photometer box is factory set
and sealed, it should never be opened, as humid air and dust could cause damage to the
NOTE photometer grating.
Touching or attempting to clean the grating, located within the photometer box could cause
permanent damage to it.
Maintenance
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 P a g e N o . 1 5 - 17

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE
16
16. Preventive Maintenance
7
"Prevention is better than cure"
It is always recommended that the instrument is maintained by the user with proper instructions from the service
personal to get the optimum output and to avoid any possible damage to the analyser.
Maintenance
Preventive
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 Page No.16 - 1

WARNING
before attempting any maintenance procedure.
Follow the laboratory’s safety protocol for cleaning and decontaminating the Analyser
and surrounding work surface.
Do not perform any maintenance procedure other than those described in this
CAUTION manual.

CAUTION you to ground yourself even when the Analyser is in the OFF ( 0 ) position, otherwise
damage to the Analyser electro-sensitive components and PC boards can occur.
VERIFYING PROPER ROOM TEMPERATURE

Measure the room temperature at different corners of the Laboratory, the reccomended temperature is 15 to 30
degrees celcus.
There should not be a variations of more than 5 degrees in Room temperature per hour.
VERIFYING LINE VOLTAGE
With the help of a Voltmeter Measure the following AC Voltages to the instrument.
Phase and Neutral 110 Volts
Phase and Ground 110 Volts
VERIFYING PROPER GROUNDING

Maintenance
Place the Analyser and the computer in the OFF ( 0 ) position and disconnect all line
NOTE
Preventive
chords .
With the help of a Ohm meter measure the continuity between all the ground points,
Place one end of the probe on the AC input ground terminal and the other on the the upper chassis of the
instrument it should ideally be zero ohms, repeat the same for the lower half of the instrument.
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 Page No.16 - 2

VERIFYING PROPER VENTILATION
Make shure there is at least 0.5 meters of space between the wall and the instrument on all three sides, to
enable proper ventilation. There should not be any Stationary items or objects in the vinicity that hinder proper
access to the analyser.
There should not be a direct draft of air from the airconditioning system on to the Analyser.
VERIFYING EXTERNAL INTERFERENCES
Heavy-duty electrical devices like Air conditioners, refrigerator's, ovens, centrifuges etc. should not be operated
on the same electrical lines as the Analyzer or in the close vicinity of the analyzer.
The room should be free of any vibrations from heavy-duty devices like Centrifuges and Compressors.
The room should be free from strong magnetic fields caused by other medical equipment, like CT Scans, MRI
etc.
VERIFYING PROPER ROOM LIGHTING
There should be sufficent room lighting to enable efficent operator use and clear visable access to the internal
components of the instrument during serviceing
VERIFYING PROPER LABORATORY CLEANLINESS (PRACTICE)
The instrument and the surrounding area should be mantained clean and regularly decontaminated to prevent
contaminating yourself and others.
There should be no spillage of Serum, Reagents, Waste or Deionised water.
Make shure that no Reagents or Samples are placed on top of the analyser or trolley as they could spill causing
a permernant damage to the Analyser
MANTAINING AN ERROR LOG BOOK
Maintain a log book at the customer site every visit and error reported with the date should be entered make
sure that this book is updated after performing the maintenance.
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 Page No.16 - 3

DAILY MAINTENANCE
Start of the day procedure
1. EMPTY WASTE CAN.
2. EMPTY BIO HAZARDOUS WASTE CAN.
3. FILL DEIONISED WATER CAN.
4. FILL CLEANING SOLUTION CAN.
5. CHECK CAL A SOLUTION LEVEL, REPLACE BOTTLE IF NECESSARY.
6. CLEAN THE ANALYSER EXTERNAL SURFACE.
7. REPLACE PRINTER PAPER IF NECESSARY.
8. CLEAN THE COMPUTER, TROLLEY, MONITOR, KEYBOARD AND PRINTER EXTERNAL SURFACE.
9. PERFORM A CUVETTE RINSE
10. PERFORM A PHOTOMETER CHECK AND VERIFY THAT THE AUTO SPAN CHECK HAS PASSED
SUCCESSFULLY.
11. VERIFY REAGENT TRAY TEMPERATURE.
12. REPLENISH OR REPLACE REAGENTS IF NECESSARY.
End of the day procedure
1. REMOVE AND DISCARD ALL SAMPLE / STANDARD AND CONTROLS CUPS OR TUBES FROM
THE SAMPLE TRAY.
2. PERFORM A WATER SAVE.
3. TAKE A BACK UP OF ALL PATIENT REPORTS.
4. TURN OFF THE POWER TO THE MAIN ANALYSER UNIT BY TURNING OFF THE POWER SWITCH
LOCATED ON THE SIDE OF THE ANALYSER ( ANALYSER TO BE KEPT IN THE STAND BY MODE)
Maintenance
Maintenance
Preventive
Preventive
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 Page No.16 - 4

WEEKLY MAINTENANCE
1. CLEAN THE WASTE CAN.
2. CLEAN THE BIO HAZARDOUS WASTE CAN.
3. CLEAN AND FILL THE DEIONISED WATER CAN.
4. CLEAN THE CLEANING SOLUTION CAN.
5. CHECK THE LEVELS OF CAL A SOLUTION REPLACE IF REQUIRED.
8. CLEAN THE AREA AROUND THE ANALYSER, DISARD ANY UNWANTED ITEM.( MAINTAIN
PROPER ROOM CLEANLINESS.
9. CLEAN THE SAMPLE, REAGENT 1 & REAGENT 2 PROBES.
10. CLEAN THE STIRRER PADDLES.
11. CLEAN THE LAUNDRY PROBES.
12. CLEAN THE SAMPLE TRANSPORT
13. CLEAN THE REAGENT TRANSPORT.
14. CLEAN THE SAMPLE, REAGENT 1 AND REAGENT 2 SYRINGE.
15. PERFORM AN AUTO SPAN CHECK AND NOTE DOWN THE GAIN VALUES FOR 340
WAVELENGTH.
16. PERFORM A CUVETTE RINSE.
17. PERFORM A PRECISSION CHECK AND NOTE DOWN THE %CV FOR AN END POINT AND
KINETIC TEST.
Maintenance
Preventive
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 Page No.16 - 5

QUARTERLY MAINTENANCE
5. CLEAN THE LEVEL SENSING PLATFORM.
15. CLEAN THE SAMPLE, REAGENT 1 AND REAGENT 2 SYRINGE.
16. CLEAN THE ANALYSER FANS.
17. CLEAN THE BAR CODE READER.
WAVELENGTH.
KINETIC TEST.
21. REPLACE THE LAMP.
22. CLEAN THE ANALYSER INTERNAL SURFACE FREE OF DUST
WAVELENGTH.

Maintenance
Preventive
KINETIC TEST.
26. CARRY OUT A SITE VERIFICATION FOR TEMPERATURE, LINE VOLTAGE, ELECTRICAL
GROUND, VENTILATION, EXTERNAL INTERFERENCES, ROOM LIGHTING, AND LABORATORY
CLEANLINESS PRACTICE, AS DESCRIBED IN CHAPTER “16.1 SERVICING A CUSTOMER SITE”.
27. MAKE A DETAILED ENTRY IN THE ERROR LOG BOOK, OF THE MAINTENANCE CARRIED OUT
AND AND SITE VERIFICATIONS.
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 Page No.16 - 6

HALF YEARLY MAINTENANCE
13. REPLACE THE LAUNDRY TUBINGS.
16. CLEAN, CHECK AND REPLACE IF NECESSARY THE SAMPLE, REAGENT 1 AND REAGENT 2
SYRINGE. PLUNGER TIP.
20. REPLACE THE ALL ISE ELECTRODES & PERFORM A ISE CLEAN AND RINSE CYCLE.
21. CHECK AND REPLACE THE ISE PUMP CASSETTES.
WAVELENGTH.

Maintenance
Preventive
KINETIC TEST.
26. CARRY OUT A SITE VERIFICATION FOR TEMPERATURE, LINE VOLTAGE, ELECTRICAL
CLEANLINESS PRACTICE, AS DESCRIBED IN CHAPTER “16.1 SERVICING A CUSTOMER SITE”.
AND AND SITE VERIFICATIONS.
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 Page No.16 - 7

ANNUAL MAINTENANCE
6. REPLACE EXTERNAL TUBINGS TO THE WASTE, BIO HAZARDOUS WASTE, CLEANING

SOLUTION AND DEIONISED WATER CANS.
11. CHECK AND REPLACE IF NECESSARY THE SAMPLE, REAGENT 1 & REAGENT 2 PROBES.
12. CHECK AND REPLACE IF NECESSARY THE STIRRER PADDLES.
13. REPLACE THE LAUNDRY PROBES.
14. REPLACE THE LAUNDRY TUBINGS.
17. CHECK AND REPLACE IF NECESSARY THE SAMPLE, REAGENT 1 AND REAGENT 2 SYRINGE.
21. REPLACE THE ALL ISE ELECTRODES & PERFORM A ISE CLEAN AND RINSE CYCLE.
22. CHECK AND REPLACE IF NECESSARY THE ISE PUMP CASSETTES.
WAVELENGTH.
Maintenance

Preventive
KINETIC TEST.
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 Page No.16 - 8

27 CARRY OUT A SITE VERIFICATION FOR TEMPERATURE, LINE VOLTAGE, ELECTRICAL

CLEANLINESS PRACTICE, AS DESCRIBED IN CHAPTER “16.1 SERVICING A CUSTOMER
SITE”.
AND SITE VERIFICATIONS.
Maintenance
Preventive
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 Page No.16 - 9


Name of the Customer: ______________________________________ MONTH:
Name of the Operator: ______________________________________ Model: XL 600
Serial No.:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31
DAY8
Start of Day
Empty waste can.
Empty bio hazardous waste can. *
Fill deionised water can.
Fill cleaning solution can. *
Check cal A solution level
Clean the analyser external surface
Replace printer paper .*
Clean computer, keyboard & monitor
Perform cuvette rinse & check blank
Perform an auto span check
Verify reagent tray temperature
Replenish or replace reagents
End of Day
Discard Sample & Control cups/tube
Perform a water save.
Back up of all patient reports.*
Place analyser in the stand by mode
Initials of person performing Maintenance
st nd rd th th
Weekly maintenance 1 week 2 week 3 week 4 week 5 week
Clean the waste can
Clean the bio hazardous waste can.
Clean and fill deionised water can.
Clean the cleaning solution can.*
Check the levels of cal A solution
Clean the analyser external surface.
Clean computer, keyboard & monitor
Maintain proper room cleanliness.
Clean Sample,Reagent 1 & 2 probes
Clean the stirrer paddles
Clean the laundry probes.
Clean Sample & Reagent transport
Clean Sample,Reagent 1&2 syringe*
Perform an auto span check
Perform cuvette rinse & check blank
* If Necessary
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 P a g e N o . 1 6 - 11

Name of the Customer: ______________________________________ Month From: to

Name of the service technician: ______________________________________ Model: XL 600
Serial No.:
Quarterly Maintenance First Quarter Second Quarter Third Quarter Fourth Quarter
clean the waste can.
clean the bio hazardous waste can.
clean and fill the deionised water can.
clean the cleaning solution can.
clean the level sensing platform.
check the levels of cal A solution replace if required
clean the analyser external surface.
clean the computer, trolley, monitor, keyboard and
printer external surface.
maintain proper room cleanliness, clean the area
around the analyse and discard any unwanted
items.
clean sample, reagent 1 & 2 probes
clean the stirrer paddles.
clean the laundry probes.
clean the sample transport
clean the reagent transport
Clean,check and if necessary the sample, reagent 1
& 2 syringe.plunger tip
clean the analyser fans.
clean the bar code reader.
replace the lamp.
perform an auto span check
Perform cuvette rinse, check & note cuvette blanks
perform a precission check
Take a back up of all necessary data, Patient
results, Parameters, Calibration data, QC data,
Control data ,System switch & Sequence
Carry out a site verification for temperature, line
voltage, electrical ground, ventilation, external
interferences, room lighting and laboratory
cleanliness practice as described in chapter “ 16.1
SERVICING A CUSTOMER SITE”
Make a entry in the Customer error log book
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 P a g e N o . 1 6 - 12


Name of the service technician: Model: XL 600
______________________________________ Serial No.:
Annual Maintenance
clean the waste can.
clean the bio hazardous waste can.
clean and fill the deionised water can.
clean the cleaning solution can.
clean the level sensing platform.
check the levels of cal A solution replace if required
clean the analyser external surface.
clean the computer, trolley, monitor, keyboard and printer external surface.
Replace external tubings to the waste , Bio h
azardous waste, cleaning solution & Deionised water

maintain proper room cleanliness, clean the area around the analyse and discard any unwanted items.
Replace the Sample, Reagent 1 & 2 probes
Replace the stirrer paddles.
Replace the laundry probes.
Replace the laundry tubings
clean the sample transport
clean the reagent transport
Clean and replace if necessary the Sample, Reagent 1 & 2 syringe.
Clean the analyser fans.
Clean the bar code reader.
Replace all ISE electrodes
Check and replace if necessary the the ISE pump cassette
replace the lamp.
perform an auto span check
Perform cuvette rinse, check & note cuvette blanks
perform a precission check
Take a back up of all necessary data, Patient results, Parameters, Calibration data, QC data, Control data, System
switch & Sequence
Carry out a site verification for temperature, line voltage, electrical ground, ventilation, external interferences, room
lighting and laboratory cleanliness practice as described in chapter “ 16.1 SERVICING A CUSTOMER SITE”
Make a entry in the Customer error log book
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 P a g e N o . 1 6 - 13


Name of the Operator / Service technician: ___________________________ Model: XL 600 Serial No:
DESCRIPTION 3 Months 6 Months 9 Months 12 Months
SPT PROBE ASSY * ü

R1PT PROBE ASSY * ü
R2PT PROBE ASSY * ü
STIRRER PADDLES ü
CUVETTE DRIER CHIP (TEFLON) ü ü
LAUNDRY DISPENSE TUBINGS ü
LAUNDRY ASPIRATION TUBINGS ü ü
LAUNDRY PROBE ASSY ) * ü
PHOTOMETER LAMP ASSY ü ü ü ü
SAMPLE SYRINGE PLUNGER WITH TEFLON TIP (100 ul) ü
SAMPLE SYRINGE ASSY (100 ul) * ü
REAGENT 1 & 2 SYRINGE (500 ul) TEFLON TIP ü
REAGENT 1 & 2 SYRINGE (500 ul) ASSY * ü
Na ELECTRODE ü ü
K ELECTRODE ü ü
Cl ELECTRODE ü ü
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 P a g e N o . 1 6 - 14

DESCRIPTION 3 Months 6 Months 9 Months 12 Months
REF ELECTRODE ü ü
ISE BOTTLE WITH TUBE ASSY ü
ISE PUMP CASSETTE (Note quantity required 2) ü
DI WATER FILTER ü ü ü ü
* If necessary
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 P a g e N o . 1 6 - 15

REPLACEMENT PROCEDURE
17
17. Replacement Procedure
This section explains the replacement of the following

WARNING
before attempting any replacement procedure.
Analyser and surrounding work surface.
Do not perform any procedure other than those described in this manual.
CAUTION

CAUTION you to ground yourself even when the Analyser is in the OFF ( 0 ) position,
otherwise damage to the Analyser electro-sensitive components and PC boards
can occur.
Replacement
Procedure
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 Page No. 17 - 1

WARNING
before attempting any replacement procedure.

CAUTION you to ground yourself even when the Analyser is in the OFF ( 0 ) position,
otherwise damage to the Analyser electro-sensitive components and PC boards
can occur.
Locate the fuse box, identify the faulty fuse (In the new version analyser fuse box, there is included an
integral fuse blow indicator lamp mounted within the top of each individual fuse box, this indicator lamp glows
red corresponding to the fuse that is blown up).
Hold and gently lift the retaining lever, slide out the faulty fuse and replace it with an identical fuse of he same
rating
FUSE RATINGS.
NUMBER- RATEING DESCRIPTION VOLTAGE

F8 – 6 A 24 V TO MOTORS (TX2) 24 V AC
F12 – 250 mA PRIMARY OF ISE TRANSFORMER (TX3) 220 V AC
F13 – 1.6 A REAGENT COOLING SECTION 220 V AC
F14 – 3 A PRIMARY OF MAINS TX1 220 V AC
F16 – 1.6 A 5 V SMPS 220 V AC
Replacement
Procedure
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 Page No. 17 - 2

The lamp replacement should be done only after turning off the power to
NOTE
the Analyser.
NOTE The lamp, lamp housing and holder surfaces are excessively hot, proper
care should be taken to protect one self from possible injury.
Lamp
Specifications 12 Volts / 20 watts mounted on a holder and factory pre aligned (no alignment is required
at the time of installation)
Location Below the RCT tray.
Replacement
Procedure
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 Page No. 17 - 3

Proocedure 1. Turn off the power to the analyser.

2. Locate and unscrew the two thumbscrews on top of the reaction tray cover.
3. Gently lift up and the cover.

4. Locate the circular cut out hole in the RCT table
5. Rotate the table till the circular cut-out is positioned over the lamp connector screws,
6. Loosen the lamp connector thumbscrews and slide out the lamp connector
VERY When loosening the lamp connector thumbscrews, great care should be taken to
IMPORTAN prevent the lamp connector thumbscrews, from accidentally falling down, into the
T RCT assembly.
Replacement
Procedure
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 Page No. 17 - 4

7. Rotate the RCT tray till the circular cut-out is positioned over the lamp housing assembly.
8. With the help of an allen key provided in the tool kit, loosen the allen screw as shown in
figure 17.1
VERY When loosening the allen screw, great care should be taken to prevent the allen key
IMPORTAN or the allen screw, from accidentally falling down, into the RCT assembly.
T
Figure 17.1
Replacement
Procedure
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 Page No. 17 - 5

9. Gently slide out the lamp from the lamp housing as shown in figure
10. Remove the old lamp and insert the new lamp,. Tighten the Allen screw. Fit the lamp
connectors and tighten the thumbscrews.
10. Fit the reaction tray top cover and tighten the thumbscrews. Turn on the power to the
analyser.
11. Trough the SERVICE MENU click on the PHOTOMETER button, click on AUTO SPAN
CHECK and then click on the START button.
12. Verify that the auto span test has passed successfully.
Replacement
Procedure
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 Page No. 17 - 6


.
Note : Although Reagent 1, Reagent 2 and Sample probes look similar, they are not similar and hence
they have different part numbers, make sure that you do not interchange them, they are colour coded
black, yellow and red for your reference.
Lightly grip the probe cover by its sides

and remove it by lifting it vertically upwards.
Disconnect the LLS Connector
Disconnect the Teflon tubing that is connected

to the probe by sliding it out.
Replacement
Procedure
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 Page No. 17 - 7

Rotate and unscrew the white plastic holder that

holds the probe in place
Gently slide the old probe out, upwards
Slide in the new probe and make sure that the

metallic flag slides into the centre of the opto
coupler
Rotate and tighten the white plastic holder that holds

the probe in place
Reconnect the LLS connector and slide in the Teflon
tubing onto the probe
NOTE: the Teflon tube must fit tightly onto the probe,
if not cut off the flared end of the Teflon tube and refit
it firmly.
Replacement
When the analyser is running verify that there are no

Procedure
leakages.
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 Page No. 17 - 8

CKD Valve
Locate the three dilutor syringes by
removing the front panel of the Teflon tip
instrument.
1. Sample syringe :100 ul Plunger shaft

2. Reagent :500 ul Syringe
3. Reagent 2 :500 ul syringe
Black nylon washer
Grip the Teflon tube located on the top of

tthe dilutor syringe and slide it out
NOTE : Absorb the water droplets that may

drip, with the help of a tissue paper.
The entire hydraulics are maintained at a positive pressure, before disconnecting the
dilutor syringe or any tubing’s, make sure that the water pressure in the pressure tank
NOTE is totally neutralised.
Disconnect the tubing’s in such a way so as to prevent the spillage of water onto the
sensitive parts of the analyser
Replacement
Procedure
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 Page No. 17 - 9

NOTE: Loosen the bolt only

with the plunger at the top most
position,
and NOT IN THE BOTTOM
POSITION, AS IT COULD CAUSE
THE GLASS SYRINGE BARREL
TO BREAK.
With the help of a spanner loosen
the bolt at the bottom of the
plunger.
With the help of an Allen key

loosen the two Allen screws
located at the top of the dilutor
syringe
There is a black rubber washer located against the face of the bolt and a metallic cylindrical
NOTE spacer, that may fall off on opening the bolt, take the necessary precautions to ensure that
they do not get lost
Gently pull the syringe towards you

and away from the dilutor assembly
Replacement
Procedure
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 P a g e N o . 1 7 - 10

Un pack the new syringe, pull the plunger half way down, care should be taken to prevent
damage to the Teflon tip.
Slide the new syringe into place and

loosely fit the Allen screws
NOTE
When fitting the new dilutor syringe, make sure that the black rubber washer is placed
NOTE between the face of the bolt and the plunger; also make sure that the metallic cylindrical
spacer is placed between the plunger inner side and the driving shaft
With the help of a spanner,

tighten the bolt at the bottom of
the plunger
Fully Tighten the Allen screws (do not

use excessive pressure).
Check proper fitment by manually
Replacement
Procedure
moving the plunger up and down
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 P a g e N o . 1 7 - 11

When connecting the tubing’s, make sure that there are no damages or ruptures.
When the analyser is running, check and verify that there are no leakages.
Replacement
Procedure
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 P a g e N o . 1 7 - 12

TROUBLESHOOTING
18
18 TROUBLESHOOTING
The following list is an extension of the troubleshooting section outlined in the operator's manual. The reader
should familiarise with the set-up, operation and troubleshooting sections of the operators manual before
attempting to service the unit .
This section deals with the following problems and their recommended solutions
18.1 RESULTS
18.2 OPTICAL SYSTEM
18.11 STIRRER SYSTEM
Note:
It is very important while diagnosing problem to look at the non-instrumental aspects of
troubleshooting. This will save time and efforts for reaching to the correct solution
Please ensure the following before opening the instrument.

ð The quality of reagents and samples used is good.
ð There are no voltage fluctuation or stabilisation problems in mains voltage.
Troubleshooting
ð The problem is not operator level or an application related problems.

ð Quality of Consumables likes DI Water, is satisfactory.
ð There are no environmental problems.
ð Proper optics like good lamp gains, proper light beam centring in the cuvettes and optically clean cuvettes
NOTE: BIG PROBLEMS ALWAYS HAVE SIMPLE SOLUTIONS
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 Page No. 18 - 1

18.1 RESULTS
PROBLEM POSSIBLE FAULTS ACTION TO BE TAKEN
Results obtained are zero or a) Chech reaction quality by

negative looking at the time course date
b) Check proper quantity dispense .

of reagents into the cuvettes.
Check for proper reaction colour

development by stopping the
analyser, physically removing and
visually verifying the same
c) Improper dispense of sample Check probe for blockage, check

for leak in tubing, Check for leak in
syringe
Instrument reports High results Check calibration data and Recalibrate using a fresh
recalibrate the curve standard and crosscheck
results using Controls
Erratic results a) Check the parameters Correct if required
b) Check the factors in calibration. Correct if required
Table
c) Check for dirty cuvettes Clean if required
d) Check if detergent volume is ok.
e) Check the lamp Replace if required
f) Check the lamp connectors Refit if required
g) Check the lamp P/S for Replace if faulty
fluctuations
h) Check for proper dispense of
sample/reagents
i) Check for air bubbles in Remove air bubbles
SPP/R1PP/R2PP
j) Check for spikes in time course
k) Check for proper internal
/external cleaning
of probes
l) Check the ADC PCB Replace if faulty
m) Check the +/- 15 volts Replace if required
Troubleshooting
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 Page No. 18 - 2

TROUBLESHOOTING
8.2 OPTICAL SYSTEM

Instrument indicates lamp break a) 3 consecutive Cuvette blank were
down higher than 2.5 OD
b) Lamp fused Replace lamp
c) Supply to the lamp not available Check Lamp Power supply PCB
board, if faulty replace it.
Gains not proper a) Check the cuvette blank reading if Give cuvette rinse/remove and
above 0.2 clean the cuvettes if required
b) Check the DI water level in Increase the volume if less by
cuvettes adjusting the Laundry water flow
controller
c) Check the lamp voltage/lamp Increase the voltage to
12V/change lamp if brownish
d) Check the lamp P/S Replace if faulty
e) Check the -15V Replace P/S
f) Check the thermistor of RGT Disconnect/ replace if faulty
g) Check the auto span Repeat if required
Lamp not glowing a) Check 12V lamp supply replace lamp p/s
b) Check loose connection Refit wire
c) check lamp Replace if fused
Gains not proper a) Check the cuvette blank reading if Give cuvette rinse/remove and
above 0.2 clean the cuvettes if required
b) Check the DI water level in Increase the volume if less by
cuvettes adjusting the lD water flow
regulator
c) Check the lamp voltage/lamp Increase the voltage to
12V/change lamp if brownish
d) Check the lamp P/S Replace if faulty
e) Check the -15V Replace P/S
f) Check the thermistor of RGT Disconnect/ replace if faulty
Troubleshooting
g) Check the auto span Repeat if required
Spikes in time course a) Check the cuvettes Clean if required

b) Check the lamp Replace if brownish
c) Check the lamp connectors for Refit if required
loose
connections
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 Page No. 18 - 3

d) Check the lamp P/S for voltage Replace if required

fluctuations
e) Check the water level in the Adjust with DI water flow
cuvettes controller
f) Check the RCT slip ring Replace if required
g) Check whether the RGT Replace if faulty
thermistor is ok
h) Disconnect the RGT thermistor Replace the RGT thermistor
and verify if he problem is solved
Cuvette blank values are 0000 a) Put the cleanest cuvette in cuvette
position number 1.
Perform auto span, followed a by
cuvette rinse cycle
b) Disconnect the RGT sensor, Replace RGT sensor
perform an auto span, followed a
by cuvette rinse cycle
Photometer shows low gain a)Replace the lamp
values
b) Check cuvettes clarity.( especially
cuvette No 1)
c) Check the light path for dirt
d) Verify proper & stable lamp
voltage
e) Disconnect the RGT sensor,
perform auto span, check if problem
is solved
Troubleshooting
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 Page No. 18 - 4

TROUBLESHOOTING
Instrument not switching on a) Check the mains Replace if blown
b) Check the fuse Replace if faulty
c) Check the mains switch
Instrument not initialising on a) Check the 5V SMPS Adjust if or replace if it is faulty

switching on
b) Check the 24V SMPS Adjust if required/replace if faulty
Beeping sound heard a) Check the DI water level Fill if required

continuously
b) Check for detergent level Fill if required
c) Waste can full Empty can
d) Bio-hazardous can full Empty can
e) Check for loose connection of cable Refit it
f) Check 18V on load cell PCB If 18V ok and PCB is faulty then replace
the load cell PCB
g) Check transformer TX-1 o/p 18v
Check communication Check the computer to machine Replace interface cable

interface and also check the
interface cable.
Check ISO 232 board Replace ISO 232 board
Assembly getting stuck in Remove the obstruction and free

initialisation process the assembly manually after
turning the instrument off and bring
the same to home position.
Reinitialise the instrument
Troubleshooting
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 Page No. 18 - 5


Sample not being sensed a) Check for water droplet between Clean the probe
probe
b) Check the probe and sensor distance Separate the two slightly
c) Check the probe connector Refit properly

d) Check the probe sensitivity on RSLS Adjust if required replace PCB if
PCB faulty
e) Check the probe alignment in the Align if required
reagent bottle
f) Sample probe faulty Replace the probe
g) Check the +/- 15V coming from lamp Replace if PCB is faulty
supply
Sample arm tries to go up a) Loosely fitted belt Tighten the belt

continuously
b) Dirty UP position sensor Clean the sensor
c) Defective UP position sensor Replace the sensor
Improper dispense of sample a) Sampling pipette does not reach up Check and realign the sampling
volume to the cuvette pipette mechanical movements.
b) Linked or clogged aspiration tubing. Change the tube with new one
c) Leaking sample aspiration pump Replace the leaky pump
d) Leakage in the aspiration tube Fix the tube properly or Replace the
aspiration tube
e) Blocked sampling pipette Remove the block or Replace the

pipette
Sample not aspirated a) Check for blockage in SPT Remove blockage
b) Check for SPT tube kinked/blocked Remove kink/remove blockage

/replace the tubing
c) Check for leakage in sample syringe Replace the plunger with piston
Troubleshooting
d) Check the SPP CKD valve Clean /replace if faulty
e) Check SPP tubing for leakage Replace the tubing
f) Check the SPT alignment in sample Align if required

cups, tubes
SPT VOD error a) Check the spring Loosen/tighten if required

b) Check the alignment of SPT in Align if required
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 Page No. 18 - 6

TROUBLESHOOTING
cups, tubes
c) Check the opto Clean /replace if faulty
SAMPLE up/down left right a) Check the belt Tighten if required

movement error
b) Check for dirty opto sensors Clean if dirty/ replace if faulty
c) Check the connectors to the step arm Refit if required
PCB
d) Check the step arm PCB Replace if faulty
e) Check the 24V to the motor Adjust if less/replace if faulty
f) Check the motor Replace if faulty
External cleaning of the SAMPLE a) Check the trough for blockage Remove blockage
probe not taking place
b) Check tubing for cuts Replace if required
c) Check the voltage to the respective Clean if required/replace if faulty
CKD valves
d) Check the CKD valves Clean if required/replace if faulty
Internal cleaning of the SAMPLE a) Check the probes for blockage Remove the blockage
probe not taking place
b) Check the probe tubing for kinks/block Remove the kink/blockage
c) Check the tubing on respective Replace if required
syringe section for leakage
d) Check the CKD valves on respective Clean if dirty/replace if faulty
syringes.
e) Check probes Replace if faulty
Troubleshooting
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 Page No. 18 - 7

Reagent 1 or 2 arm tries to go up a) Loosely fitted belt Tighten the belt

continuously
a) Reagent 1 pipette does not reach up Check and realign the sampling
Improper dispense of Reagent 1 to the cuvette pipette mechanical movements.
or 2 volume
b) Linked or clogged aspiration tubing. Change the tube with new one
c) Leaking sample aspiration pump Replace the leaky pump
d) Leakage in the aspiration tube Fix the tube properly or Replace

the aspiration tube
e) Blocked sampling pipette Remove the block or Replace the
pipette
Reagent not being sensed a) Check for water droplet between Clean the probe
probe
b) Check the probe and sensor distance Separate the two slightly
c) Check the probe connector Refit properly
d) Check the probe sensitivity on RSLS Adjust if required replace PCB if

PCB faulty
e) Check the probe alignment in the Align if required
reagent bottle
f) Reagent probe faulty Replace the probe
g) Check the +/- 15V coming from lamp Replace if PCB is faulty
supply
Reagent not aspirated R1/R2 a) Check for blockage in reagent probes Remove blockage
Troubleshooting
b) Check for kink/blockage in tubing Remove kink/blockage/replace

tubing
c) Check for leakage in reagent syringe Replace the plunger/replace
syringe
d) Check the reagent CKD Clean/replace if faulty
e) Check R1PP/R2PP tubing for leakage Replace the tubing’s
f) Check alignment of R1PT/R2PT in Align if required

reagent bottles
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 Page No. 18 - 8

TROUBLESHOOTING
R1PT/R2PT up/down left right a) Check the belt Tighten if required

movement error

PCB
External cleaning of the a) Check the trough for blockage Remove blockage
R1PT/R2PT probe not taking
b) Check tubing for cuts Replace if required
CKD valves
Internal cleaning of the R1PT a) Check the probes for blockage Remove the blockage
R2PT probe not taking place b) Check the probe tubing for kinks/block Remove the kink/blockage
c) Check the tubing on respective Replace if required
syringe section for leakage
d) Check the CKD valves on respective Clean if dirty/replace if faulty
syringes.
e) Check probes Replace if faulty
Troubleshooting
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 Page No. 18 - 9

18.6 CUVETTE RINSING UNIT SYSTEM
a) Loosely fitted belt Tighten the belt

Cuvette Rinsing Unit tries to go up
continuously
Cuvette overflowing a) Check for blockage in laundry asp. Clean using probe cleaner
probes
b) Check for cut in tubing Replace tube
c) Check for excess DI water Adjust flow
d) Check for excess detergent Adjust the detergent flow
e) Check vacuum pump Clean /replace vacuum pump
f) Check the supply to vacuum pump Replace if faulty

on AC drive PCB
Laundry overflow from 1st probe a) Tubing cut Replace tubing
b) Check bio-hazardous waste pump Clean/replace bio-hazardous

waste pump
c) Check the bio-hazardous pump Replace if faulty
supply on DC PCB
Detergent not dispensed a) Check for blockage in detergent Clean/replace tube

tube
b) Check detergent pump Clean /replace detergent pump
c) Check the detergent. pump supply Replace if faulty

on DC drive PCB
Laundry up/down movement problem a) Check for dirty opto sensor Clean if required.
Troubleshooting
b) Check for faulty optos Replace if faulty
c) Check the connectors on step tray Refit if loose
PCB
d) Check the step tray PCB Replace if faulty
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 P a g e N o . 1 8 - 10

TROUBLESHOOTING
RCT/CRU error a) Check the RCT movement in the light path
b) Check the up/down movement of Replace opto sensor PCB

laundry for obstruction or proper opto
functioning
Check opto sensors for home position Replace opto sensor or Sense 3
detection & if cuvette no 54 is in the PCB
light path
Troubleshooting
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 P a g e N o . 1 8 - 11


Sample tray not initialising a) Check for dirty opto sensors Clean the opto sensors
b) Misalignment of opto sensors Align the sensors
c) Check the sen3 PCB Replace if faulty

d) Check the connectors on step Refit the connectors
tray PCB
e) Check the step tray PCB Replace if faulty
f) Check the voltage to the motor Adjust if required
g) Check the motor Replace if faulty
Sample Probe Not Sensing a) Contaminated Probe Clean only the Tip of the Probe to
Sample remove the contamination
b) Loose contact Refasten Connectors & check the probe

for sensing sample & Reagent.
c) Improper grounding Check the grounding of instrument top

plate
Troubleshooting
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 P a g e N o . 1 8 - 12

TROUBLESHOOTING

RGT not initialising a) Check for dirty opto sensors Clean the opto sensors
b) Misaligned opto sensors Align the sensors
c) Check sen3 PCB Replace sen3 PCB if faulty
d) Check the connectors on step tray Refit the connectors
PCB
f) Check the voltage to the motor Adjust if required
g) Check the motor Replace if faulty
Reagent table not cooling a) Poor contact Refasten the

connectors
b) Room temperature very high NOTE : The reagent table is

capable of cooling down to 15ºC
below room temperature only.
c) Defective peltier device Replace the peltier device
d) Check 24 volts input to peltier Replace 24 v SMPS
Troubleshooting
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 P a g e N o . 1 8 - 13


RCT not getting intialised a) Check for dirty opto sensor Clean the opto sensor
b) Misaligned opto sensors Align the sensors

c) Check sen3 PCB Replace sen3 PCB if faulty
d) Check the connector on step tray Refit the connectors
PCB
RCT temperature not being attained a) Check for loose connection Refit the RCT connectors and
connector on ADC PCB
b) Defective temperature sensor Check thermistor value it should be
100 K at 25 degrees c or
approximately between 70 to 85 K
at room temperature, replace RCT
rotating assembly in the new type
RCT (4 thermistor) or replace
thermistor in the old type of RCT
(Single thermistor)
c) Check the heater resistance It should be about 40 ohms

d) Check the fuse on AC drive PCB Replace if required
for heater supply.
e) Check the ADC PCB Replace if faulty
Troubleshooting
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 P a g e N o . 1 8 - 14

TROUBLESHOOTING
Pressure not being built up a) Check 25um filter for blockage Replace if blocked
b) Check tube for leakage Replace if cut
c) Check fuse no.17 Replace if blown
d) Check KNF pump Clean it / replace if faulty
Pressure fluctuation a) Check for leakage in pressure tank Cut and refit / replace
tubing
b) Check pressure gauge Replace if faulty
c) Check pressure regulator Try adjusting/replace if faulty
d) Check the knf pump tubing for Replace if required

leakage
Lamp cooling not taking place a)Check for leakage in lamp cooling Replace if cut
tube
b) Check for blockage of nipples of Remove blockage
lamp housing
Detergent not dispensed a) Check for blockage in detergent Clean/replace tube

tube
b) Check detergent pump Clean /replace detergent pump
c) Check the detergent. Pump supply Replace if faulty

on DC drive PCB
Water is not heating in pressure tank a) Check the heater & thermistor Replace if faulty
resistance
b) Check the fuse2 Replace if faulty
c) Check the thermal resistor Replace if faulty
d) Check the supply coming from TX- Replace if faulty

Troubleshooting
1 transformer
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 P a g e N o . 1 8 - 15

18.11 STIRRER SYSTEM

Stirrer not coming back to the a) Mechanical obstruction Remove the obstruction and free
normal ‘Home’ position the assembly manually after
turning the
Instrument off and bring the
stirrer arm to home position &
Reinitialise the instrument
b) Loose contact Refasten Connectors & check the

probe for sensing sample &
Stirrer not rotating properly. a) Stirrer paddles bent and touch the Replace stirrer paddles and
cuvette walls centre and align the paddles into
the centre of the cuvette
b) 12 volts supply not coming to the Replace small stirrer 12V

stirrer motors regulator board or replace the
step tray board
c) Stirrer motor defective Replace stirrer motor
SPT/R1PT/R2PT/Stirrer up/down a) Check the belt Tighten if required

left right movement error

PCB
External cleaning of the STIRRER a) Check the trough for blockage Remove blockage
Troubleshooting
not taking place b) Check tubing for cuts Replace if required
CKD valves
Stirrer not aligned in cuvette a) Check the alignment in service mode Align the stirrers
position
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 P a g e N o . 1 8 - 16

TROUBLESHOOTING
b) Check for bent stirrers Replace stirrer
c) Check the connectors on step arm Refit if loose

d) Check the step arm PCB Replace if faulty.
Troubleshooting
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 P a g e N o . 1 8 - 17

PROBLEM POSSIBLE FAULTS

a) No beam emerging from the scanner Check and replace the fuse F20
b) Dirty barcode sensor Clean the barcode sensor
c) Poorly adjusted sample/Reagent barcode Carry out a barcode alignment procedure

Troubleshooting
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 P a g e N o . 1 8 - 18

ERROR CODES LIST
19
19. ERROR CODES LIST
7.5. Troubleshooting
Error
Error Description Possible Failures Checks and Corrective Actions
Code
A00 R2PT Rotational Error • R2PT POS1 up opto ü Switch OFF the analyser;
during Trough to Reagent signal Rotate R2PT arm by hand and make
Inner Rotation • Step arm card and its sure that nothing is obstructing the
connector rotation
• Up/down and rotation ü Then switch ON the
stepper motor and its instrument; Go to [Service Check:
connections Reagent 2 Arm] menu; Give
<Initialise> and <Rotate>
commands
ü If the initialisation or
rotation fails, call Service Engineer
Outer R2PT Rotation • Step arm card and its sure that nothing is obstructing the
connector rotation
• Up/down and rotation ü Then switch ON the instrument;
stepper motor and its Go to [Service Check: Reagent 2
connections Arm] menu; Give <Initialise> and
<Rotate> commands
ü If the initialisation or rotation
fails, call Service Engineer
during Reagent to Cuvette signal Rotate R2PT arm by hand and make
Rotation • Step arm card and its sure that nothing is obstructing the
connector rotation
Error Codes List

<Rotate> commands
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 Page No. 19- 1

Error
Code
during Cuvette to Drain signal Rotate R2PT arm by hand and make
connector rotation
<Rotate> commands
A80 R2PT Rotational Error • R2PT POS1 up opto ü Switch OFF the analyzer;
during Drain to Trough signal Rotate R2PT arm by hand and make
connector rotation
<Rotate> commands
during Initialisation signal Rotate R2PT arm by hand and make
• Step arm card and its sure that nothing is obstructing the
connector rotation
<Rotate> commands
A92 R2PT Up/Down • R2PT obstacle opto ü Switch OFF the analysers;
Movement Error during and arm optos Move R2PT arm up and down by
Initialisation • R2PT probe assembly hand and make sure that nothing is
and its spring action obstructing the movement
• Step arm card and its ü Then switch ON the instrument;
connector Go to [Service Check: Reagent 2
• Up/down and rotation Arm] menu; Give <Initialize> and
stepper motor and its <Up/down> commands
connections ü If the initialisation or up/down
movement fails, call Service
Engineer
Error Codes List
A94 R2PT Rotational Error • R2PT obstacle opto ü Check the Reagent 2 arm
during Initialisation due to • R2PT probe assembly alignment through [Service Check].
Obstacle in R2PT Path and its spring action If it is hitting at the edge of the
reagent bottle, then align the probe
using calibrate facility
ü Remove the cover of the
Reagent 2 arm and check and clean
obstacle opto
ü Check Reagent 2 probe spring
and its total assembly
ü Call Service Engineer
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 Page No. 19- 2

ERROR CODES LIST
Error
Code
C00 RGT Rotational Error • POS1 opto assembly ü Switch OFF the analyser;
during Initialisation of RGT tray Rotate RGT by hand and make sure
• Stepper motor and its that nothing is obstructing the
connections rotation
• Step tray card and its ü Then, switch ON the
connector instrument; Go to [Service Check:
• Sen3 PCB and its Reagent Tray] menu; Give
connector <Initialize> command.
ü If initialisation fails, call
Service Engineer
C01 RGT Rotational Error • R1 or R2 arm is down ü Check whether R1 and R2 arms
during Initialisation due to in RGT tray are down in RGT tray
R1 or R2 Arm Down • R1 or R2 arm opto is ü Switch OFF the instrument;
giving wrong signal Bring R1 and R2 arms to their home
positions and then switch ON the
instrument.
ü If still it is giving error, call
Service Engineer
during Rotate_1 of RGT tray Rotate RGT by hand and make sure
Command Execution • Stepper motor and its that nothing is obstructing the
• Step-tray card and its ü Then, switch ON the
Service Engineer
C21 RGT Rotational Error due • R1 or R2 arm is down ü Check whether R1 and R2 arms
to R1 or R2 Arm Down in RGT tray are down in RGT tray
during Rotate_1 • R1 or R2 arm opto is ü Switch OFF the instrument;
Command Execution giving wrong signal Bring R1 and R2 arms to their home
instrument.
Service Engineer
during Rotate_50 of RGT tray Rotate RGT by hand and make sure
Error Codes List

connector <Initialise> command.
Service Engineer
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 Page No. 19- 3

Error
Code
during Rotate_50 • R1 or R2 arm opto is ü Switch OFF the instrument;
Command Execution giving wrong signal Bring R1 and R2 arms to their home
instrument.
Service Engineer
during Link Mode of RGT Rotate RGT by hand and make sure
• Mechanical setting of that nothing is obstructing the
POS1 opto PCB rotation
• Stepper motor and its ü Then, switch ON the
connections instrument; Go to [Service Check:
• Step-tray card and its Reagent Tray] menu; Give
• Sen3 PCB and its ü If initialization fails, call
connector Service Engineer
during Link Mode • R1 or R2 arm opto is ü Switch OFF the instrument;
instrument.
Service Engineer
C50 RGT Rotational Error • POS1 opto assembly ü Switch OFF the analyzer;
during Barcode Scan of RGT Rotate RGT by hand and make sure
Service Engineer
during Barcode Scan • R1 or R2 arm opto is ü Switch OFF the instrument;
Error Codes List

instrument.
Service Engineer
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 Page No. 19- 4

ERROR CODES LIST
Error
Code
C80 RGT Rotational Error • POS1 opto assembly ü Switch OFF the analyzer;
During Run of RGT tray Rotate RGT by hand and make sure
ü If initialization fails, call
Service Engineer
D00 RCT Rotational Error • Three POS1 opto ü Switch OFF the analyzer;
during Initialization assembly of RCT Rotate RCT by hand and make sure
• Step-tray card and its ü Then switch ON the instrument;
connector Go to [Service Check: CRU &
• Sen3 PCB and its Reaction Tray] menu; Give
connector <Initialize> command
ü If initialization fails, otherwise
call Service Engineer
D01 RCT Rotational Error due • Any arm is down in ü Check whether any arm is down
to Arm Down during RCT tray in RCT
Initialization • Arm optos are giving ü Switch OFF the instrument;
wrong signal Bring sample, R1 and R2 arms to
their home positions and then switch
ON the instrument
Service Engineer
D30 RCT Rotational Error • Three POS1 opto ü Switch OFF the analyzer;
During Rotate_50 assembly of RCT Rotate RCT by hand and make sure
to Arm Down during RCT tray in RCT
Error Codes List
Rotate_50 Command • Arm optos are giving ü Switch OFF the instrument;
Execution wrong signal Bring sample, R1 and R2 arms to
ON the instrument
Service Engineer
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 Page No. 19- 5

Error
Code
D40 RCT Rotational Error in • Three POS1 opto ü Switch OFF the analyzer;
Link Mode assembly of RCT Rotate RCT by hand and make sure
to Arm Down during Link RCT tray in RCT
Mode • Arm optos are giving ü Switch OFF the instrument;
wrong signal Bring sample, R1 and R2 arms to
ON the instrument
Service Engineer
D52 CRU Up/Down • CRU POS1 opto ü Switch OFF the analyzer; Move
Movement Error during signal CRU up and down by hand and
Initialization • RCT POS1 opto make sure that nothing is obstructing
signals the CRU movement
• Stepper motor and its Reaction Tray] menu; Give
connections <Initialize> and <Up/down>
commands
ü If the initialization or up/down
movement fails, otherwise call
Service Engineer
D53 CRU–RCT Alignment • CRU POS1 opto ü Check RCT and CRU alignment
Error during Initialization signal ü Initialize CRU as well as RCT
• RCT POS1 opto through [Service Check] menu
signals ü Switch OFF the instrument and
• Step-tray card and its then switch ON the instrument
connector ü If still it is giving error call
• Stepper motor and its Service Engineer
connections
D62 CRU Up Movement Error • CRU POS1 opto ü Switch OFF the analyzer; Move
signal CRU up and down by hand and
Error Codes List
• Step-tray card and its make sure that nothing is obstructing

connector the CRU movement
• Stepper motor and its ü Then switch ON the instrument;
connections Go to [Service Check: CRU &
Reaction Tray] menu; Give
<Initialize> and <Up/down>
commands
Service Engineer
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 Page No. 19- 6

ERROR CODES LIST
Error
Code
D72 CRU Down Movement • CRU POS1 opto ü Switch OFF the analyzer; Move
Error signal CRU up and down by hand and
• RCT POS1 opto make sure that nothing is obstructing
commands
Service Engineer
D73 CRU Down Movement • RCT POS1 opto ü Initialize RCT and check RCT
Error Due to RCT signals and CRU alignment
misalignment • Step-tray card and its ü If still it is giving error, call
• Stepper motor and its
connections
D82 CRU Up/Down • CRU POS1 opto ü Switch OFF the analyzer; Move
Movement Error in Link signal CRU up and down by hand and
Mode • RCT POS1 opto make sure that nothing is obstructing
commands
Service Engineer
E00 RCT Rotational Error • POS1 opto assembly ü Switch OFF the analyzer;
during Run of RCT tray Rotate RCT by hand and make sure
• Arms are down in ü If initialization fails, otherwise
RCT call Service Engineer Error Codes List
E02 CRU Up/Down Error • RCT alignment ü Switch OFF the analyzer; Move
• Step-tray card and its CRU up and down by hand and
connector make sure that nothing is obstructing
• Sen3 PCB and its the CRU movement
connector ü Then switch ON the instrument;
• Stepper motor and its Go to [Service Check: CRU &
connections Reaction Tray] menu; Give
<Initialize> and <Up/down>
commands
Service Engineer
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 Page No. 19- 7

Error
Code
E03 CRU Down Movement • RCT alignment ü Switch OFF the analyzer;
Error due to RCT Rotation • Step-tray card and its Check RCT and CRU alignment
connector ü Switch ON the instrument;
• Sen3 PCB and its Initialize CRU as well as RCT in
connector [Service Check]
• Stepper motor and its ü If still it is giving error, call
connections Service Engineer
E04 DI Water Insufficient • DI water is over or ü Fill the DI water can

problem in load cell circuit ü Change the load cell circuit
E05 Problem in Water • Water filter has ü Clean the water filter
Pressure blocked because of some ü Call Service Engineer
dirty particles.
3B0 Stirrer Rotational Error • POS1 opto PCB ü Switch OFF the analyzer;
during Initialization • Step-tray card and its Rotate stirrers by hand and make
connector sure that nothing is obstructing the
• Stepper motor rotation
ü Then switch ON the instrument;
Go to [Service Check: Stirrers]
menu; Give <Initialize> and
<Rotate> commands
ü If the initialization or rotation
3B2 Stirrer Up/Down • POS1 up opto PCB ü Switch OFF the analyzer; Move
Movement Error during • Step-tray card and its stirrers up and down by hand and
Initialization connector make sure that nothing is obstructing
• Stepper motor the movement
• RCT alignment ü Then switch ON the instrument;
<Up/down> commands
Engineer
302 Stirrer Up Movement • POS1 up opto PCB ü Switch OFF the analyzer; Move
Error • Step-tray card and its stirrers up and down by hand and
connector make sure that nothing is obstructing
• Stepper motor the movement
• RCT alignment ü Then switch ON the instrument;
Error Codes List

<Up/down> commands
Engineer
313 Stirrer Down Movement • RCT alignment ü Give RCT offset command and
Error • RCT is not at offset try the same action
condition or RCT ü If still it is giving error, call
alignment is not proper Service Engineer
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 Page No. 19- 8

ERROR CODES LIST
Error
Code
380 Stirrer Rotational Error • Stirrer rotation motor ü Switch OFF the analyzer;
or optos or steptray card Rotate stirrers by hand and make
sure that nothing is obstructing the
rotation
<Rotate> commands
400 ASP Rotational Error • POS1 opto assembly ü Switch OFF the analyzer;
during Initialization of ASP faulty Rotate ASP by hand and make sure
• Sen3 PCB and its Sample Tray] menu; Give
Service Engineer
401 ASP Rotational Error due • Sample arm is down in ü Check whether sample arm is
to Sample Arm Down ASP tray down in ASP tray
during Initialization • SPT arm opto is giving ü Switch OFF the instrument;
wrong signal Bring the sample arm to its home
position and then switch ON the
instrument.
Service Engineer
during Rotate_1 of ASP Rotate ASP by hand and make sure
Service Engineer
421 ASP Rotational Error due • Sample arm is down at ü Check whether sample arm is
Error Codes List
during Rotate_1 • SPT arm opto is giving ü Switch OFF the instrument;
Command Execution wrong signal Bring the sample arm to its home
instrument.
Service Engineer
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 Page No. 19- 9

Error
Code
during Rotate_50 of ASP stepper motor and Rotate ASP by hand and make sure
Command Execution its connections that nothing is obstructing the
• Step-tray card and its rotation
connector ü Then, switch ON the
• Sen3 PCB and its instrument; Go to [Service Check:
connector Sample Tray] menu; Give
<Initialize> command.
Service Engineer
during Rotate_50 • SPT arm opto is giving ü Switch OFF the instrument;
Command Execution wrong signal Bring the sample arm to its home
instrument.
Service Engineer
during Link Mode of ASP Rotate ASP by hand and make sure
• Mechanical setting of that nothing is obstructing the
POS1 opto PCB rotation
• Stepper motor and its ü Then, switch ON the
connections instrument; Go to [Service Check:
• Step-tray card and its Sample Tray] menu; Give
• Sen3 PCB and its ü If initialization fails, call
to Sample Arm Down in ASP tray down in ASP tray
Link Mode • SPT arm opto is giving ü Switch OFF the instrument;
instrument.
Service Engineer
during Barcode Scan of ASP Rotate ASP by hand and make sure
Error Codes List

Service Engineer
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 P a g e N o . 1 9 - 10

ERROR CODES LIST
Error
Code
during Barcode Scan • SPT arm opto is giving ü Switch OFF the instrument;
instrument.
Service Engineer
during Run of ASP Rotate ASP by hand and make sure
• Sample arm is down in ü If initialization fails, call
ASP tray Service Engineer
• SPT arm opto is giving
wrong signal
5A5 SPT Syringe Up/Down • POS1 opto card ü Switch OFF the analyzer; Move
Movement Error • Step-tray card and its the Sample syringe up and down by
connector hand and make sure that nothing is
• Syringe up/down obstructing the movement
motor ü Then switch ON the instrument;
Go to [Service Check: Syringes]
<Up/down> commands
Engineer
5F0 SPT Rotational Error • SPT POS1 up opto ü Switch OFF the analyzer;
during ISE Sample signal Rotate SPT arm by hand and make
Dispense • Steparm card and its sure that nothing is obstructing SPT
connector rotation
stepper motor and its Go to [Service Check: Sample Arm]
connections menu; Give <Initialize> and
<Rotate> commands
Error Codes List
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 P a g e N o . 1 9 - 11

Error
Code
5F4 SPT VOD Error during • SPT obstacle opto ü Check whether the selected
ISE Sampling • SPT probe assembly option is tube and instead of tube a
and its spring action or cup has been kept
because of any obstacle or ü Check the sample arm
misalignment alignment in [Service Check]. If it is
hitting at the edge of the sample cup
or tube, align the probe using the
calibrate facility
ü Remove the cover of the sample
arm and check and clean obstacle
opto
ü Check SPT probe spring and its
total assembly
SPT Syringe Error during • Syringe opto signal ü Switch OFF the analyzer; Move
5F5 ISE Sample Dispense • Steparm card and its the Sample syringe up and down by
• Syringe motor obstructing the movement
<Up/down> commands
Engineer
5F6 ISE Sample Absent • Sample is not kept or ü Place the sample in the sample
sample tube or cup tray at the required position
misplaced ü Call Service Engineer
• LLS circuit and its
connector problem
5F9 SPT Probe Shorted during • The distance between ü Clean the dual probe and dry it
ISE Sample Dispense dual sample probe is not
proper so it is holding
liquid
521 SPT Arm is Misaligned • It is not going up ü Switch OFF the analyzer; Move
during Down Movement before rotation SPT arm up and down by hand and
• Up opto signal make sure that nothing is obstructing
• Steptray card and u/d SPT movement
• Stepper motor Go to [Service Check: Sample Arm]
Error Codes List

<Up/down> commands
Engineer
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 P a g e N o . 1 9 - 12

ERROR CODES LIST
Error
Code
522 SPT Down Movement • SPT obstacle opto and ü Switch OFF the analyzer; Move
Error arm optos SPT arm up and down by hand and
• SPT probe assembly make sure that nothing is obstructing
and its spring action SPT movement
• Steparm card and its ü Then switch ON the instrument;
connector Go to [Service Check: Sample Arm]
• Up/down and rotation menu; Give <Initialize> and
connections ü If the initialization or up/down
Engineer
523 SPT Down Movement • SPT POS1 up opto ü Switch OFF and then switch
Error Due to RCT/ASP signals ON the instrument
Rotating • ASP/RCT tray are ü If still it is giving error, call
rotating or their optos are Service Engineer
giving false signal
• Steptray and Steparm
card and its connector
524 SPT Down Error due to • SPT obstacle opto and ü Check whether the selected
Obstacle in SPT Path arm optos sample container is tube and instead
• SPT probe assembly of tube, a cup has been kept
and its spring action or any ü Check the sample arm
obstacle alignment through [Service Check]
menu. If it is hitting at the edge of
the sample cup or tube, then align
the probe using the probe calibration
facility
opto
total assembly
526 SPT Down Error due to • Sample probe goes ü Place the sample in the sample
Sample Absent down but doesn’t find LLS tray at the required position
signal due to problem in ü If still it is giving error, call
LLS card or its connector Service Engineer
• Sample absent
531 SPT Arm is Misaligned • It is not going up ü Switch OFF the analyzer; Move
during up movement before rotation SPT arm up and down by hand and
Error Codes List
• Up opto signal make sure that nothing is obstructing

• Steptray card and u/d SPT movement
• Stepper motor Go to [Service Check: Sample Arm]
<Up/down> commands
Engineer
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 P a g e N o . 1 9 - 13

Error
Code
532 SPT Up Movement Error • SPT POS1 up opto ü Switch OFF the analyzer; Move
signals SPT arm up and down by hand and
• Steparm card and its make sure that nothing is obstructing
connector SPT movement
• Up/down stepper ü Then switch ON the instrument;
motor and its connections Go to [Service Check: Sample Arm]
<Up/down> commands
Engineer
550 SPT Rotational Error • SPT POS1 up opto ü Switch OFF the analyzer;
during initialization signal Rotate SPT arm by hand and make
• Steparm card and its sure that nothing is obstructing SPT
connector rotation
Stepper motor and its Go to [Service Check: Sample Arm]
<Rotate> commands
552 SPT Up/Down Error • SPT obstacle opto and ü Switch OFF the analyzer; Move
during Initialization arm optos SPT arm up and down by hand and
Engineer
560 SPT Link Halted due to • SPT POS1 up opto ü Switch OFF the analyzer;
SPT Rotational Error signal Rotate SPT arm by hand and make
connector rotation
<Rotate> commands
Error Codes List
562 SPT Link Halted due to • SPT obstacle opto and ü Switch OFF the analyzer; Move
Up/Down Movement arm optos SPT arm up and down by hand and
Error of SPT • SPT probe assembly make sure that nothing is obstructing
Engineer
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 P a g e N o . 1 9 - 14

ERROR CODES LIST
Error
Code
564 SPT Link Halted due to • SPT obstacle opto and ü Check the sample arm
Obstacle in SPT Path arm optos alignment, through Service Check.
• SPT probe assembly If it is hitting at the edge of the
and its spring action sample cup or tube, then align the
probe using calibrate facility
opto
total assembly
566 SPT Link Halted due to • Sample absent ü Place the sample in the sample
Sample Absent • LLS connection tray at the required position
Service Engineer
during ISE Sample Pickup signal Rotate SPT arm by hand and make
connector rotation
<Rotate> commands
572 SPT Up/Down Movement • SPT obstacle opto and ü Switch OFF the analyzer; Move
Error arm optos SPT arm up and down by hand and
Engineer
573 SPT Up/Down Movement • ASP/RCT tray are ü Switch OFF and then switch
Error due to rotating or their optos are ON the instrument
Sample/Reaction Tray giving false signal ü Initialize ASP/RCT as well as
Rotation • Steptray and Steparm Sample Arm again in [Service
Error Codes List
card and its connector Check]

Service Engineer
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 P a g e N o . 1 9 - 15

Error
Code
574 SPT VOD Error during • SPT obstacle opto ü Check whether the selected
Sample Pickup • SPT probe assembly option is tube and instead of tube a
and its spring action or cup has been kept
because of any obstacle ü Check the sample arm
alignment in [Service Check]. If it is
hitting at the edge of the sample cup
or tube, then align the probe using
the calibrate facility.
opto
total assembly
575 SPT Syringe Error during • Syringe opto signal ü Switch OFF the analyzer; Move
Sample Aspiration • Steparm card and its the Sample syringe up and down by
<Up/down> commands
Engineer
576 Sample Absent • Sample is not kept or ü Place the sample in the sample
connector problem
577 SPT syringe volume error • Wrong volume entry ü Make sure that the sample
volume in Test Parameters of the
application software is within range
579 SPT Probe Shorted during • The distance between ü Clean the dual probe and dry it
Sample Pickup dual sample probe is not
liquid
during Sample Dispense signal Rotate SPT arm by hand and make
Error Codes List

connector rotation
<Rotate> commands
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 P a g e N o . 1 9 - 16

ERROR CODES LIST
Error
Code
584 SPT VOD Error during • SPT obstacle opto ü Check the sample arm
Sample Dispense • SPT probe assembly alignment in the cuvette in [Service
and its spring action or Check]. If it is hitting at the edge of
because of any obstacle or the cuvette, then align the probe
misalignment using the calibrate facility.
opto
total assembly
585 SPT Syringe Error during • Syringe opto signal ü Switch OFF the analyzer; Move
Sample Dispense • Steparm card and its the Sample syringe up and down by
<Up/down> commands
Engineer
586 Sample Absent • Sample is not kept or ü Place the sample in the sample
connector problem
594 VOD Error during Diluent • SPT obstacle opto ü Check the sample arm
Sampling • SPT probe assembly alignment in dilution cuvette in
and its spring action or [Service Check] menu. If it is hitting
because of any obstacle or at the edge of the cuvette, align the
misalignment probe using the calibrate facility
opto
total assembly
596 Sample Has Not Been • If diluent is absent, ü If diluent is absent, please place
Picked Up from Dilution sample probe doesn’t the diluent in the Reagent tray at the
Error Codes List
Cuvette detect sample in cuvette or required position

sample tube or cup ü Call Service Engineer
misplaced
connector problem
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 P a g e N o . 1 9 - 17

Error
Code
6A0 SPT Rotational Error • SPT POS1 up opto ü Switch OFF the analyzer;
during Initialization signal Rotate SPT arm by hand and make
connector rotation
<Rotate> commands
6A1 SPT Misalignment Error • SPT POS1 up opto ü Switch OFF the analyzer; Move
during Initialization signals SPT arm up and down by hand and
connector SPT movement
motor and its connections Go to [Service Check: Sample Arm]
<Up/down> commands
Engineer
6A2 SPT Down Movement • SPT obstacle opto ü Switch OFF the analyzer; Move
Error during Initialization • SPT probe assembly SPT arm up and down by hand and
and its spring action make sure that nothing is obstructing
• Steparm card and its SPT movement
• Up/down and rotation Go to [Service Check: Sample Arm]
stepper motor and its menu; Give <Initialize> and
connections <Up/down> commands
Engineer
6A4 Obstacle in SPT Path • SPT obstacle opto ü Check the sample arm
during Initialization • SPT probe assembly alignment in [Service Check]. If it is
and its spring action hitting/stuck at the edge of the
trough, switch OFF the analyzer and
free the arm. Then, switch ON the
analyzer
opto
Error Codes List

total assembly
6B0 SPT Rotational Error • SPT POS1 up opto ü Switch OFF the analyzer;
during Dilution Cuvette to signal Rotate SPT arm by hand and make
Sample Cuvette Rotation • Steparm card and its sure that nothing is obstructing SPT
connector rotation
<Rotate> commands
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 P a g e N o . 1 9 - 18

ERROR CODES LIST
Error
Code
during Trough to Sample signal Rotate SPT arm by hand and make
Outer Rotation • Steparm card and its sure that nothing is obstructing SPT
connector rotation
<Rotate> commands
during Trough to Sample signal Rotate SPT arm by hand and make
Inner Rotation • Steparm card and its sure that nothing is obstructing SPT
connector rotation
<Rotate> commands
during Trough to Standard signal Rotate SPT arm by hand and make
Outer Rotation • Steparm card and its sure that nothing is obstructing SPT
connector rotation
<Rotate> commands
during Trough to Standard signal Rotate SPT arm by hand and make
Inner Rotation Error • Steparm card and its sure that nothing is obstructing SPT
connector rotation
<Rotate> commands
fails, call Service Engineer Error Codes List
during Sample to Cuvette signal Rotate SPT arm by hand and make
Rotation • Steparm card and its sure that nothing is obstructing SPT
connector rotation
<Rotate> commands
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 P a g e N o . 1 9 - 19

Error
Code
during Sample to ISE signal Rotate SPT arm by hand and make
Sample Port Rotation • Steparm card and its sure that nothing is obstructing SPT
connector rotation
<Rotate> commands
during ISE to Drain signal Rotate SPT arm by hand and make
Rotation • Steparm card and its sure that nothing is obstructing SPT
connector rotation
<Rotate> commands
722 R1PT Down Error • R1PT POS1 up opto ü Switch OFF the analyzer; Move
signal R1PT arm up and down by hand and
connector the movement
• Up/down Stepper ü Then switch ON the instrument;
motor and its connections Go to [Service Check: Reagent 1
Arm] menu; Give <Initialize> and
<Up/down> commands
Engineer
723 R1PT Down Error due to • R1PT POS1 up opto ü Initialize RGT and give offset
RGT/RCT Rotating signals RCT; Try the desired action
• RGT/RCT tray are ü Switch OFF and switch ON the
rotating or their optos are instrument
giving false signal ü If still it is giving error, call
• Steptray and steparm Service Engineer
724 Obstacle in R1PT Path • R1PT obstacle opto ü Check the Reagent 1 arm
during Down Movement and arm optos alignment through [Service Check].
Error Codes List
• R1PT probe assembly If it is hitting at the edge of the

and its spring action reagent bottle, then align the probe
• Steparm card and its using probe calibration facility.
connector ü Remove the cover of the
obstacle opto
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 P a g e N o . 1 9 - 20

ERROR CODES LIST
Error
Code
726 R1PT Down Error due to • R1 probe goes down ü Place Reagent in the reagent
Reagent Absent but doesn’t find LLS signal tray at the required position
due to problem in LLS ü If still it is giving error, call
card or its connector Service Engineer
• Reagent absent
732 R1PT Up Error • R1PT POS1 up opto ü Switch OFF the analyzer; Move
signals R1PT arm up and down by hand and
<Up/down> commands
Engineer
745 R1PT Syringe Up/Down • POS1 opto card ü Switch OFF the analyzer; Move
Movement Error • Step-tray card and its Reagent 1 syringe up and down by
connector and make sure that nothing is
menu, Give <Initialize> and
<Up/down> commands
Engineer
750 R1PT Rotational Error • R1PT POS1 up opto ü Switch OFF the analyzer;
during Initialization signal Rotate R1PT arm by hand and make
• Steparm card and its sure that nothing is obstructing the
connector rotation
connections Arm] menu; Give <Initialize> and
<Rotate> commands
752 R1PT Up/Down Error • R1PT obstacle opto ü Switch OFF the analyzer; Move
during Initialization and arm optos R1PT arm up and down by hand and
• R1PT probe assembly make sure that nothing is obstructing
Error Codes List
and its spring action the movement

Engineer
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 P a g e N o . 1 9 - 21

Error
Code
760 R1PT Link Halted due to • R1PT POS1 up opto ü Switch OFF the analyzer;
Rotational Error signal Rotate R1PT arm by hand and make
connector rotation
Stepper motor and its Go to [Service Check: Reagent 1
<Rotate> commands
762 R1PT Link Halted due to • R1PT obstacle opto ü Switch OFF the analyzer; Move
Up/Down Movement and arm optos R1PT arm up and down by hand and
Error • R1PT probe assembly make sure that nothing is obstructing
Engineer
764 R1PT Link Halted due to • R1PT obstacle opto ü Check the Reagent 1 arm
Obstacle in R1PT Path and arm optos alignment through [Service Check].
• SPT probe assembly If it is hitting at the edge of the
and its spring action reagent bottle, then align the probe
using probe calibration facility.
obstacle opto
766 R1PT Link Halted due to • Reagent absent ü Place Reagent in the reagent
Reagent Absent tray at the required position
Service Engineer
during Reagent Pickup signal Rotate R1PT arm by hand and make
connector rotation
Error Codes List

<Rotate> commands
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 P a g e N o . 1 9 - 22

ERROR CODES LIST
Error
Code
772 R1PT Up/Down • R1PT obstacle opto ü Switch OFF the analyzer; Move
Movement Error and arm optos R1PT arm up and down by hand and
Engineer
774 R1PT VOD Error during • R1PT obstacle opto ü Check the Reagent 1 arm
Reagent Pickup • R1PT probe assembly alignment, in [Service Check]. If it
and its spring action is hitting at the edge of the reagent
• Any other obstacle in bottle, align the probe using the
the down path of the probe calibrate facility
obstacle opto
775 R1PT Syringe Error • Syringe opto signal ü Switch OFF the analyzer; Move
during Reagent Pickup • Steparm card and its Reagent 1 syringe up and down by
<Up/down> commands
Engineer
776 Reagent Absent For R1 • Reagent is not kept or ü Place reagent in the reagent tray
reagent bottle is misplaced at the required position
• LLS circuit and its ü Call Service Engineer
connector problem
777 R1PT Syringe Volume • Wrong volume entry ü Make sure that the Reagent 1
Error volume in Test Parameters of the
Error Codes List
779 R1 Probe Shorted during • The distance between ü Clean the dual probe and dry it
Reagent Pickup dual sample probe is not
liquid
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 P a g e N o . 1 9 - 23

Error
Code
during Reagent Dispense signal Rotate R1PT arm by hand and make
connector rotation
<Rotate> commands
Engineer
Reagent Dispense • R1PT probe assembly alignment, in [Service Check]. If it
and its spring action is hitting at the edge of the reagent
• Any other obstacle in bottle, align the probe using the
the down path of the probe calibrate facility
obstacle opto
during Reagent Dispense • Steparm card and its Reagent 1 syringe up and down by
<Up/down> commands
Error Codes List

Engineer
Inner Rotation • Steparm card and its sure that nothing is obstructing the
connector rotation
<Rotate> commands
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 P a g e N o . 1 9 - 24

ERROR CODES LIST
Error
Code
Outer Rotation • Steparm card and its sure that nothing is obstructing the
connector rotation
<Rotate> commands
during Reagent to Cuvette signal Rotate R1PT arm by hand and make
Rotation • Steparm card and its sure that nothing is obstructing the
connector rotation
<Rotate> commands
during Cuvette to Drain signal Rotate R1PT arm by hand and make
connector rotation
<Rotate> commands
during Drain to trough signal Rotate R1PT arm by hand and make
connector rotation
<Rotate> commands
fails, call Service Engineer Error Codes List
connector rotation
<Rotate> commands
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 P a g e N o . 1 9 - 25

Error
Code
Movement Error during and arm optos R1PT arm up and down by hand and
Initialization • R1PT probe assembly make sure that nothing is obstructing
Stepper motor and its <Up/down> commands
Engineer
864 R1PT Rotational Error • R1PT obstacle opto ü Remove the cover of the R1PT
during Initialization due to R1PT probe assembly and arm and check and clean obstacle
Obstacle in R1PT Path its spring action opto
ü Check R1PT probe spring and
its total assembly
922 R2PT Down Error • R2PT POS1 up opto ü Switch OFF the analyzer; Move
signal R2PT arm up and down by hand and
• Up/down Stepper ü Then switch ON the instrument;
<Up/down> commands
Engineer
923 R2PT Down Error due to • R2PT POS1 opto ü Initialize RGT and RCT and try
RGT/RCT Rotating signals the same action
• RGT/RCT tray are ü Switch OFF and switch ON the
rotating or their optos are instrument
giving false signal ü If still it is giving error, call
• Steptray and steparm Service Engineer
924 Obstacle in R2PT Path • R2PT obstacle opto ü Check the Reagent 2 arm
during Down Movement and arm optos alignment through [Service Check].
• R2PT probe assembly If it is hitting at the edge of the
and its spring action or any reagent bottle, then align the probe
obstacle like bottle lid using calibrate facility
Error Codes List

obstacle opto
926 R2PT Down Error due to • R2 probe goes down ü Place reagent in the reagent tray
Reagent Absent but doesn’t find LLS signal at the required position
due to problem in LLS ü If still it is giving error, call
card or its connector Service Engineer
• Reagent absent
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 P a g e N o . 1 9 - 26

ERROR CODES LIST
Error
Code
932 R2PT Up Movement • R2PT POS1 up opto ü Switch OFF the analyzer; Move
Error signals R2PT arm up and down by hand and
<Up/down> commands
Engineer
945 R2PT Syringe Up/Down • POS1 opto card ü Switch OFF the analyzer; Move
Movement Error • Step-tray card and its Reagent 2 syringe up and down by
<Up/down> commands
Engineer
connector rotation
<Rotate> commands
952 R2PT Up/Down Error • R2PT obstacle opto ü Switch OFF the analyzer; Move
during Initialization and arm optos R2PT arm up and down by hand and
Error Codes List

Engineer
960 R2PT Link Halted due to • R2PT POS1 up opto ü Switch OFF the analyzer;
Rotational Error signal Rotate R2PT arm by hand and make
connector rotation
<Rotate> commands
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 P a g e N o . 1 9 - 27

Error
Code
962 R2PT Link Halted due to • R2PT obstacle opto ü Switch OFF the analyzer; Move
Up/Down Movement and arm optos R2PT arm up and down by hand and
Error • R2PT probe assembly make sure that nothing is obstructing
Engineer
964 R2PT Link Halted due to • R2PT obstacle opto ü Remove the cover of the R2PT
Obstacle in R2PT Path and arm optos arm and check and clean obstacle
• R2PT probe assembly opto
and its spring action ü Check R2PT probe spring and
its total assembly
966 R2PT Link Halted due to • Reagent absent ü Place reagent in the reagent tray
Reagent Absent • LLS circuit and its at the required position
connector problem ü If still it is giving error, call
Service Engineer
during Reagent Pickup signal Rotate R2PT arm by hand and make
connector rotation
<Rotate> commands
971 R2PT Up/ Down • R2PT obstacle opto ü Switch OFF the analyzer; Move
Error Codes List

Engineer
972 R2PT Down Movement • R2PT obstacle opto ü Switch OFF the analyzer; Move
Error and arm optos R2PT arm up and down by hand and
Engineer
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 P a g e N o . 1 9 - 28

ERROR CODES LIST
Error
Code
Reagent Pickup • R2PT probe assembly alignment, in [Service Check]. If it
and its spring action or is hitting at the edge of the reagent
misalignment of arm bottle, align the probe using the
calibrate facility
obstacle opto
during Reagent Pickup • Steparm card and its Reagent 2 syringe up and down by
<Up/down> commands
Engineer
976 Reagent Absent for R2 • Reagent is not kept or ü Place reagent in the reagent tray
reagent bottle is misplaced at the required position
• LLS circuit and its ü Call Service Engineer
connector
977 R2PT Syringe Volume • Wrong volume entry ü Make sure that the Reagent 2
Error volume in Test Parameters of the
979 R2 Probe Shorted during • The distance between ü Clean the dual probe and dry it
Reagent Pickup dual sample probe is not
liquid
during Reagent Dispense signal Rotate R2PT arm by hand and make
connector rotation
Error Codes List

<Rotate> commands
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 P a g e N o . 1 9 - 29

Error
Code
Reagent Dispense • R2PT probe assembly alignment, in [Service Check]. If it
and its spring action or is hitting at the edge of the reagent
misalignment of arm bottle, align the probe using the
calibrate facility
obstacle opto
during Reagent Dispense • Steparm card and its Reagent 2 syringe up and down by
<Up/down> commands
Engineer
Error Codes List
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 P a g e N o . 1 9 - 30

ISE MODULE
20
20 ISE Module
20.1 ISE MODULE MEASUREMEN, FEATURES AND BENEFITS

20.4 ELECTRODES
20.8 ACCEPTABLE CALIBRATION RANGES
ISE Module
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 Page No . 20 - 1

20.10 20.1 ISE MODULE MEASUREMEN, FEATURES AND BENEFITS
Features Benefits
Integral sample port entry Minimal sample carry over

Small sample size 60ul
Electrodes mounted close to the Minimal electronic noise,
electronics improves precision
Sample port adjacent to ISE sensors Minimal sample size and carry
over
Rapid operation (30 seconds cycle Rapid results
time)
Easy to access sensors Simple maintenance
No Membranes need to be serviced Minimum down time
Easily accessed pumps Easy maintenance
Two bubble detectors Reliable sample processing
assured
Two point calibration High accuracy and precision
One point calibration with every With every sample the calibration
sample is assured – high reliability of
results
Maintenance free electrodes - 6 Cost effective cost per test
months or 10,000 samples warranty
Disposable reference electrode no Minimum down time
addition or filling solution required
ISE Module
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 Page No . 20 - 2

ISE MODULE
Sample : Serum Plasma or Urine ( Urine requires dilution)
Sample size : 60 ul, (3 channels) serum, 160 ul diluted urine
Reproducibility : Maximum precision ( within run ) Typical carry over, % (serum)

Serum
Na CV< 1.5% (100-160mmol / L ) < 0.5 %
K CV< 2% (3.00 -600mmol / L ) < 1.5 %
Na CV< 2% (80-120mmol / L ) < 1.0 %
Analysis time : Serum - 30 seconds, including one point calibration

Urine – 60, including one point calibration
Throughput: Serum – 120 samples per hour

Urine – 60 samples per hour
Power : 12V DC, 0.6A
Module Size : Height 100 mm X 102 mm Width, 91 mm Depth
Reagents : Calibrant A
Calibrant B
Cleaning Solution
Urine Diluent
Maximum Environmental Temperature : 38 Degrees Centigrade
ISE Module
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 Page No . 20 - 3

The Electrolyte Measurement System measures Sodium, Potassium and Chloride in biological fluids,
using ion selective electrode technology. A diagram of the electrode measurement system is shown
in figure 2.3. The flow trough sodium electrode uses selective membrane tubing, specially formulated
to be sensitive to sodium ions, the Potassium and chloride electrodes employ similar designs with
appropriate selective membrane materials. The potential of each electrode is measured relative to a
fixed, stable voltage established by the double junction Silver / Silver chloride reference electrode. An
ion selective electrode develops a voltage that varies with the concentration of the of the ion to which
it responds. The relationship between the voltage developed and the concentration of the sensed ion
is logarithmic, as expressed by the Nernst equation:
E= Eo + RT log (oc C)
nF
Where : E = The potential of the electrode in sample solution

Eo = The potential developed under standard conditions
RT/nF = A temperature dependent “constant”, termed the slope
Log = Base ten logarithm function
Oc = Activity coefficient of the measured ion in the solution
C = Concentration of the measured ion in the solution
ISE Module
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 Page No . 20 - 4

ISE MODULE
ELECTRODE MEASUREMENT DIAGRAM
Sample Port
From Cal A pump

Sample Tube
Sample Detector Optically Signal to processor
Detects air Bubble in Flow
Sample
Na Electrode Microprocessor measures Na+ Potential (mv)
K Electrode Microprocessor measures K+ Potential (mv)
Cl Electrode Microprocessor measures Cl- Potential (mv)
Reference electrode body

Flow-thru Membrane Assembly
AgCl Coated Silver Pin
Sample Detector Optically High Concentration KCL
Detects air Bubble in Flow Signal to the Microprocessor
Pump Tube
Low Resistance Ceramic Plug
Ionic contact thru High Concentration

KCL Internal Filling Solution
To waste pump Membrane
ISE Module
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 Page No . 20 - 5

20.4 ELECTRODES
Medica electrodes are maintenance-free and are warranted on a prorated basis for up to 10,000
samples or 6 months, whichever occurs first. Cleaning Solution, aspirated from an operator
designated sample cup, is used at least once a day at the end of the day in order to minimize protein
buildup in the fluid lines. A two-point calibration of the ISE module is also done at least once a day at
the beginning of the first sample run. If the user is running more than 50 samples a day, cleaning
must be performed at 8 hours intervals by the host analyzer prior to calibration.
The entire double-junction reference electrode is disposable. The reference electrode is filled with
sufficient KCI so that no filling solution must be added during the lifetime of the electrode. The lifetime
of the reference electrode is 6 months or 10,000 samples. No addition of internal filling solution is
required for this electrode.
Electrodes require celebrant sampling at 30-minute intervals for reliable operation, but this is
completely controlled by the Electrolyte Measurement System without any need for control by the
host analyzer or the operator.
The electrodes require a 10 times sample dilution for measurement of urine. The ISE module
depends on the host analyzer to perform the dilution function.
It is not necessary to regulate the electrode housing temperature provided that its environmental
temperature does not exceed 30°C.
ISE Module
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 Page No . 20 - 6

ISE MODULE
The Electrolyte Measurement System has been designed to require very little operator maintenance.
The only daily maintenance required is to run the Cleaning Solution after the last sample of the day.
All other parts and expendables are replacement items (see schedule below)
Recommended Maintenance/Replacement Schedule (low volume user)
Pump Cassette 9 months
Na+Electrode 6 months
K+Electrode 6 months
Cl Electrode 6 months
Reference Electrode 6 months
Reagent Refill reagent as required by testing needs
Recommended Maintenance/Replacement Schedule (greater than 100 samples/day
Pump Cassette 6 months
Na+ Electrode 10,000 samples
K+ Electrode 10,000 samples
Cl Electrode 10,000 samples
Reference Electrode 10,000 samples
Reagent Refill reagent as required by testing needs
ISE Module
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 Page No . 20 - 7

ISE Module Error Codes

Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3 Byte 4 Byte 4
Noise or Noise or Drift in Out of Out of
Air for Air for Cal A Range for Range
Sample/ Cal A Sample/ and/or Na
Cal B Cal B and Error for
Urine Urine Only
Serum, Plasma, Urine
No 0 0 0 0
Error
Noise Na 1 1 1 1
Drift or K 2 2 2 2
Out Na, K 3 3 3 3
Of Cl 4 4 4 4
Range Na,Cl 5 5 5 5
K, Cl 6 6 6 6
Na,K,Cl 7 7 7 7
Air S A - -
B - - -
Urine Only
Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3 Byte 4 Byte 4
No 0 0 0 0 K Na urine
Error error only,
no out of
range error
Na 1 1 1 1 L
Noise K 2 2 2 2 M Na Urine
Drift or Na, K 3 3 3 3 N Error
Out Cl 4 4 4 4 O And
ISE Module
Of Na,Cl 5 5 5 5 P Out of
Range K, Cl 6 6 6 6 Q range
Na,K,Cl 7 7 7 7 R Error
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 Page No . 20 - 8

ISE MODULE
Reagents Used
The sample is aspirated from a sample cup and dispensed into the sample port at the top of the ISE
module by the analyzer. The sample is then positioned in front of the sensors using the double
detector and the Waste Pump. See Figure C.
4 reagents are needed to operate the ISE module.
1. Calibrant A : Used as wash solution and single-point calibrator. Calibrant A is

pumped into the sample port by the Calibrant A pump and then
positioned in front of the sensors. A volume of 200ul is sufficient per
sample run.
2. Calibrant B : Used as the second point in two-point calibration. Calibrant B is

aspirated from a cup on the analyzer at least once a day or every 8
hours, depending upon the laboratory schedule. A volume of 500 uL is
sufficient for one day's requirements. This calibrant, however, should be
placed on the host analyzer just before use to prevent a change in
values from evaporation.
3. Cleaning Solution : Should be run once a day to prevent protein buildup or at 8 hour
intervals if the ISE Module performs greater than 50 samples per day.
Cleaning Solution may be aspirated from a sample cup. 500 uL is
sufficient for one day's requirements.
4. Urine Diluent : This is required for urine samples. Urine samples must be diluted by a
factor of 10 to perform urine measurement. The host analyzer must
thoroughly mix the diluent and sample before dispensing of the diluted
sample into the ISE Module.
ISE Module
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 Page No . 20 - 9

20.8 Acceptable Calibration Ranges
The following are the acceptable calibration values displayed at the bottom of the screen after
completion of an ISE calibration.
Na : Slope 50 to 63 mv/Decade
K : Slope 50 to 63 mv/Decade
Cl : Slope 40 to 55 mv/Decade
ISE Module
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 P a g e N o . 2 0 - 10

ISE MODULE
ISE ASSEMBLY
XLAD-202
XLAD-203
Na+
+
K
-
Cl
Ref.
Wa
s ISE Module
Pum te
p l.
Ca p
u m
P
XLAD-201
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 P a g e N o . 2 0 - 11

ISE COMPLETE ASSEMBLY

ISE MODULE
FSPIM001
Na ELECTRODE
FSPS2972
K ELECTRODE
FSPS2973
Cl ELECTRODE
FSPS2974
REFERENCE ELECTRODE
FSPS2975
Na+
M3 HEX SPACER (M/F) K

+
-
Cl
FSPSS413 Ref.
+N.W. (4 NOS.)
M3x8 PH. HD. SCREW
+PW+SW (4 NOS.)
M3x10 PH. HD. SCREW

+PW+SW (4 NOS.) ISPS PCB ASSY.
FSPXL554
M3 HEX NUT
+NYLON WASHER
(4 NOS.)
ISE Module
te
as
W ump
P
l.
Ca mp
Pu
ISE UNIT RESTING SPACER

FSPS2825 (6 NOS.)
NOTE: ISE RESTING SPACER (FSPS2825)

SHOULD BE FITTED ON CASTING.
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 P a g e N o . 2 0 - 12

ACCESSORIES, SPARES & CONSUMABLES SHORTLIST
21
21. Accessories, Spares And Consumables Shortlist
This chapter, shortlists various electronic, mechanical and consumables components used in the instrument. For
the complete list of spares, assembly drawings and circuit diagrams please refer to Volume 2 of the Service
manual (Service Manual Volume 2 is currently under construction).
This chapter shortlists various spares and consumables with their part number for quick and efficient identification.
For any discrepancy in part numbers or assembly identification please refer to the respective assembly drawings
in Volume 2 of the service manual or contact Transasia technical service department.

Accessories Spares
& Consumables
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 Page No. 21 - 1

ITEM CODE DESCRIPTION Life

in Quant
months ity
FSPXL019 SPT PROBE ASSY. 12 1
1FSPXL020 R1PT PROBE ASSY. 12 1
FSPXL020 R2PT PROBE ASSY. 12 1
FSPS2147 STIRRER PADDLES (Quantity required 2) 12 2
FSPXL543 PHOTOMETER LAMP ASSY 4 3
AA45000 SAMPLE SYRINGE PLUNGER WITH TIP 6 1
AA33002 REAGENT 1 & 2 SYRINGE TIP 6 1
FSPS2972 Na ELECTRODE 6 1
FSPS2973 K ELECTRODE 6 1
FSPS2974 Cl ELECTRODE 6 1
FSPS2975 REF ELECTRODE 6 1
FSPXL337 ISE BOTTLE WITH TUBE ASSY 12 1
Approx 4
PUMP CASSETTE (Quantity required 2) 9
FSPXL030 COMPLETE TUBING KIT 24 1
FSPXL326 PM KIT ( CONSIST OF THE FOLLOWING ITEMS) (QNTY 1) 12 1
FSPS2184 1) CUVETTE DRIER (TEFLON) (QNTY 2)
FSPS2272 2) DIAPHRAGM (QNTY 2)
FNIAC029 3) PROBE CLEANER (QNTY 1)
FSPTA118 4) CRU 6 TUBING JUNCTION TO IT-SELF (20 MM) (CRU F-1 TUBING) (QNTY 1)
FSPTA119 5) CRU-6 TUBING JN. TO CRU PROBE (350 MM) (CRU F-1 TUBING) (QNTY 4)
FSPTA136 6) LAUNDRY PROBE TO 8-TUBING JN. (300 MM) (CRU WASTE TUBING) (QNTY 7)
FSPTA137 7) 8-TUBING JUNCTION TO IT-SELF (10 MM) (CRU WASTE TUBING) (QNTY 1)
FSPXL543 8) PHOTOMETER LAMP ASSY. (QNTY 2)
Accessories Spares
& Consumables
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 Page No. 21 - 2

Part No Description
FSPXL019 SPT PROBE ASSY.

FSPXL020 R1PT PROBE ASSY.
FSPXL020 R2PT PROBE ASSY.
FSPS2147 STIRRER PADDLES (Quantity required 2 )
FSPXL302 DRIER PROBE ASSY
FSPS2184 CUVETTE DRIER CHIP (TEFLON)
FSPXL301 SUCTION PROBE ASSY
FSPXL303 LAUNDRY PROBE ASSY (Quantity required 5 )
AB15004 SUCTION CHIP
FSPXL543 PHOTOMETER LAMP ASSY
AA45000 SAMPLE SYRINGE 100ul
AA33002 REAGENT SYRINGE ( 500 ul)
FSPS2972 Na ELECTRODE
FSPS2973 K ELECTRODE
FSPS2974 Cl ELECTRODE
FSPS2975 REF ELECTRODE
ISE PUMP CASSETTE
FSPXL030 COMPLETE TUBING KIT
FSPXL326 PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE KIT
FSPXL333 REAGENT TRAY COVER ASSY.
FSPXL161 REAGENT ROTATING TRAY ASSY
FSPXL133 SAMPLE ROTATING TRAY ASSY (1 to 50)
FSPXL134 SAMPLE ROTATING TRAY ASSY (51 to 100)
FSPXL135 STANDARD AND CONTROL TRAY ASSY
FSPXL136 EMERGENCY SAMPLE TRAY ASSY
REKT910 XL WASH KIT (4X50ML)
PMCS002 REAGENT BOTTLE (50 ML) (25 Nos= 1 Kit)
PMCS001 REAGENT BOTTLE (20 ML) (25 Nos= 1 Kit)
FSPS2064 PVC BOTTLE SUPPORT (10 BOTTLES= 1 Kit)
FNIAC052 SAMPLE CUPS (PACK OF 500)
FSPS2071 CUVETTES
FSPS2874 5 ML REAGENT TUBES
FSPS2873 TEST TUBE ADAPTORS (10 Nos= 1 Kit)
ISE BOTTLE WITH TUBE ASSY
FSPSS192 20 LTR CAN (WITHOUT STICKER)
Accessories Spares
& Consumables
FNIAC046 STICKER' - PURE WATER'
FSPSS192 20 LTR CAN (WITHOUT STICKER)
FNIAC047 STICKER - 'FLUID WASTE’
FSPXL014 COMPUTER TROLLEY ASSY.
5 LTR DETERGENT CAN WITH CAP (WITHOUT
FSPXL327 STICKER)
FNIAC045 STICKER - 'WASH SOLUTION'
FSPXL330 TOOL BOX WITH TOOLS
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 Page No. 21 - 3

CODE NO. DESCRIPTION Quantity/Analyser

FSPXL019 SPT PROBE ASSY. 1
FSPXL020 R1PT PROBE ASSY. 1
FSPXL020 R2PT PROBE ASSY. 1
FSPS2147 STIRRER PADDLES ( Quantity required 2 ) 2
FSPXL302 DRIER PROBE ASSY 1
FSPS2184 CUVETTE DRIER CHIP (TEFLON) 1
FSPXL301 SUCTION PROBE ASSY 1
FSPXL303 LAUNDRY PROBE ASSY ( Quantity required 5 ) 5
AB15004 SUCTION CHIP 6
FSPXL543 PHOTOMETER LAMP ASSY 1
AA45000 SAMPLE SYRINGE 100ul 1
AA33002 REAGENT SYRINGE ( 500 ul) 2
FSPS2972 Na ELECTRODE 1
FSPS2973 K ELECTRODE 1
FSPS2974 Cl ELECTRODE 1
FSPS2975 REF ELECTRODE 1
ISE PUMP CASSETTE (Quantity required 2) 2
FSPXL030 COMPLETE TUBING KIT 1
FSPXL326 PM KIT ( CONSIST OF THE FOLLOWING ITEMS) (QNTY 1)
FSPS2184 1) CUVETTE DRIER (TEFLON) (QNTY 2)
FSPS2272 2) DIAPHRAGM (QNTY 2)
FNIAC029 3) PROBE CLEANER (QNTY 1)
FSPTA118 4) CRU 6 TUBING JUNCTION TO IT-SELF (20 MM) (CRU F-
1 TUBING) (QNTY 1)
5) CRU-6 TUBING JN. TO CRU PROBE (350 MM) (CRU F-1
FSPTA119 TUBING) (QNTY 4)
FSPTA136 6) LAUNDRY PROBE TO 8-TUBING JN. (300 MM) (CRU
WASTE TUBING) (QNTY 7)
FSPTA137 7) 8-TUBING JUNCTION TO IT-SELF (10 MM) (CRU WASTE
Accessories Spares
TUBING) (QNTY 1)
& Consumables
FSPXL543 8) PHOTOMETER LAMP ASSY. (QNTY 2)

9) SET OF FUSES (QNTY 1)
FSPXL057 R1PT/R2PT/SPT/STIRRER ROTATION MOTOR 4
FSPXL052 R1PT/R2PT/SPT/STIRRER UP/ DOWN MOTOR 4
FSPXL186 SPP/R1PP/R2PP SYRINGE MOTOR 3
FSPXL112 CRU UP/DN MOTOR 1
FSPXL141 RCT ROTATE MOTOR 1
FSPXL128 ASP ROTATE MOTOR ( SAMPLE TRAY) 1
FSPXL156 RGT ROTATE MOTOR ( REAGENT TRAY) 1
FSPXL016 LAMP POWER SUPPLY ASSEMBLY 1
FSPPE001 PELTIER (Qnty required 6) 6
THERMISTOR RCT ASSY 1
THERMISTOR RGT ASSY 1
FSPXL501 RSLS PCB ASSY. 1
FSPXL502 ADC PCB ASSY. 1
FSPXL503 ROBO PCB ASSY. 1
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 Page No. 21 - 4


FSPXL504 OPTO PCB ASSY. 1
FSPXL508 STEP TRAY PCB ASSY. 1
FSPXL509 ISO 232 PCB ASSY. 1
FSPXL510 AC DRIVE PCB ASSY. 1
FSPXL511 DC DRIVE PCB ASSY. 1
FSPXL513 BAR CODE P.S. PCB ASSY. 1
FSPXL515 SENS PCB ASSY. 3
FSPXL516 STIRRER MOTOR ASSY 2
FSPXL519 TRANSFORMER TYPE I ASSY. ( TX 1) 1
FSPXL520 TRANSFORMER TYPE II ASSY. (TX 2) 1
FSPXL521 P.VESSEL HEATER & THERMOSTAT ELEC. ASSY. 1
FSPXL522 DETERGENT PUMP ELEC. ASSY. 1
FSPXL551 BIO HAZ. PUMP ELEC. ASSY. 1
FSPXL523 VACUUM PUMP ELEC. ASSY. 1
FSPXL524 DETERGENT & BIO WASTE PUMP P SUPPLY (DTPS) 1
FSPXL525 R1PT CKD VALVE ELEC. ASSY. 1
FSPXL526 R2PT & SPT CKD VALVE ELEC. ASSY. 2
FSPX550 SYRINGE CKD VALVE ELEC ASSY SPP/R1PP/R2PP 3
FSPXL527 STIRRER CKD VALVE ELEC. ASSY. 1
FSPXL528 LAUNDRY CKD VALVE ELEC. ASSY. 1
FSPXL529 LAMP P.S. FAN ELEC. ASSY. 1
FSPXL530 ON/OFF SWITCH ASSY. 1
FSPXL531 OPTO ASSY.(SPT, R1PT, R2PT, STIR) 4
FSPXL532 OPTO ASSY.(ASP, RGT, RCT) 3
FSPXL533 OPTO ASSY. (SPP, CRU-U) 2
FSPXL534 OPTO ASSY. (R1PP, CRU-D) 2
FSPXL535 OPTO ASSY. (R2PP) 1
FSPXL537 RGT COOLING FAN ELEC.ASSY. 1
FSPXL538 LOAD CELL (DI WATER) ELEC ASSY. 1
FSPXL539 LOAD CELL (CLEANING SOLN.) ELEC ASSY. 1
FSPXL540 LOAD CELL (BIO HAZ. WASTE) ELEC ASSY. 1
Accessories Spares
& Consumables
FSPXL541 LOAD CELL (WASTE) ELEC ASSY. 1
FSPXL542 INDICATOR LAMP ASSY. - RED 1
FSPXL544 INDICATOR LAMP ASSY. - GREEN 1
FSPXL546 WATER PUMP ELEC.ASSY. (KNF) 1
FSPXL547 MAINS INLET ASSY. 1
FSPXL548 ISE TRANSFORMER (TX3) ELEC.ASSY. 1
FSPXL549 SET OF FUSES FOR XL 1
FSPXL554 ISPS PCB ASSY. ( ISE POWER SUPPLY) 1
FSPXL555 LOAD CELL PCB ASSY.(WGPT) 1
FSPCW316 MAIN UNIT TO COMPUTER INTERFACE CABLE 1
FSPS2886 RUBBER CAPS FOR PANNEL ( quantity required 8 ) 8
FSPXL022 SMPS +5V/20A ASSY. 1
FSPXL023 SMPS +24V/6.5A ASSY 1
FSPS2519 CRU BELT U/D (40 T BELT (5.08 PITCH) 80 XL) 1
FSPSS090 RGT TRAY BELT (115 T BELT (5.08 PITCH) 230XL) 1
FSPSS045 RCT TRAY BELT (65 T BELT (5.08 PITCH) 130XL) 1
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 Page No. 21 - 5


FSPSS045 ASP TRAY BELT (65 T BELT (5.08 PITCH) 130XL) 1
FSPSS045 R1PT ARM BELT U/D (65 T BELT (5.08 PITCH) 130XL) 1
FSPS2519 R1PT ARM BELT R/T (40 T BELT (5.08 PITCH) 80 XL) 1
FSPSS045 SAMPLE ARM BELT U/D (65 T BELT (5.08 PITCH) 130XL 1
FSPS2519 SAMPLE ARM BELT R/T (40 T BELT (5.08 PITCH) 80 XL) 1
FSPS2520 SAMPLE SYRINGE BELT ['110 TEETH BELT (2.03 PITCH)] 1
REAGENT 1 SYRINGE BELT ['110 TEETH BELT (2.03
FSPS2520 PITCH)] 1
REAGENT 2 SYRINGE BELT ['110 TEETH BELT (2.03
FSPS2520 PITCH)] 1
FSPS2519 MIX BELT U/D (40 T BELT (5.08 PITCH) 80 XL) 1
FSPS2519 MIX BELT R/T (40 T BELT (5.08 PITCH) 80 XL) 1
FSPS2723 LIGHT BEAM ALINGMENT TOOL
FSPHW254 "O" RING 3X5 (SPP/R1PP/R2PP ASSY) 2
FSPSS035 "O" RING (DIA 0.6XDIAO.9 MM) (SPP/R1PP/R2PP ASSY) 3
FSPHW333 HEX NUT (SPP/R1PP/R2PP ASSY) 3
FSPS2225 THUMB SCREW (SPP/R1PP/R2PP ASSY) 3
FSPHW516 EXTERNAL CIRCLIP (SS) (3MM) (SPP/R1PP/R2PP ASSY) 3
FSPS2224 SYRINGE SPACER (SPP/RIPP/R2PP ASSY) 3
AB10024 KNURLED NOSSEL ( SPP/R1PP/R2PP ASSY) 3
Accessories Spares
& Consumables
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 Page No. 21 - 6

22
22 Iforms, Formats and Certificates
THIS SECTION CONSISTS OF THE FOLLOWING
22.1 WARRANTY CLAIM FORM

22.2 TECHNICAL ASSISTANCE FORMAT
Forms, Formats &

Certificates
WARRANTY CLAIM FORM
WARRANTY REQUEST
NO:
DATE: INSTRUMENT MODEL & SERIAL NO:
DISTRIBUTORS NAME: FAULTY PARTS RECEIVED BY (INVOICE NUMBER & DATE):
COUNTRY & CITY: DATE OF INSTALLATION:
DATE OF FAILURE:
PART NO DESCRIPTION ASSEMBLY
PROBLEM DESCRIPTION:
REPLACEMENT PART REPLACED FROM YOURS OR CUSTOMERS STOCK YES/ NO: NAME:
CURRENT STATUS OF THE ANALYSER, W ORKING / NOT W ORKING: SIGNATURE:
W ARRANTY REPLACEMENT DISPATCH MODE IS AIR FREIGHT, IF COURIER MODE IS REQUIRED BY YOU, THEN PLEASE URGENT YES / NO:
MENTION YOUR FEDEX / DHL / TNT ACCOUNT NO:
SPECIFIC DESCRIPTION OR PRICE TO BE MENTIONED IN THE INVOICE (FOR YOUR CUSTOMS PURPOSE):
PLEASE NOTE :
1. Only a single part can be claimed per warranty claim form, for every additional part a new additional warranty form needs to be filled in.
2. Warranty claim forms should have the following serial numbers 2005 – 001, followed by 2005 - 002, and 2005 – 003 etc (Where 2005
denotes the year and 001,002, 003 etc denotes the sequence number of the warranty claim)
3. It is compulsory, to fill in details of the receipt of the faulty parts (Invoice number and date by which you received the parts that failed)
TECHNICAL ASSISTANCE FORMAT
DISTRIBUTOR NAME INSTRUMENT SR NO

COUNTRY DATE OF INSTALLATION
PERSONS NAME COMPLAINT DATE
ERROR CODE
ERROR DESCRIPTION
LINE VOLTAGE TO THE ANALYSER
PHASE TO NEUTRAL
PHASE TO GROUND
GROUND TO NEUTRAL
ABNORMAL OBSERVATIONS (NOISE / VIBRATION ETC)
ACTION TAKEN
CURRENT STATUS OF THE ANALYSER

CERTIFICATE OF DECONTAMINATION
To Whomsoever it may Concern, this analyzer along with its related accessories has been
inspected and decontaminated in accordance to the stipulated procedures listed out in the service
manual, under chapter “6.2 Uninstalling and Decontaminating the system” and in accordance
with local and State laws.
Instrument Model:
Serial Number:
Distributors Name:
Distributors Address:
City: Country:
Customers Name:
Customers Address:
City: Country:
Procedures carried out by: Signature

Date
HOST COMMUNICATION PROTOCOLS 23 HOST COMMUNICATION PROTOCOLS
Details Of Communication Between Host And Xl-PC
1>To check Xl Pc is ON or syatem switch at Xl pc is ON you have to send <Check|Checksum> to Xl pc If XL pc is ON & System Switch is ON
then you receive response as <Ok|Checksum>
2> To get all tests programmed at XL-PC you have to sent code <Test|Checksum> to XL-PC.
3> To get Normal Range Data from Xl -Pc for all Tests Programmed you have to send command <Grange|Checksum>
You will receive string Starting with"G" For each Test programmed at Xl pc.The Format of is in NormalRangeData sheet.
4> XL-PC will sent all tests the format is given in Testcode Sheet.
5> When you sent Patient Entry from Host you will receive <Saved|Checksum> at Host-PC.Then you can send next patient entry.
6> You Sent Patient Entry To XL - PC & If Sample Position sent is already occupied at XL-PC Then
you will receive code <Rpos|Checksum> That means position is already occupied so patient entry is not saved at
XL-PC. You sent same Patient with different sample position.
7> If Patients sent to XL-PC exeeds 1000 then you will receive <1000|Checksum> at Host PC
that means no more patients can be saved at XL-PC.
8> If there is Checksum error at Host end or at XL pc end then You receive <RecErr|Checksum>.
9> While sending Results to Host manually (I.e. From result reprint screen) if xl pc receive <RecErr|Checksum> it send that result
for 2 times if still it receives error then it display Transmission Error ! At Result Reprint Form.
10> If you receive correct result then Host Software should Send <Saved|Checksum> Then only Xl pc will send next result.
11>In case of Query mode Xl software send Query string <Q|PatientId Read by Barcode|Checksum>
How it works: If Query Mode is ON & You clicked start button in front of Sample barcode it start scan of barcode.
After completion it serch for patients in Xl software Database.Whatever Patients it don’t find in Xl Database for them
it send Query to host to get Patient details of respective patient From host.
Before sending Query to host Xl-Software send <Check|Checksum> To Host Software if Host is on it sends <Ok|Checksum> To Xl-software.
If host not respond within one second Xl software display Message "No communication to Host"
If at host patient is programmed then it will send all patient details to Xl-software the format is as shown in Query Patient String.
If at host patient is programmed then it will send all patient details to Xl-software the format is as shown in Query Patient String.
Then Xl software send next patient Query.
If Host Software don’t find patient details at Host it send <QNFound|Checksum>
After receiving this XL-Software send next patient Query.
Xl-Software takes 0.5 seconds for each patient so if 50 patients are there it will show message box if some patients are not avilable.
If you are using Query mode you should remain on Run Start Option Form till it gives message " All Patients are downloaded from Host successfully "
If you shift from Run Start Option Form to any other form Xl software willnot Query to host.
Host
Communication
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 Page No. 23 - 1
Protocols
12>How to send command & checksum procedure :
Command is Check
First take Ascii Value of each Character in command string and get addition of all Ascii values
Then Find Hex value for above addition value
Then form the final string as: "< " this character as starting character, then command string ," |" Pipe character
then Checksum value & "> " this character as Ending character.
Checksum=Hex(Asc(C)+ Asc(h) + Asc(e) +Asc (c)+Asc(k))
FinalCommand=<Check|Checksum>
Final string Formed is : <Check|1DE> For Check Command.
Host
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 Communication Page No. 23 - 2
Protocols
HOST COMMUNICATION PROTOCOLS
Remote Patient Entry Protocol

Sr.No. Fields Format Max.Length Description
1 Patient ID XXXXXXXXXX 10 Alpha Numeric
2 Patient Name XXXXX-----XXXX 30 Alphanumeric
3 Draw Date DD-MM-YYYY hh:mm:ss 19 Digits(Draw date)separated by -

validity of date not checked
4 Sample Type S or U 1 sample type 'S' ( ) for serum

U' ( ) for Urine
5 Age AAA 3 Number between 0 to 200
3 digits .
6 Sex Male or Female 6 Enter Male or Female only
7 Referred by XXXX--------XXXX 30 Doctor's name
8 Birth Date DD-MM-YYYY hh:mm:ss 19 Patient's Birth Date
9 Age Unit Years/Months/Days 6 Enter Years,Months,Days .
10 Emergency Y/N 1 Emergency is true or false
11 Sample Position XXX 3 Numeric
12 DiskNo XX 2 Numeric
13 Container Type X 1 Numeric Cup=0,Tube=1
14 Test code TT-XX|XX 2 01-99 testcode allowed

Eg: 01|02|03 fifty entries
Numeric only with leading zero
Host
Communication
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 Protocols Page No. 23 - 3
Format Of Total String :-
<PXXXXXXXXXX|XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX|DD-MM-YYYY hh:mm:ss|S|AAA|
Female|XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX|DD-MM-YYYY|XXXX|Y|XXX|XX|X|TT|Checksum>
Example String From Host :
<P123|a|02/18/2002 3:15:02 PM|U|0|Male|Dr Robin Cook|02/18/2002 3:15:02 PM|Years|N|2|1|0|05|22|34|1B92>
Host
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 Page No. 23 - 4
Communication
Protocols
Receiving Normal range data programmed at Xl-Pc

1 Test Name XXXX 4 AlphaNumeric
2 Age1 XXX 3 Numeric
3 Age1 Unit XXXXX 5 AlphaNumeric
8 MaleMin1 XXXXXX 3 Numeric
9 MaleMax1 XXXXXX 3 Numeric
14 FemaleMin1 XXXXXX 3 Numeric
15 FemaleMax1 XXXXXX 3 Numeric
20 URNMin XXXXXX 3 Numeric
21 URNMax XXXXXX 3 Numeric
Host
Communication
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 Protocols Page No. 23 - 5
<G|XXXX|XXX|XXXX|XXX|XXXX|XXX|XXXX|XXXXXX|XXXXXX|XXXXXX|XXXXXX|XXXXXX|XXXXXX|XXXXXX|XXXXXX|XXXXXX|XXXXXX|XXXXXX|
XXXXXX|XXXXXX|XXXXXX|Cheksum>
"G" Indicates that this is NormalRange Data string.

"|" Saperator for two string data
Example String :
<G|ACP|100|Years|100|Years|11|Months|12|43|13|45|25|55|23|55|12|54|15|34|13|23|18E5>
Host
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 Page No. 23 - 6
Communication
Protocols
Receiving Test Code Protocol

1 Testcode XX 2 Numeric
2 TestName XXXX 4 AlphaNumeric
3 Test Long Name XXX---------XXXX 25 AlphaNumeric
4 Unit XXX---------XXXX 10 AlphaNumeric
<TXX|XXXX|XXX------XX|XX---XXX!XX|XXXX|XXX---XXX|XX---XXX!-----------
|Checksum>
"T" Indicates that this is test-code string.

"!" Saperator For Two Different test data.
Received String :
<T01|CL|Chloride|mmol/L!02|K|Potassium|mmol/L!03|NA|Sodium|mmol/L!04|GLU||IU/L!36|SI|Serum Indices|-->
Sample String :
<T01|CL|Chloride|mmol/L!02|K|Potassium|mmol/L!03|NA|Sodium|mmol/L!04|ACP|Acid Phosphatase|IU/L!05|ALB|Albumin(BCG)|g/dl!06|
ALBP|Albumin(BCP)|IU/L!07|ALP|ALP|IU/L!08|AMM|Ammonia|IU/L!09|AMY|AMY|IU/L!10|BID|Bilirubin Direct|mg/dl!11|BIT|Bilirubin Total|mg/dl!12|
BUN|Urea|mg/dl!13|CAL|Calcium|mg/dl!14|CHO|Cholesterol|mg/dl!15|CK|CK|IU/L!16|CO2|Carbondioxide|IU/L!17|CRE|Creatinine|mg/dl!18|
CSFG|CSF Glucose|IU/L!19|CSFP|CSF Protein|IU/L!20|FE|Iron|IU/L!21|GGT|GGT|IU/L!22|GLU|Glucose|mg/dl!23|GOT|GOT|IU/L!24|
GPT|GPT|IU/L!25|HDL|HDL(Direct)|IU/L!26|LDH|LD|IU/L!27|LIP|Lipase|IU/L!28|MG|Magnesium|IU/L!29|PHO|Phosphorus|mg/dl!30|
PRO|Total protein|g/dl!31|TIBC|TIBC|IU/L!32|TRI|Triglyceride|mg/dl!33|UA|Uric Acid|mg/dl!34|UIBC|UIBC|IU/L!35|
UP|Urine Protein|IU/L!36|SI|Serum Indices|--!37|GHB||IU/L|10BC5>
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 Page No. 23 - 7

Offline Entry
Protocol For Results Send Manually
1 PatientID XXXXXXXXXX 10 alphanumeric
2 SamplePosition XXX 3 alphanumeric
3 Test XXXX 4 alphanumeric
4 Result XXXX.XXXX 9 alphanumeric
5 Unit XXXXXXXXXX 10 alphanumeric
6 Flag XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX 20 alphanumeric
7 Time Course XXX 3 numeric
<H|XXXXXXXXXX|XXXX|XXXX|XXXX.XXXX|XXXXXXXXXX|XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX|XXX|Checksum>
If there is no value for any field then in string that field is added with blank space.As shown below
<H|XXXXXXXXXX|XXXX|XXXX|XXXX.XXXX||XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX|XXX|Checksum>
"H" Indicates that this is Offline Patient Results String.

Example String :
<H|EP|C2|ALBP|20|IU/L|S*|360|893>
Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 Page No. 23 - 8

XL600 Service Manual (110V)

Hochgeladen von

Dokumentinformationen

Originalbeschreibung:

Copyright

Verfügbare Formate

Dieses Dokument teilen

Dokument teilen oder einbetten

Freigabeoptionen

Stufen Sie dieses Dokument als nützlich ein?

Sind diese Inhalte unangemessen?

Copyright:

Verfügbare Formate

XL600 Service Manual (110V)

Hochgeladen von

Copyright:

Verfügbare Formate

Service Manual

ERBA DIAGNOSTICS MANNHEIM GmbH

ERBA Diagnostics Mannheim GmbH

Document No: XL6 /110 /VER 271106

1 INTRODUCTION & SPECIFICATIONS

Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 Contents: page 1

7 ELECTRONICS CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION

(WDXL001) INPUT MAINS POWER DISTRIBUTION

(WDXL0012) (1 OF 5) PCB HOUSING & ADC PCB W IRING CONNECTION

(WDXL0013) XL RS LS PCB ( LIQUID LEVEL SENSING PCB) W IRING CONNECTION

Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 Contents: page 2

11 ELECTRONIC CALIBRATION ADJUSTMENTS AND VERIFICATION

12 ELECTRICAL ADJUSTMENTS AND VERIFICATION PROCEDURE

13 MECHANICAL ALIGNMENTS AND VERIFICATION PROCEDURE

14 HYDRAULIC CALIBRATION AND ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE

Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 Contents: page 3

Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 Contents: page 4

21 ACCESSORIES, SPARES AND CONSUMABLES SHORT LIST

22 FORMS, FORMATS AND CERTIFICATES

23 HOST COMMUNICATION PROTOCOLS

Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 Contents: page 5

BIO HAZARD INDICATES A CONDITION INVOLVING INFECTIOUS BIOLOGICAL AGENTS

INDICATES AN IMPORTANT GENERAL RULE THAT IS ASSOCIATED WITH OPERATING THE

Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 Contents: page 6

ASP SAMPLE ROTATING ASSEMBLY

Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 Contents: page 7

This section consists of the following

Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 Page No . 1

ERBA DIAGNOSTICS MANNHEIM

PHONE ) +91- 22 - 2857 4040

FAX 2 +91- 22- 28575689

Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 Page No . 1 -

1. 7 stage, triple probe cuvette Wash Station

The XL - 600 Sample tray ...flexibility and convenience

The XL - 600 reagent tray offers a wide choice of on-board bottles

Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 Page No . 1

The XL - 600 economy ...quick returns without compromise

requirement of just 8 litres/hour saves pre-installation costs of an on line de-ioniser plant.

The XL-600 bar code positive identification

The XL-600 optical system ....ensures reliability of results

OTHER FEATURES OF XL-600 :

Dual probe liquid level detection ensures accurate level detection.

Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 Page No . 1 -

1.3 Technical Specifications

System Type Open, Automated, Discrete, Random access, Patient

Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 Page No . 1 -

Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 Page No . 1

1.4 Computer Specifications and Setup

Minimum Computer Processor : Intel Pentium IV , 1.6 Ghz

Hard Disk : 40 GB or higher

Floppy drive : 1.44 MB

Monitor : 15 inches Colour

I/O Interface : 2 X RS 232 ports

Operating system : Windows 98

Epson LX-800 dot matrix printer [Continuous

1.Enter Date and Time

ADVANCED BIOS FEATURES

1. First Boot Device : Select HDD

Ref: XL6 / 110 / VER 271106 Page No . 1 -

3. Third Boot Device : Select FDD

ADVANCED CHIPSET FEATURES

1. CPU clock speed : Select x8

1.USB Controller : Select Enabled